Prijevodi – samo za osobne potrebe

A square on any mount shows protection from excess  caused by the quality of that particular mount, e.g., a square  Signs 93
 
 on the Mount of Jupiter saves a person from over-ambition,  on the Mount of Sun from pride of success, on the Mount  of Mercury from financial loss, and on the Mount of Mars  from violent temper.
 
 Indications of a square on the fingers and the thumb are  as under;
 
 Thumb First  phalange—Good in profession, unmindful of  others, one-track mind  Second phalange — Successful lawyer  Jupiter  Finger  First  phalange—Free from fear and tension  Second phalange— Success without causing jealousy  Third phalange—Checking excessive domination  Saturn  Finger  First  phalange— Escaping the consequences of  immorality  Second phalange—Imprisonment or accident  Third phalange—Greed for money  Sun  Finger  First  phalange —Renowned in art  Second phalange—Restricted development of art  Third phalange—Avoids flattery  Mercury  Finger  First  phalange—Wordly success  Second phalange—Imprisonment due to wrong use of  intelligence  Third phalange—Doubtful and unreliable  The Triangle
 
 (Fig. 19-3)
 
 A clear and independent triangle is more effective than one  formed by crossing of the lines.
 
 A triangle on the Mount of Jupiter promises great ability  in administration and public dealings. He can be a good  politician.
 
 On the Mount of Saturn, it shows great interest in Occult  sciences, mysticism, yoga and astrology. A triangle under this  mount on the Heart Line shows acquisition of house property.
 
 Signs 93
 
 on the Mount of Jupiter saves a person from over-ambition,  on the Mount of Sun from pride of success, on the Mount  of Mercury from financial loss, and on the Mount of Mars  from violent temper.
 
 Indications of a square on the fingers and the thumb are  as under;
 
 Thumb First  phalange—Good in profession, unmindful of  others, one-track mind  Second phalange — Successful lawyer  Jupiter  Finger  First  phalange—Free from fear and tension  Second phalange— Success without causing jealousy  Third phalange —Checking excessive domination  Saturn  Finger  First  phalange— Escaping the consequences of  immorality  Second phalange—Imprisonment or accident  Third phalange—Greed for money  Sun  Finger  First  phalange —Renowned in art  Second phalange—Restricted development of art  Third phalange—Avoids flattery  Mercury  Finger  First  phalange—Wordly success  Second phalange—Imprisonment due to wrong use of  intelligence  Third phalange—Doubtful and unreliable  The Triangle
 
 (Fig. 19-3)
 
 A clear and independent triangle is more effective than one  formed by crossing of the lines.
 
 A triangle on the Mount of Jupiter promises great ability  in administration and public dealings. He can be a good  politician.
 
 On the Mount of Saturn, it shows great interest in Occult  sciences, mysticism, yoga and astrology. A triangle under this  mount on the Heart Line shows acquisition of house property.
 
 ¥,
 
 94 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  On the Mount of Sun, the subject applies his artistic  ability in a practical manner. He remains unaffected by his  success and fame. He also owns landed property.
 
 On the Mount of Mercury, it promises success in business,  industry and oratory (public speaking) or medicine, and in  manoeuvring situations to his benefit.
 
 On any Mount of Mars, it tells about the scientific attitude  of a persom, calmness in the face of danger or ability in  military tactics. It makes the person firm in his views.
 
 On the Mount of Luna the subject controls his imagination  and attains success in the spiritual sphere.
 
 A triangle between the mounts of Saturn and Sun shows a  Yogi. Swami Vivekananda and Mahatma Gandhi had this sign.
 
 A triangle on the Mount of Venus gives good health and  memory, and consideration of material benefits in marriage.
 
 If the lines of Life, Head, Fate and Sun have triangles at  the upper ends, the person may have mystic experiences.
 
 A triangle on the Life Line or upper portion of the Heart  Line shows acquisition or construction of house property.
 
 A defect on any line is modified if covered by a triangle.
 
 If there is no defect on the line and a triangle is present, it  adds to the good results of the line concerned.
 
 Indications of a triangle on the thumb and the fingers are:
 
 Thumb  First  phalange—Power of concentration  and will  Second phalange—Scientific aptitude  Finger  First  phalange—Love of Occult sciences  Second phalange—Politician  Third  phalange—Publisher  Finger  First  phalange—Happy married life  Second phalange—Success  Third  phalange—Timid, suspicious  Finger  First  phalange—Interest in art and beauty  Second phalange— Religious  Third  phalange— Boastful  Finger  First  phalange—Success in any secret science  i’:
 
 I »
 
 3
 
 h T  e I  RATL T s et  e  T TR S04 SR
 
 2Py
 
 .
 
 94 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  On the Mount of Sun, the subject applies his artistic  ability in a practical manner. He remains unaffected by his  success and fame. He also owns landed property.
 
 On the Mount of Mercury, it promises success in business,  industry and oratory (public speaking) or medicine, and in  manoeuvring situations to his benefit.
 
 On any Mount of Mars, it tells about the scientific attitude  of a person, calmness in the face of danger or ability in  military tactics. It makes the person firm in his views.
 
 On the Mount of Luna the subject controls his imagination  and arttains success in the spiritual sphere.
 
 A triangle between the mounts of Saturn and Sun shows a  Yogi. Swami Vivekananda and Mahatma Gandhi had this sign.
 
 A triangle on the Mount of Venus gives good health and  memory, and consideration of material benefits in marriage.
 
 If the lines of Life, Head, Fate and Sun have triangles at  the upper ends, the person may have mystic experiences.
 
 A triangle on the Life Line or upper portion of the Heart  Line shows acquisition or construction of house property.
 
 A defect on any line is modified if covered by a triangle.
 
 If there is no defect on the line and a triangle is present, it  adds to the good results of the line concerned.
 
 Indications of a triangle on the thumb and the fingers are:
 
 Thumb  First  phalange—Power of concentration and will  Second phalange—Scientific aptitude  Jupiter  Finger  First  phalange—Love of Occult sciences  Second phalange—Politician  Third  phalange—Publisher  Saturn  Finger  First  phalange— Happy married life  Second phalange—Success  Third  phalange—Timid, suspicious  Spa  Finger  First  phalange—Interest in art and beauty  Second phalange— Religious  Third phalange— Boastful  Mercury  Finger  First  phalange—Success in any secret science  A AT  B  Signs 95
 
 Second phalange—Religious study  Third phalange—Tactful  The Cross
 
 (Fig. 19-4)
 
 A cross indicates trouble, danger and loss, except in the one  instance when it is found on the Mount of Jupiter. In that  case it shows a happy and lucky marriage and benefits from  in-laws, provided the Head Line is good and faultless. If this  mark is at the commencement of the Life Line, marriage  will occur at an early age; if in the middle of the mount, it  will be in the middle age; and, if down on the base of the  mount, it will occur late in life.
 
 If there is a cross on the Mount of Saturn and touches the  Fate Line, it shows death by accident. If it is in the centre of  the mount, life may end by crucification.
 
 On the Mount of Sun, it causes hindrance in success. On  the Mount of Mercury, it shows dishonesty and duplicity.
 
 On the negative Mount of Mars (under the Mount of  Mercury) it means danger from enemies. On the Mount of  positive Mars, under the Mount of Jupiter, it shows litigation  or violence which may even cause death. If it is near the  thumb, piles are indicated.
 
 On the Moon, under the Line of Head, it shows fatal  imagination. 1f clearly marked in the centre of the mount, and  there are other bad signs in the hand, death by drowning may  occur. It is also indicative of rheumatism. On the Mount of  Venus, failure in love affair  is foreseen.
 
 If a small cross is found near the Life Line, a quarrel with  relatives may occur. A cross between the Fate Line and the  Life Line shows opposition in career from relatives. If the cross  is found on the upper portion of the Mount of Moon, below  the Fate Line, the native subject undertakes an unsuccessful  journey; if found above the Head Line, without touching it,  a wound or injury to the head may occur, On the Sun Line,  it ruins the chances of success and fame.
 
 %
 
 A cross on the Fate Line shows financial loss; if it is near  to the Line of Heart, death of a loved one is foreseen; on the  Mount of Sun, eye trouble is indicated. A cross on the Heart  Signs 95
 
 Second phalange—Religious study  Third phalange—Tactful  The Cross
 
 (Fig. 19-4)
 
 A cross indicates trouble, danger and loss, except in the one  instance when it is found on the Mount of Jupiter. In that  case it shows a happy and lucky marriage and benefits from  in-laws, provided the Head Line is good and faultiess. If this  mark is at the commencement of the Life Line, marriage  will occur at an early age; if in the middle of the mount, it  will be in the middle age; and, if down on the base of the  mount, it will occur late in life.
 
 If there is a cross on the Mount of Saturn and touches the  Fate Line, it shows death by accident. If it is in the centre of  the mount, life may end by crucification.
 
 On the Mount of Sun, it causes hindrance in success. On  the Mount of Mercury, it shows dishonesty and duplicity.
 
 On the negative Mount of Mars (under the Mount of  Mercury) it means danger from enemies. On the Mount of  positive Mars, under the Mount of Jupiter, it shows litigation  or violence which may even cause death. If it is near the  thumb, piles are indicated.
 
 On the Moon, under the Line of Head, it shows fatal  imagination. If clearly marked in the centre of the mount, and  there are other bad signs in the hand, death by drowning may  occur. It is also indicative of rheumatism. On the Mount of  Venus, failure in love affair is foreseen.
 
 ‘
 
 If a small cross is found near the Life Line, a quarrel with  relatives may occur. A cross between the Fate Line and the  Life Line shows opposition in career from relatives. If the cross  is found on the upper portion of the Mount of Moon, below  the Fate Line, the native subject undertakes an unsuccessful  journey; if found above the Head Line, without touching it,  a wound or injury to the head may occur. On the Sun Line,  it ruins the chances of success and fame.
 
 A cross on the Fate Line shows financial loss; if it is near  to the Line of Heart, death of a loved one is foreseen; on the  Mount of Sum, eye trouble is indicated. A cross on the Heart
 
 96 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  Line, under the Mount of Saturn, causes kidney trouble or  hernia in a man and delivery trouble in  a woman.
 
 Indications of a cross on the thumb and the fingers are:
 
 Thumh  Jupiter  Finger  Saturn  Finger  First  Second phalange  First  phalange  Second phalange  Third phalange  First  phalange  Second phalange  Third phalange  phalange (nail)—Loose morals and unchastity  if the Mount of Venus also  has criss-cross lines. Two  crosses show love of luxury  and sensuality
 
 —Extra-marital relations
 
 —Superstitious, irreligious
 
 —Literary success
 
 — Vulgar, unreliable
 
 —Anti-social and immoral
 
 —Adventurous to a dangerous  limit
 
 —In a woman’s hand it shows  childlessness  Sun  Finger  First  phalange
 
 —Sensitive and artistic nature  Second phalange
 
 —Unhappy due to his envious  nature  Third phalange
 
 —Frustration in gaining ambi-
 
 tions  Mercury
 
 —Intuition if the hand is good;
 
 on a bad hand, the person  is in the habit of stealing
 
 —Failure or imprisonment
 
 —Dishonour  The Island
 
 (Fig. 19-5)
 
 Finger  First  phalange  Second phalange  Third phalange  An island is produced by splitting of the main line and return
 
 “of the split to the main line again. If the ends of a chance  line overlap each other, they do not form an island, but the  formation does not show good resuits. It is a defect, a warning  and a disturbing factor wherever it occurs. It relates generally
 
 96 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  Line, under the Mount of Saturn, causes kidney trouble or  hernia in a man and delivery trouble in a woman.
 
 Indications of a cross on the thumb and the fingers are:
 
 Thumb  Jupiter  Finger  Saturn  Finger  First  phalange (nail)—Loose morals and unchastity  Second phalange  First  phalange  Second phalange  Third phalange  First  phalange  Second phalange  Third phalange  if the Mount of Venus also  has criss-cross lines. Two  crosses show love of luxury  and sensuality
 
 —FExtra-marital relations
 
 —Superstitious, irreligious
 
 —Literary success
 
 —Vulgar, unreliable
 
 —Anti-social and immoral
 
 —Adventurous to a dangerous  fimit
 
 —In a woman’s hand it shows  childlessness  Sun  Finger  First  phalange  Second phalange
 
 —Sensitive and artistic nature
 
 —Unhappy due to his envious  nature
 
 —Frustration in gaining ambi-
 
 tions  Third phalange  Mercury  Finger  First  phalange
 
 —Intuition if the hand is good;
 
 )
 
 on a bad hand, the person  is in the habit of stealing
 
 —Failure or imprisonment
 
 —Dishonour  The Island
 
 (Fig. 19-5)
 
 Second phalange  Third phalange  An island is produced by splitting of the main line and return  of the split to the main line again. If the ends of a chance  line overlap each other, they do not form an island, but the  formation does not show good results. It is a defect, a warning  and a disturbing factor wherever it occurs. It relates generally  Signs 97
 
 to the hereditary bad traits. Islands are not found on fingers or  thumbs. Islands on the palm when in vertical position are inau-
 
 spicious; when horizontal, they are not so bad. A good Line of  Head and a strong thumb repair the defect of an island to  some extent.
 
 On the Heart Line, it shows hereditary weakness of heart.
 
 If an island is under the Mount of Sun, on the Heart Line, it  shows disease of the eyes or weakness of the heart.
 
 An island on the Line of Fate in a male hand shows finan-
 
 cial loss due to cheating by someone, but on a female hand  it indicates illicit relations. On the Line of Sun, the person  stands to lose his reputation and position through some scandal.
 
 On the Health Line, it shows some serious illness. On the  upper portion of Line of Health, it shows throat and bronchial  trouble, provided the nails of the person are small and round.
 
 If his.nails are long, it indicates weakness of lungs and, if short,  weakness of heart. Towards the end of the Mount of Moon, it  shows bladder/kidney trouble.
 
 If a line, with an island, goes from the Mount of Venus to  the Mouni of Mercury and cuts the Line of Marriage,.some  bad influence causes trouble and disgrace to married life.
 
 Wherever such a line goes it causes damage, e.g., when it goes  and cuts the Line of Heart, some misfortune will befall to the  loved one.
 
 An jsland at the start of the Line of Life shows weakness  of lungs or serious illness in childhood, or hereditary illness,  or mystery connected with the birth of the subject. At the end  of the Line of Life, it denotes kidney or bladder trouble.
 
 An independent island on any mount lowers the good  qualities of that mount. On the Mount of Sun, a big and clear  island turns a rich man into a pauper.
 
 The Circle
 
 (Fig. 19-6)
 
 A circle is not a favourable sign, except on the Mount of  Sun and at some other places.
 
 On the Mount of Sun, a circle shows wealth and fame; on  the Mount of Moon danger from water or death in family. On  the right hand, danger to the mother at the time of delivery  Signs 97
 
 to the hereditary bad traits. Islands are not found on fingers or  thumbs. Islands on the palm when in vertical position are inau-
 
 spicious; when horizontal, they are not so bad. A good Line of  Head and a strong thumb repair the defect of an island to  some extent.
 
 On the Heart Line, it shows hereditary weakness of heart.
 
 If an island is under the Mount of Sun, on the Heart Line, it  shows disease of the eyes or weakness of the heart.
 
 An island on the Line of Fate in a male hand shows finan-
 
 cial loss due to cheating by someone, but on a female hand  it indicates illicit relations. On the Line of Sun, the person  stands to lose his reputation and position through some scandal.
 
 On the Health Line, it shows some serious illness. On the  upper portion of Line of Health, it shows throat and bronchial  trouble, provided the nails of the person are small and round.
 
 If his nails are long, it indicates weakness of lungs and, if short,  weakness of heart. Towards the end of the Mount of Moon, it  shows bladder/kidney trouble.
 
 If a line, with an island, goes from the Mount of Venus to  the Mouni of Mercury and cuts the Line of Marriage,.some  bad influence causes trouble and disgrace to married life.
 
 Wherever such a line goes it causes damage, e.g., when it goes  and cuts the Line of Heart, some misfortune will befall to the  loved one.
 
 An island at the start of the Line of Life shows weakness  of lungs or serious illness in childhood, or hereditary illness,  or mystery connected with the birth of the subject. At the end  of the Line of Life, it denotes kidney or bladder trouble.
 
 An independent island on any mount lowers the good  qualities of that mount, On the Mount of Sun, a big and clear  island turns a rich man into a pauper.
 
 The Circle
 
 (Fig. 19-6)
 
 A circle is not a favourable sign, except on the Mount of  Sun and at some other places.
 
 On the Mount of Sun, a circle shows wealth and fame; on  the Mount of Moon danger from water or death in family. On  the right hand, danger to the mother at the time of delivery
 
 98 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  and on the left hand of a woman an abortion is indicated.
 
 On the mount of [ower or upper Mars, eye trouble is  shown; on the Mount of Mercury an accident and on the  Mount of Venus cheating in a love affair can be caused. When  it is on the Mount of Saturn, the person may indulge in black  magic or face a calamity,  Indications of a circle on the thumb and the fingers are:
 
 On  Thumb First  phalange —-Able and steadfast  Second phalange—Has a strong reasoning power  Jupiter  Finger  First  phalange—Conquer temptation and fear  Second phalange—Fame and success in arts  Third  phalange—Fulfilment of desire  Saturn  Finger  First  phalange—Success in Tantra and Mantra  Second phalange
 
 — Foresight into future  Third phalange—
 
 A historian  Sun  Finger  First  phalange—Successful in art  Second phalange—Reputed  Third  phalange— Lucky  Mercury  Finger  First  phalange—Famous in eloquence  Second phalange—Rich  Third  phalange—A clever thief or a liar  The Grille
 
 (Fig. 19-7)
 
 A grille is a bad sign and decreases the qualities of the  mount, if there, and aggravates its bad effects.
 
 On the Mount of Jupiter, it makes the person proud and  stubborn; on the Mount of Saturn, the person is concerned  with his own motives, faces misfortune, calamity and some-
 
 times imprisonment. Between the mounts of Jupiter and Mars,  it shows the possibility of venereal diseases. On the Mount of  Sun, it shows vanity and desire for fame and between the  mounts of Sun and Saturn paralysis.
 
 98 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  and on the left hand of a woman an abortion is indicated.
 
 On the mount of lower or upper Mars, eye trouble is  shown; on the Mount of Mercury an accident and on the  Mount of Venus cheating in a luve affair can be caused. When  it is on the Mount of Saturn, the person may indulge in black  magic or face a calamity.
 
 Indications of a circle on the thumb and the fingers are:
 
 On  Thumb First  phalange – Able and steadfast  Second phalange—Has a strong reasoning power  Jupiter  Finger  First  phalange—Conquer temptation and fear  Second phalange—Fame and success in arts  Third  phalange—Fulfilment of desire  Saturn  Finger  First  phalange—Success in Tantra and Mantra  Second phalange
 
 — Foresight into future  Third phalange—
 
 A historian  Sun  Finger  First  phalange—Successful in art  Second phalange—Reputed  Third  phalange— Lucky  Mercury  Finger  First  phalange—Famous in eloquence  Second phalange—Rich  Third  phalange—
 
 A clever thief or a liar  The Grille
 
 (Fig. 19-7)
 
 A grille is a bad sign and decreases the qualities of the  mount, if there, and aggravates its bad effects.
 
 On the Mount of Jupiter, it makes the person proud and  stubborn; on the Mount of Saturn, the person is concerned  with his own motives, faces misfortune, calamity and some-
 
 times imprisonment. Between the mounts of Jupiter and Mars,  it shows the possibility of venereal diseases. On the Mount of  Sun, it shows vanity and desire for fame and between the  mounts of Sun and Saturn paralysis.
 
 St L  T
 
 –
 
 .
 
 —
 
 .
 
 Signs 99
 
 On the Mount of Mercury, it makes the person unstable  and unprincipled and he undergoes the risk of a violent  accident. On the Mount of Moon, the person becomes restless,  nervous and melancholic. On the Mount of Venus, it shows  unfaithfulness in love, passionate nature and sexual appetite.
 
 On the upper Mount of Mars tendency towards haemorrhage  and on the lower Mount of Mars violent temper are indicated.
 
 If at the start and inside the Line of Life, an accident by  explosion can occur; on the middle course of this line, when  situated on the line, hurdles are faced in achieving success. At  the end and on the line, it shows some wasting disease. At the  farthest end of the Line of Life, outside it, between the Fate  and Life Lines, death of father or loss of ancestral property is  indicated.
 
 At the start and on the Line of Fate, it foretells some  disease from which the person may suffer.
 
 A grille in the centre of the Line of Fate indicates impair-
 
 ment of mental faculties. Near the Line of Heart, where the  Line of Fate cuts it and goes towards the Mount of Saturn,  it shows weakness of lungs.
 
 On the Line of Head at the start, it shows headache or  swelling in the brain; in the middle of this line, mental weak-
 
 ness and at the end brain injury.
 
 On the Rascette, it shows the person lives in imagination  and spends money uselessly, and when near the nail phalange  of the thumb, danger to one’s life from his’her spouse can  occur, provided it is confirmed from other bad signs on the  hand.
 
 On the second phalange of the thumb, it makes the person  dishonest but apt in argumentation.
 
 Its indications on the fingers*are:
 
 Jupiter  Finger  First  phalange—Dubious nature  Second
 
 ,,
 
 —Deceitful, unreliable  Third
 
 ,»
 
 —Sexy and dishonest
 
 – Saturn  Finger  First  phalange—Unethical and intemperate  Second
 
 »
 
 —Illness of nerves, legs or ears  Third
 
 »»
 
 —Extremely miserly  Signs 99
 
 On the Mount of Mercury, it makes the person unstable  and unprincipled and he undergoes the risk of a violent  accident. On the Mount of Moon, the person becomes restless,  nervous and melancholic. On the Mount of Venus, it shows  unfaithfulness in love, passionate nature and sexual appetite.
 
 On the upper Mount of Mars tendency towards haemorrhage  and on the lower Mount of Mars violent temper are indicated.
 
 If at the start and inside the Line of Life, an accident by  explosion can occur; on the middle course of this line, when  situated on the line, hurdles are faced in achieving success. At  the end and on the line, it shows some wasting disease. At the  farthest end of the Line of Life, outside it, between the Fate  and Life Lines, death of father or loss of ancestral property is  indicated.
 
 At the start and on the Line of Fate, it foretells some  disease from which the person may suffer.
 
 A grille in the centre of the Line of Fate indicates impair-
 
 ment of mental faculties. Near the Line of Heart, where the  Line of Fate cuts it and goes towards the Mount of Saturn,  it shows weakness of lungs.
 
 On the Line of Head at the start, it shows headache or  swelling in the brain; in the middle of this line, mental weak-
 
 ness and at the end brain injury.
 
 On the Rascette, it shows the person lives in imagination  and spends money uselessly, and when near the nail phalange  of the thumb, danger to one’s life from his’her spouse can  occur, provided it is confirmed from other bad signs on the  hand.
 
 On the second phalange of the thumb, it makes the person  dishonest but apt in argumentation.
 
 Its indications on the fingers’are:
 
 Jupiter  Finger  First  phalange—Dubious nature  Second
 
 .,
 
 —Deceitful, unreliable
 
 |
 
 Third
 
 »»
 
 —Sexy and dishonest
 
 – Saturn  Finger  First  phalange—Unethical and intemperate  Second
 
 »
 
 —Illness of nerves, legs or cars  Third
 
 »
 
 —Extremely miserly
 
 100 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  Sun  Finger  First  phalange—Failure in one’s aim  Second
 
 ,,
 
 —Jealousy  Third  s, – —Poverty  Mercury  Finger  First  phalanfgf:-—Talkalive and causes opposition  by loose talk  Second
 
 ,»
 
 — Criminal tendency and’or
 
 –
 
 imprisonment  Third
 
 ,,
 
 ——Foolhardy  The Mole
 
 (Fig. 19-8)
 
 A mole on the palm or on the mounts of the hand is more  important than a mole on one of the fingers.
 
 On the Mount of Jupiter, it shows fame and riches, and on  the Mount of Saturn, danger from fire, electricity or snake-
 
 bite. On the Mount of Sun, it gives wealth. happiness in life.
 
 A good Fate Line enhances its good results.
 
 On the Mount of Mercury, it indicates loss due to theft.
 
 When this sign is found on a bad hand, the person becomes a  back-biter and a liar. On the Mount of Venus, it shows stones  in kidney or unhappy married life, but such person can go in  for hotel or cinema business, provided this indication is  supported by other good signs on the hand. He should, how-
 
 ever, avoid liquor and hot things in his diet.
 
 On the Mount of Moon, it shows initial obstacles in his  education, discord in wedded life or stones in kidney or gall-
 
 bladder.
 
 On the Mount of Mars (Lower), near the thumb, it shows  head injury, provided its confirmation is found on the Line of  Head.
 
 ;
 
 On the upper Mount of Mars, under the Mount of Mercury,  the person is likely to lose his property which may be acquired  by the State.
 
 A mole on the Life Line, under the Mount of Sun, foretells  eye trouble,  P
 
 ——
 
 =
 
 100 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  Sun  Finger  First  phalange—Failure in one’s aim  Second
 
 ,,
 
 —Jealousy  Third  aw
 
 —Poyerty  Mercury  Finger  First  phalan;ge-—TaIkalive and cuauses opposition  by loose 1alk  Second
 
 ,»
 
 — Criminal tendency and ‘or
 
 :
 
 imprisonment  Third
 
 ,,
 
 -—Foolhardy  The Mole
 
 (Fig. 19-8)
 
 A mole on the palm or on the mounts of the hand is more  important than a mole on one of the fingers.
 
 On the Mount of Jupiter, it shows fame and riches, and on  the Mount of Saturn, danger from fire, electricity or snake-
 
 bite. On the Mount of Sun, it gives wealth. happiness in life.
 
 A good Fate Line enhances its good results.
 
 On the Mount of Mercury, it indicates loss due to theft.
 
 When this sign is found on a bad hand, the person becomes a  back-biter and a liar. On the Mount of Venus, it shows stones  in kidney or unhappy married life, but such person can go in  for hotel or cinema business. provided this indication
 
 1is  supported by other good signs on the hand. He should, how-
 
 ever, avoid liquor and hot things in his diet.
 
 On the Mount of Moon, it shows initial obstacles in his  education, discord in wedded life or stones in kidney or gall-
 
 bladder.
 
 On the Mount of Mars (Lower), near the thumb, it shows  head injury, provided its confirmation is found on the Line of  Head.
 
 :
 
 On the upper Mount of Mars, under the Mount of Mercury,  the person is likely to lose his property which may be acquired  by the State.
 
 A mole on the Life Line, under the Mount of Sun, foretells  eye trouble,  Signs. 101
 
 A mole under the Mount of Saturn on the Line of Head  predicts trouble in the reproductive organs.
 
 The Spot or the Dot
 
 (Fig. 19.9)
 
 A spot or a dot indicates an ailment or trouble. A black  dot is a sign of Rahu. A red spot on the Line of Head shows  a head injury, blow, shock or a fall.
 
 . A black dot or depression on any major lines (lines of  Life, Head or Heart) shows some sort of illness, but on the  Line of Fate, in a female’s hand, misfortune in marriage.
 
 A black dot on the third phalange of Jupiter, Sun, or  Mercury fingers shows an unsatisfactory married life.
 
 A bluish spot in a square is a sign of typhoid fever or  blood poisoning. A white spot on the Line of Life shows injury  to the eyes; a red spot on the Line of Head shows injury to  the head; a spot under the Mount of Sun an ear trouble and  under the Mount of Jupiter a nervous complaint.
 
 A white dot on the Line of Heart shows success in a love  affair. A white dot on the Line of Head indicates scientific  attainment. Many white spots on the nails show chronic indiges-
 
 tion.
 
 ‘
 
 A red dot on the Lines of Life or Health denotes some  kind of fever.
 
 A black dot in the centre of the palm makes the person  rich. On the sole of the foot, the person gets a government job  and gets his work done by persuasion.
 
 A spot on the Mount of Mercury indicates some error in  doing business or trade. A brown dot on the Line of Marriage  on the outer edge of the Mount of Mercury shows ill luck in  marriage.
 
 Some Curious Signs mentioned in books  on Hindu palmistry
 
 (Fig. 20)
 
 Many signs marks are seen on the hands. In Hindu pal-
 
 mistry, 10,000 signs and symbols are mentioned, of which 90
 
 signs relate to planets. As many as 37 signs are commonly  known. They are listed below (Fig. 20). A sign gives full results  Signs 101
 
 A mole under the Mount of Saturn on the Line of Head  predicts trouble in the reproductive organs.
 
 The Spot or the Dot
 
 (Fig. 19.9)
 
 A spot or a dot indicates an ailment or trouble. A black  dot is a sign of Rahu. A red spot on the Line of Head shows  a head injury, blow, shock or a fall.
 
 A black dot or depression on any major lines (lines of  Life, Head or Heart) shows some sort of illness, but on the  Line of Fate, in a female’s hand, misfortune in marriage.
 
 A black dot on the third phalange of Jupiter, Sun, or  Mercury fingers shows an unsatisfactory married life.
 
 A bluish spot in a square is a sign of typhoid fever or  blood poisoning. A white spot on the Line of Life shows injury  to the eycs; a red spot on the Line of Head shows injury to  the head; a spot under the Mount of Sun an ear trouble and  under the Mount of Jupiter a nervous complaint.
 
 A white dot on the Line of Heart shows success in a love  affair. A white dot on the Line of Head indicates scientific  attainment. Many white spots on the nails show chronic indiges-
 
 tion.
 
 ‘
 
 A red dot on the Lines of Life or Health denotes some  kind of fever.
 
 A black dot in the centre of the palm makes the person  rich. On the sole of the foot, the person gets a government job  and gets his work done by persuasion.
 
 A spot on the Mount of Mercury indicates some error in  doing business or trade. A brown dot on the Line of Marriage  on the outer edge of the Mount of Mercury shows ill luck in  marriage.
 
 Some Curious Signs mentioned in books  on Hindu palmistry
 
 (Fig. 20)
 
 Many signs marks are seen on the hands. In Hindu pal-
 
 mistry, 10,000 signs and symbols are mentioned, of which 90
 
 signs relate to planets. As many as 37 signs are commonly  known. They are listed below (Fig. 20). A sign gives full results
 
 102 – Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  CURIOUS SINGS IN INDIiAN PALMISTRY  O <=
 
 Pot.
 
 Lotus Flag  Goat  Crocodile  Store  Toom  Scale  Sword  Double Eight  Flower  Swastika  square cornered  star  Tripod  Fish  Square
 
 @E“Lqufifi’
 
 Umbrella  Rectangle  Plough  Carland
 
 7 ¥ = MWW
 
 @
 
 tFlower  Tree  Double fish  Mor W  Cart whee  tail  O@—
 
 ) £
 
 Whorls  Palanquin  Elephant Umbrella
 
 ¥F 20 ¢
 
 ()
 
 Tree  Fish  Temple  Bow  Crow rekha
 
 .
 
 i
 
 102 Everybody’s  Guide to Palmistry  CURIOUS SINGS IN INDiAN PALMISTRY  OR =<
 
 Pot.
 
 Lotus Flag  Goat  Crocodile  Store  room
 
 53 4×3%
 
 % 10
 
 Scale  Sword  Double Eight  Flower  Swastika  square cornered  star  AP AT  Tripod  Square  LN el  G  A  Umbrella  Rectangle  Plough  Garland
 
 7 ¥ =4 MW
 
 @
 
 LFlower  Trece  Double fish  Mor W  Cart whee  tall  b OO
 
 (1) 4
 
 Couch  Whorls  Palanquin
 
 ~phant Umbrella
 
 7 Q  Bow  Crow rekha  I  J  Signs 103
 
 when the Lines of Head, Heart and Life are good and normal.
 
 All the signs and marks mentioned in old Hindu scriptures  are not generally seen on the hands. Some common signs  found on the palm are mentioned below:
 
 (a)
 
 (b)
 
 Pot, lotus, stalk flag, goat¥,  crocodile®, store-room  Pair of  scales*, sword,  lotus flower, flag, eight-
 
 cornered  star,  double-
 
 –
 
 square swastik®
 
 (c)
 
 (d)
 
 (e)
 
 (f)
 
 (g)
 
 (b)
 
 Spear-head, tripod, fish or  square  Umbrella, rectangle, plou-
 
 gh, garland, flower, tree,  double fish-tail, formation  like ‘M’ or “W’, cart-wheel  Conch, shell, whorls turn-
 
 ing to right from left side,  palanquin, elephant, um-
 
 brella  Tree  Fish (Machh Rekha)
 
 Temple  sRarely found  Person becomes rich through  underground  treasure or  products,  e.g.,  precious  stones, petrol, etc.
 
 Has prosperity  and long  life  Sign  of success on any  mount  The person is born with  Raja yoga and becomes rich,  famous and successful  Rich and wealthy  It gives honour to schiolars,  wealth to businessmen and  happiness to all on whose  hand the sign appears  A very lucky sign of riches,  wealth and fame. It indi-
 
 cates a rich, charitable and  religious person, who com-
 
 mands respect and will lead  a happy life. If the fish has  its mouth towards  the  fingers, the prosperity and  happiness will last through-
 
 out his life  Temple is a sign of royalty  or sanctity
 
 ;
 
 RS  Signs 103
 
 when the Lines of Head, Heart and Life are good and normal.
 
 All the signs and marks mentioned in old Hindu scriptures  are not generally scen on the hands. Some common signs  found on the palm arc mentioned below:
 
 (a)
 
 (b)
 
 (c)
 
 (d)
 
 (e)
 
 ()
 
 (g)
 
 (b)
 
 Pot, lotus, stalk flag, goat*,  crocodile®, store-room  Pair of  scales*, sword,  lotus flower, flag, eight-
 
 cornered  star,  double-
 
 square swastik*
 
 Spear-head, tripod, fish or  square  Umbrella, rectangle, plou-
 
 gh, garland, flower, tree,  double fish-tail, formation  like ‘M’ or ‘“W’, cart-wheel  Conch, shell, whorls turn-
 
 ing to right from left side,  palanquin, elephant, um-
 
 brella  Tree  Fish (Machh Rekha)
 
 Temple  sRarely found  Person becomes rich through  underground  treasure or  products,  e.g.,  precious  stones, petrol, etc.
 
 Has prosperity  and long  life  Sign  of success on any  mount  The person is born with  Raja yoga and becomes rich,  famous and successful  Rich and wealthy  It gives honour to schiolars,  wealth to businessmen and  happiness to all on whose  hand the sign appears  A very lucky sign of riches,  wealth and fame. It indi-
 
 cates a rich, charitable and  religious person, who com-
 
 mands respect and will lead  a happy life. If the fish has  its mouth towards  the  fingers, the prosperity and  happiness will last through-
 
 out his life  Temple is a sign of royalty  or sanctity
 
 104 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry
 
 (i) Bow
 
 “
 
 Bow is found on the hands  of kings, princes and great  men
 
 (j) Crow (Kag Rekha)
 
 When the fish rekha is open  from the back on both the  sides, it becomes a crow  rekha (kag rekha) and brings  bad luck, loss and calamity.
 
 A trident is a triple-forked line. On the Mount of Jupiter,  this sign shows acquisition of large property and riches; on the  Mount of Sun, brilliance and knowledge.
 
 The Trident (Kamala Rekha)
 
 (Fig. 21)
 
 Wild cotton  Indian  Scorpion  flower  sena  sena leaf  leaf Y o  Tridents  Barley  signs
 
 ~
 
 1,
 
 104 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry
 
 (i) Bow
 
 ‘
 
 Bow is found on the hands  of kings, princes and great  men
 
 (j) Crow (Kag Rekha)
 
 When the fish rekha is open  from the back on both the  sides, it becomes a crow  rekha (kag rekha) and brings  bad luck, loss and calamity.
 
 A trident is a triple-forked line. On the Mount of Jupiter,  this sign shows acquisition of large property and riches; on the  Mount of Sun, brilliance and knowledge.
 
 The Trident (Kamala Rekha)
 
 (Fig. 21)
 
 Wild cotton  Indian  Scorpion  flower  sena  sena leaf  leaf
 
 7Y °”¢
 
 Tridents  Barley  signs  Signs 105
 
 If the Line of Heart has three forks at the end, the person  becomes very rich. Sometimes, a trident is formed by the Line  of Fate, crossing the Line of Heart, where one of its branches  goes to the Mount of Jupiter and the other énds between the  first and second fingers. It shows a creative, imaginative and  financially rich person, who is also passionate and romantic.
 
 Marks of Sun, Moon and other Planets
 
 (Fig. 1)
 
 The sign of Sun shows respectable family. it is indicated by  a circle and a dot, sometimes by a mole or scar like an Indian  mallow flower. Moon is shown by a half-circle or flower of wild  cotton. The sign of Moon shows a mild temperament.
 
 Mercury is located by its traditional (Fig. 1-A) sign or a
 
 *scorpion sena’ leaf (Fig. 21).
 
 The signs of Venus, Jupiter and Saturn are given in Fig. 1-A  Except for Moon and Sun, other signs are rarely found.
 
 Yuv (A barley sign)
 
 (Fig. 21)
 
 {t is an important sign of common occurrence but not  taken into consideration by western palmists. It is usually  found on the base and/or centre of the thumb, the Rascette  and inside of the finger-joints.
 
 When it is found in the centre of the thumb, it makes the  person rich, famous and happy. He will enhance the reputation  of his family. When this mark is in the first joint of the right  thumb, the person was born in Krishna Paksha* during day-time,  If it is found on the first joint of the left thumb, the person  was born in Shukla Paksha** When the sign is present on both  the thumbs on the first joint and is crossed by a line, the time  of birth is not ascertainable.
 
 This sign found at the base of the thumb indicates birth of  male issues. The number of sons depends on the number of  Yuv signs found in the second joint. This indication of male  issues from the barley signs (Yuvs) is found mostly true, but  the hands of both husband and wife must be seen. However,
 
 *a dark fortnight of the moon
 
 **;3 bright fortnight of the moon
 
 4
 
 r“;
 
 Signs
 
 105
 
 If the Line of Heart has three forks at the end, the person  becomes very rich. Sometimes, a trident is formed by the Line  of Fate, crossing the Linc of Heart, where one of its branches  goes to the Mount of Jupiter and the other &énds between the  first and second fingers. It shows a creative, imaginative and  financially rich person, who is also passionate and romantic.
 
 Marks of Sun, Moon and other Planets  i
 
 (Fig. 1)
 
 I  The sign of Sun shows respectable family. {t 1s indicated by  e  a circle and a dot, sometimes by a mole or scar like an Indian
 
 ;
 
 mallow flower. Moon is shown by a half-circle or flower of wild  i  cotton. The sign of Moon shows a mild temperament.
 
 Mercury is located by its traditional (Fig. 1-A) sign or a
 
 ‘scorpion sena’ leaf (Fig. 21).
 
 The signs of Venus, Jupiter and Saturn are given in Fig. 1-A  Except for Moon and Sun, other signs are rarely found.
 
 Yuv (A barley sign)
 
 (Fig. 21)
 
 {t 1s an important sign of common occurrence but not  taken into consideration by western palmists. It is usually  found on the base and or centre of the thumb, the Rascette  and inside of the finger-joints.
 
 When it is found in the centre of the thumb, it makes the  person rich, famous and happy. He will enhance the reputation
 
 –
 
 of his family. When this mark is in the first joint of the right  l  thumb, the person was born in Krishna Paksha* during day-time.
 
 ‘
 
 If it is found on the first joint of the left thumb, the person  was born in Shukla Puksha.** When the sign is present on both  the thumbs on the first joint and is crossed by a line, the time  of birth is not ascertainable.
 
 This sign found at the base of the thumb indicates birth of  male issues. The number of sons depends on the number of  Yuv signs found in the second joint. This indication of male  issues from the barley signs (Yuvs) is found mostly true, but  the hands of both husband and wife must be seen. However,
 
 *a dark fortnight of the moon
 
 **, bright fortnight of the moon  a-a Ring of Soloman  b-b Ring of Saturn  c-~¢c-c~c—-¢ Lucky ‘M*
 
 Mystic cross formed with the  of Fate
 
 :
 
 Diksha Rekha – the line.of  renuncigtion  Mystic cross independently  formed  A semi circle line from the  middle of the first and the  second fingers going to the line  of Head and cutting it.
 
 106 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  a-a Ring of Soloman  b-b Ring of Saturn  c-~¢c-c-c~¢ Lucky ‘M?’
 
 d- Mystic cross formed with the  of Fate
 
 ‘
 
 Diksha Rekha – the line.of  renuncigtion  Mystic cross independently  formed  A semi circle line from the  middle of the first and the  second fingers going to the line  of Head and cutting it.
 
 Signs 107
 
 the time of birth of the son cannot be ascertained. A son can  be born after or before the birth of a girl.
 
 If this sign is present at the base of all the fingers, the  person overindulges in sex. He may meet his end in water. When  a Yuv is found at the commencement of the Line of Fate,  the person may become orphan in childhood. In the middle of  the Fate Line, it shows great attraction for the opposite sex.
 
 If at the end of the Line of Heart on the Mount of Jupiter,  the person will die at a holy place.
 
 The life-span of a subject is ascertained from the line on  the first joint of the thumb as explained elsewhere, During the  period of Yuyv on this line on the first joint of the thumb, the  person leads a happy and comfortable [ife.
 
 The significance of Yuv at the joints of the fingers is  described in the chapter on fingers.
 
 The Mystic Cross or La Croix Mystique
 
 (Fig. 22)
 
 The Mystic Cross is also called St Andrew’s Cross. This  cross is found in the quadrangle between the lines of Head and  Heart. Sometimes, it is distinct and separate (22-f) and at other  times it is formed by the Line of Fate and a line from the Line  of Head to the Line of Heart (22-d). When it is near the Mount  of Jupiter, the person is interested in knowing his future. When  nearer to the Line of Heart, the person is superstitious, more so  when the Line of Head is short and the cross is not well-formed.
 
 When the cross is connected with the Line of Fate and is under  the Mount of Saturn, the subject occupies himself with occult  studies and has some degree of intuitive powers.
 
 When this cross is attached to the Line of Heart, a female  influence is seen. If this cross does not touch the Line of Fate  or Sun, it becomes more favourable,  When the cross is beside a clear and good Line of Fate,  the person becomes a religious leader.
 
 An independent cross in the quadrangle shows an aptitude  for Occultism.
 
 Lucky ‘M’ or ‘W’ Sign
 
 (Fig. 22)
 
 The Lucky ‘M’ or ‘W’ Sign is formed by the Line of Life,  the Line of Head and the Line of Heart, when the Line of  Signs 107
 
 the time of birth of the son cannot be ascertained. A son can  be born after or before the birth of a girl.
 
 If this sign is present at the base of all the fingers, the  person overindulges in sex. He may meet his end in water. When  a Yuv is found at the commencement of the Line of Fate,  the person may become orphan in childhood. In the middle of  the Fate Line, it shows great attraction for the opposite sex.
 
 If at the end of the Line of Heart on the Mount of Jupiter,  the person will die at a holy place.
 
 The life-span of a subject is ascertained from the line on  the first joint of the thumb as explained elsewhere. During the  period of Yuy on this line on the first joint of the thumb, the  person leads a happy and comfortable [ife.
 
 The significance of Yuv at the joints of the fingers is  described in the chapter on fingers.
 
 The Mystic Cross or La Croix Mystique
 
 (Fig. 22)
 
 The Mystic Cross is also called St Andrew’s Cross. This  cross is found in the quadrangle between the lines of Head and  Heart. Sometimes, it is distinct and separate (22-f) and at other  times it is formed by the Line of Fate and a line from the Line  of Head to the Line of Heart (22-d). When it is near the Mount  of Jupiter, the person is interested in knowing his future. When  nearer to the Line of Heart, the person is superstitious, more so  when the Line of Head is short and the cross is not well-formed.
 
 When the cross is connected with the Line of Fate and is under  the Mount of Saturn, the subject occupies himself with occult  studies and has some degree of intuitive powers.
 
 When this cross is attached to the Line of Heart, a female  influence is seen. If this cross does not touch the Line of Fate  or Sun, it becomes more favourable,  When the cross is beside a clear and good Line of Fate,  the person becomes a religious leader.
 
 An independent cross in the quadrangle shows an aptitude  for Occultism.
 
 Lucky ‘M’ or ‘W’ Sign
 
 (Fig. 22)
 
 The Lucky ‘M’ or ‘W’ Sign is formed by the Line of Life,  the Line of Head and the Line of Heart, when the Line of
 
 108 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  Fate cuts the Line of Head and joins the Line of Heart. ‘M’
 
 stands for money and marriage. Such ¢ formation on the palm  makes the person rich and happy in marriage. He can be a  mystic, provided he has other signs indicating mysticism.
 
 Other Lucky Signs
 
 (a) When the Line of Head makes an acute angle with the  Line of Life and both the lines are long and defectless.
 
 (b) A triangle formed by the Lines of Life and Head, with the  Line of Health at the bottom.
 
 (c) Small, clear, upward lines going from the Line of Life  towards the fingers.
 
 Ring of Saturn
 
 (Fig. 22)
 
 The Ring of Saturn is a semi-circle around the Mount of  Saturn and shows the love of mysticism. The subject likes  solitude, and may possess some ill-conceived psychology. In  despair and trouble, the person wants to commit suicide, if  other signs on the hand confirm this reading. If the semi-circle  cuts the Line of Fate, financial position in old age may be  tight.
 
 Ring of Solomon
 
 (Fig. 22)
 
 The Ring of Solomon is a semi-circle around the Mount of  Jupiter and gives power of Occultism to the possessor. When  the half circle is incomplete or there is only a line on the  mount, its effect is diminished to a certain extent. In a material  hand, it shows common sense and good judgment in worldly  affairs.
 
 The Ring of Solomon should be distinguished from the  semicircle line starting from the middle of the first and the  second fingers and going towards the Line of Head and meeting  it. This line shows financial loss in old age.
 
 A horizontal line on the base of the first finger is called
 
 . Diksha rekha (line of renunciation). A clear and long line is  effective. If the line is broken, its effect is reduced. It shows  that the person may renounce the world or may not marry if  other signs corroborate it.
 
 i,
 
 108 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  Fate cuts the Line of Head and joins the Line of Heart. ‘M’
 
 stands for money and marriage. Such ¢ formation on the palm  makes the person rich and happy in marriage. He can be a  mystic, provided he has other signs indicating mysticism.
 
 Other Lucky Signs
 
 (a) When the Line of Head makes an acute angle with the  Line of Life and both the lines are long and defectless.
 
 (b) A triangle formed by the Lines of Life and Head, with the  Line of Health at the bottom.
 
 (c¢)
 
 Small, clear, upward lines going from the Line of Life  towards the fingers.
 
 Ring of Saturn
 
 (Fig. 22)
 
 The Ring of Saturn is a semi-circle around the Mount of  Saturn and shows the love of mysticism. The subject likes  solitude, and may possess some ill-conceived psychology. In  despair and trouble, the person wants to commit suicide, if  other signs on the hand confirm this reading. If the semi-circle  cuts the Line of Fate, financial position in old age may be  tight.
 
 Ring of Solomon
 
 (Fig. 22)
 
 The Ring of Solomon is a semi-circle around the Mount of  Jupiter and gives power of Occultism to the possessor. When  the half circle is incomplete or there is only a line on the  mount, its effect is diminished to a certain extent. In a material  hand, it shows common sense and good judgment in worldly  affairs.
 
 The Ring of Solomon should be distinguished from the  semicircle line starting from the middle of the first and the  second fingers and going towards the Line of Head and meeting  it. This line shows financial loss in old age.
 
 A horizontal line on the basec of the first finger is called
 
 . Diksha rekha (line of renunciation). A clear and long line is  effective. If the line is broken, its effect is reduced. It shows  that the person may renounce the world or may not marry if  other signs corroborate it.
 
 CHAPTER 12
 
 The Quadrangle
 
 (Fig. 23)
 
 THE quadrangle is formed by the space between the Lines of  Hcad and Heart. A narrow quadrangle (where these lines  are close) makes the person partial and harsh in his business  dealings and personal behaviour. If the space is wider towards  the end on the percussion of the palm, the person is straight-
 
 forward. If the space is too wide throughout between the lines,  the person is extremely independent.
 
 If the distance between the lines is more under the Mount  of Sun than under the Mount of Saturn, the person is mindful  of public opinion but, if the space is more under the Mount  of Saturn than the space under the Mount of Sun, he is un-
 
 concerned and indifferent to what people say about him. If the  quadrangle is broad under the Mounts of Jupiter and Saturn,  the subject is money-minded and thrifty.
 
 If the space is narrow, the person becomes. narrow-minded  and a miser. If the space is narrow and the Health Line is  broken, the person suffers from asthma. A hollow between the  quadrangle shows miserliness. If this space is covered by small  lines and the person has short fingers and a long palm, restless-
 
 ness and irritability are indicated.
 
 When the quadrangle is wide at both the ends and not  narrow in the middle, the person is balanced, intelligent and  loyal in friendship. Narrow space in the centre shows prejudice  and injustice. Too much space shows carelessness and an uncon-
 
 ventional attitude.
 
 When the, quadrangle is very broad under the Mount of  CHAPTER 12
 
 The Quadrangle
 
 {Fig. 23)
 
 THE quadrangle is formed by the space between the Lines of  Hecad and Heart. A narrow quadrangle (where these lines  are close) makes the person partial and harsh in his business  dealings and personal behaviour. If the space is wider towards  the end on the percussion of the palm, the person is straight-
 
 forward. If the space is too wide throughout between the lines,  the person is extremely independent.
 
 If the distance between the lines is more under the Mount  of Sun than under the Mount of Saturn, the person is mindful  of public opinion but, if the space is more under the Mount  of Saturn than the space under the Mount of Sun, he is un-
 
 concerned and indifferent to what people say about him. If the  quadrangle is broad under the Mounts of Jupiter and Saturn,  the subject is money-minded and thrifty.
 
 If the space is narrow, the person becomes narrow-minded  and a miser. If the space is narrow and the Health Line is  broken, the person suffers from asthma. A hollow between the  quadrangle shows miserliness. If this space is covered by small  lines and the person has short fingers and a long palm, restless-
 
 ness and irritability are indicated.
 
 When the quadrangle is wide at both the ends and not  narrow in the middle, the person is balanced, intelligent and  loyal in friendship. Narrow space in the centre shows prejudice  and injustice. Too much space shows carelessness and an uncon-
 
 ventional attitude.
 
 When the, quadrangle is very broad under the Mount of  Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  QUADRANGLE AND BIG AND SMALL TRIANGLES
 
 + Melliformed and wide  towards percussion
 
 ‘ shows’ straigfltforwardness  Narrow throughout
 
 . shows meanness,  Wide throughout ahows
 
 –
 
 independent nature
 
 –
 
 Wider under mount of  Saturn – careless
 
 ‘/
 
 about his reputation
 
 ,
 
 = Wider under mount of Sun –
 
 cares for his
 
 7/ reputation
 
 = Narrow and line of heal‘th.
 
 broken – 5sthama
 
 :
 
 Smll :riangle S  Big trlangle A
 
 ‘:_.I_’ )
 
 110 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  QUADRANGLE AND BIG AND SMALL TRIANGLES  Wel{iformed and wide  towards percussion
 
 :
 
 shows straightforwardness
 
 – Narrow throughout
 
 . shows meanness,
 
 – Wide throughout shows.
 
 independent nature
 
 -~ Wider under mount of  Saturn – careless  about his reputation
 
 .= Wider under mount of Sun
 
 –
 
 cares for his
 
 =
 
 ‘
 
 reputation
 
 – Marrow and line of health  broken – asthama
 
 & §m§11 triangle
 
 ‘
 
 Big triangle
 
 _
 
 ” The Quadrangle 111
 
 Mercury, the subject is overkind and broad-minded  and some-
 
 times suffers for his generosity. When the quadrangle increases  in: breadth, while going down from the Mount of Jupiter  towards the Mount-of Mercury, money lent by the subject is  not returned by his borrowers. In case it broadens towards the  Mount of Jupiter, the money lent  by him is generally returned.
 
 In case a quadrangie is absent in the palm and it happens when  only one line, i.e., the Simian Line, is present, psychological  imbalance  is indicated.
 
 TIe Big Triangle
 
 (Fig. 23-7,8)
 
 The big triangle is formed on the palm by the Lines of Life,  Head and Health and covers the Plain of Mars. It denotes  broadmindedness, liberal views and a generous temperament.
 
 They can sacrifice their personal interest for the sake of society,  country and community. If the triangle  is small and/or formed  by defective lines, the ouflook of the person is marrow, mean  and selfish.
 
 If the triangle has the Line of Sun as its base-line, the subjcct  will achieve success by his determination.
 
 This triangle has three angles. The upper angle is formed  by the Lines of Life and Head. When the angle is pointed and  well-formed, a refined taste and good temperament are indica-
 
 ted. When the angle is obtuse, the person does not appreciate  artistic values, delicacy and beauty of things. Where the angle  is wide and ill-formed, the person is hasty and ill-tempered.
 
 When the Lines of Head and Life are united for a great  distance on the palm and the angle becomes blunt, the person  lacks in self-confidence and socio-civic sense. When the Lines  of Life and Head are separated, the person is independent and  pushing.
 
 A middle angle is constituted by the Line of Health (or Sun)
 
 and the Line of Head in the centre of the palm; when well-
 
 formed and pointed it shows good health and a sharp intellect;
 
 when the angle is blunt the native is dull and follows the work-
 
 to-rule policy. Where the angle is very acute and is formed  at the Mount of Moon and the Line of Head is defective, thc  person is proae to epileptic fits or paralytic strokes.
 
 The Quadrangle 111
 
 Mercury, the subject is overkind and broad-minded and some-
 
 times suffers for his generosity. When the quadrangle increases  in. breadth, while going down from the Mount of Jupiter  towards the Mount of Mercury, money lent by the subject is  not returned by his borrowers. In case it broadens towards the  Mount of Jupiter, the money lent by him is generally returned.
 
 In case a quadrangle is absent in the palm and it happens when  only one line, i.e., the Simian Line, is present, psychological  imbalance is indicated.
 
 The Big Triangle
 
 (Fig. 23-7.8)
 
 The big triangle is formed on the palm by the Lines of Life,  Head and Health and covers the Plain of Mars. It denotes  broadmindedness, liberal views and a generous temperament.
 
 They can sacrifice their personal interest for the sake of society,  country and community. If the triangle is small and/or formed  by defective lines, the outlook of the person is narrow, mean  and selfish.
 
 ‘
 
 If the triangle has the Line of Sun as its base-line, the subject  will achieve success by his determination.
 
 This triangle has three angles. The upper angle is formed  by the Lines of Life and Head. When the angle is pointed and  well-formed, a refined taste and good temperament are indica-
 
 ted. When the angle is obtuse, the person does not appreciate  artistic values, delicacy and beauty of things. Where the angle  is wide and ill-formed, the person is hasty and ill-tempered.
 
 When the Lines of Head and Life are united for a great  distance on the palm and the angle becomes blunt, the person  lacks in self-confidence and socio-civic sense. When the Lines  of Life and Head are separated, the person is independent and  pushing.
 
 ‘
 
 A middle angle is constituted by the Line of Health (or Sun)
 
 and the Line of Head in the centre of the palm; when well-
 
 formed and pointed it shows good health and a sharp intellect;
 
 when the angle is blunt the native is dull and follows the work-
 
 to-rule policy. Where the angle is very acute and is formed  at the Mount of Moon and the Line of Head is defective, the  person is proae to epileptic fits or paralytic strokes.
 
 112 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  A lower angle is formed by the lines of Life and Health,  between the mounts of Venus and Moon. When the angle is  pointed, it shows a feeble nature, when wide and blunt (when  the above lines do not meet) it indicates a generous nature and  longevity.
 
 When there is wide space between the Lines of Life and  Health and the Line of Fate is not present between them, the  person is unfaithful.
 
 If the Line of Head is curved inward and the Line of Health  curved downwards, cowardice and meanness are shown.
 
 If a small triangle is formed by the Lines of Fate, Head and  Health or by the Lines of Fate, Head and Intuition, the person  is interested in Occult sciences and metaphysics, and makes  practical use of this knowledge.
 
 A triangle formed by the Lines of Life, Head and Health  tells.about one’s income and expenditure. When the triangle is  divided in the centre into two parts, the portion on the side of  the thumb will indicate expenses and that on the side of the  Mount of Moon will show savings. The area in each portion will  denote the ratio between expenses and savings.
 
 If all the three corners of the triangle are closed, the savings  will be automatic and income and expenses can be counted and  fixed; but the fixed expenses cannot be curtailed if there is a  gap between the Line of Life and the Line of Health and this  corner of the triangle is open; in such a case, if expenses are  reduced, income will also be decreased.
 
 The longer the palm is from the middle finger, the more  are the savings.
 
 B  i  gre. s
 
 112 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  A lower angle is formed by the lines of Life and Health,
 
 !
 
 between the mounts of Venus and Moon. When the angle is  pointed, it shows a feeble nature, when wide and blunt (when  the above lines do not meet) it indicates a generous nature and  longevity.
 
 When there is wide space between the Lines of Life and  Health and the Line of Fate is not present between them, the  person is unfaithful.
 
 If the Line of Head is curved inward and the Line of Health  curved downwards, cowardice and meanness are shown.
 
 If a small triangle is formed by the Lines of Fate, Head and  Health or by the Lines of Fate, Head and Intuition, the person
 
 ,  is interested in QOccult sciences and metaphysics, and makes
 
 |
 
 practical use of this knowledge.
 
 –
 
 A triangle formed by the Lines of Life, Head and Health  tells. about one’s income and expenditure. When the triangle is  divided in the centre into two parts, the portion on the side of  the thumb will indicate expenses and that on the side of the  Mount of Moon will show savings. The area in each portion will  denote the ratio between expenses and savings.
 
 If all the three corners of the triangle are closed, the savings  will be automatic and income and expenses can be counted and  fixed; but the fixed expenses cannot be curtailed if there is a  gap between the Line of Life and the Line of Health and this  corner of the triangle is open; in such a case, if expenses are
 
 !
 
 reduced, income will also be decreased.
 
 i;
 
 The longer the palm is from the middle finger, the more  are the savings.
 
 =
 
 CHAPTER 13
 
 The Lines
 
 (Fig. 24)
 
 THE lines on the palm are caused by nerves carrying life  currents charged with electric current from the brain. A  nervous person has more lines on his palm than a blunt-headed  or care-free person.
 
 Clear, deep, straight (not wavy), even and pink-coloured  lines are good, if they are without a break, cross, bar, island  or any other defect.
 
 Each line is to be examined minutely from the beginning  to the end in all its variations. i.e., depth, size. signs and  defects.
 
 Deep and broad lines show emotional depression. Chained  lines are formed by joining of many lines and weaken the  qualities of the line. Shallow lines show weakness. A sister  line to the main line strengthens the main line and any defect  in the main line is bridged over by the presence of a sister line.
 
 A fork at the end of any line (except the Line of Life) gives  it strength. A tassel in the line is a sign of dissipation of  energy. A split in the line weakens its strength. Little hair  lines running by the side of the main line are capillary  lines and indicate weakness. Crisscross, dotted, wavy lines  and spots on the lines are unfavourable signs. Breaks with  fragments overlapping each other mitigate the defects to some  extent.
 
 A good line is deep, straight and even. Uneven, unequal,  unbalanced and spasmodic lines are considered defective,  CHAPTER 13
 
 The Lines
 
 (Fig. 24)
 
 THE lines on the palm are caused by nerves carrying life  currents charged with electric current from the brain. A  nervous person has more lines on his palm than a blunt-headed  or care-free person.
 
 Clear, deep, straight (not wavy), even and pink-coloured  lines are good, if they are without a break, cross, bar, island  or any other defect.
 
 Each line is to be examined minutely from the beginning  to the end in all its variations. i.e., depth, size. signs and  defeets.
 
 Deep and broad lines show emotional depression. Chained  lines are formed by joining of many lines and weaken the  qualities of the line. Shallow lines show weakness. A sister  line to the main line strengthens the main line and any defect  in the main line is bridged over by the presence of a sister line.
 
 A fork at the end of any line (except the Line of Life) gives  it strength. A tassel in the line is a sign of dissipation of  energy. A split in the line weakens its strength. Little hair  lines running by the side of the main line are capillary  lines and indicate weakness. Crisscross, dotted, wavy lines  and spots on the lines are unfavourable signs. Breaks with  fragments overlapping each other mitigate the defects to some  extent.
 
 A good line is deep, straight and even. Uneven, unequal,  unbalanced and spasmodic lines are considered defective,  h-LINE  Of
 
 “h-LINE  OF HEALTH  v-VIA CASCIVA  BRACELETS  o)
 
 OF SATURN
 
 1
 
 FINGER OF SuN  POINTED  FINGER  THE LINES
 
 114 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry
 
 .
 
 II
 
 114 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  THE LINES  SQUARE  POINTED  FINGER  OF SATURN  il  FINGER
 
 ]
 
 FINGER OF SUN  BRACELETS  h-LINE OF HEALTH  v-VIA CASCIVA  The lines should be in proportion  to the hand and all main  lines in proportion to each other. Small lines on a big hand or  big lines on a small hand can cause trouble. The subject has to  move carefully. I have seen hands where all main lines, except  one, are fine—i.e., one line is proportionately short. Suppose  this is the Line of Head; it means that the subject is weak in  regard to that line. He will have an underdeveloped mind or  weak mental faculties. A thick Line of Head shows mental  vagueness.
 
 Any split in a line  is like a break  in the flow. of an electric  current or nervous fluid. A small downward split in the line  takes away its strength to some extent; it is like a small leak  in a pipeline. Upward branches enhance its qualities. Broad  and shallow lines show weakness and lack of careful plannmg  in life. When the lines are thin, the subject plans first and  acts afterwards.
 
 =
 
 Lines
 
 (Fig. 24)
 
 . There are several lines on the hand. The main lines are:
 
 The Line of Life or the Line  of vitality (Pitri Rekha)
 
 The Line of Head or Brain Line (Matri Rekha)
 
 The Line of Heart (Ayu Rekha)
 
 :
 
 The Line of Fate or Destiny or Saturn or the Luck Line
 
 (Bhagiva Rekha)
 
 The Line of Sun (line of success) (Surya Rekha)
 
 The Line of Mars (Mangal Rekha)
 
 The Line of Marriage (line of union or liaison)
 
 The Line of Children  Ao
 
 00 3 O\ L  There are some minor lines, which are not found on all  hands, and they are:
 
 The Girdle of Venus  The Line of Health (liver)
 
 The Line of Intuition  The Line of Business  The three bracelets or Rascettes  The sister lines  W  bW –
 
 The Lines 115
 
 The lines should be in proportion  to the hand and all main  lines in proportion to each other. Small lines on a big hand or  big lines on a small hand can cause trouble. The subject has to  move carcfully. I have seen hands where all main lines, except  one, are fine—i.e., one line is proportionately short. Suppose  this is the Line of Head; it means that the subject is weak in  regard to that line. He will have an underdeveloped mind or  weak mental faculties. A thick Line of Head shows mental  vagueness.
 
 Any split in a line is like a break in the flow. of an electric  current or nervous fluid. A small downward split in the line  takes away its strength to some extent; it is like a small leak  in a pipeline. Upward branches enhance its qualities. Broad  and shallow lines show weakness and lack of careful planning  in life. When the lines are thin, the subject plans first and  acts afterwards.
 
 .
 
 Lioes
 
 (Fig. 24)
 
 There are several lines on the hand. The main lines are:
 
 1
 
 The Line of Life or the Line of vitality (Pitri Rekha)
 
 2 The Line of Head or Brain Line (Matri Rekha)
 
 3 The Line of Heart (Ayu Rekha)
 
 4 The Line of Fate or Destiny or Saturn or the Luck Line
 
 (Bhagiva Rekha)
 
 5 The Line of Sun (line of success) (Surya Rekha)
 
 6 The Line of Mars (Mangal Rekha)
 
 7 The Line of Marriage (line of union or liaison)
 
 8 The Line of Children  There are some minor lines, which are not found on all  hands, and they are:
 
 The Girdle of Venus  The Line of Health (liver)
 
 The Line of Intuition  The Line of Business  The three bracelets or Rascettes  The sister lines
 
 [- WV Y WP S
 
 116 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  Character and colour of lines
 
 (Fig. 25)
 
 The colour of the lines should be examined by pressing  them. Pale lines show weakness or a deceitful character. Red  lines show a violent temperament, sclfishness in love. Rosy or  pink colour of the lines is normal and healthy. Very deep or  very shallow lines or lines with following defects are not good:
 
 Do The Lines ( hange?
 
 The lines are the map of life on the human hand. Lines on  the hands of children up to the age of 14 are not reliable as  these are under the process of development and change  considerably and frequently.
 
 The main lines normally do not change but even these can  improve or become a little defective. In case of paralysis, the  lines fade away or become dim, especially when the brain is  involved in the disease.
 
 Small lines, the Lines of Health. Fate and Sun and lines  showing nervousness and worry have be2n found to undergo  changes for the better or for the worse. according to the  mental state, attitude and efforts of a person and due to a  change in his environment during the particular period in his  life. Alia Denton Jennings says, ‘‘Lines of hand change under  the influence of mind. will or disease.”
 
 116 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  Character and colour of lines
 
 (Fig. 25)
 
 The colour of the lines should be examined by pressing  them. Pale lines show weakness or a deceitful character. Red  lines show a violent temperament, selfishness in love. Rosy or  pink colour of the lines is normal and healthy. Very deep or  very shallow lines or lines with following defects are not good:
 
 Do The Lines ( hange?
 
 The lines are the map of life on the human hand. Lines on  the hands of children up to the age of !4 are not reliable as  these are under the process of development and chunge  considerably and frequently.
 
 The main lines normally do not change but cven these can  improve or become a little defective. In case of paralysis, the  lines fade away or become dim, especially when the brain is  involved in the disease.
 
 Small lines, the Lines of Health. Fate and Sun and lines  showing nervousness and worry have be>n found to undergo  changes for the better or for the worse. according to the  mental state, attitude and efforts of a person and due to a  change in his environment during the particular period in his  life. Alia Denton Jennings says, “‘Lines of hand change under  the influence of mind. will or disease.”
 
 The Lines 117
 
 Chained line  Split lines  Forked lines
 
 –
 
 “* Lines with downward  branches  Breaks with  G e
 
 ”#,,*fflfizzdflfl  fragments overlapping —
 
 each other  Clear breaks  g ’//”
 
 o
 
 \
 
 Inlanded line  Wavy lines  Trasselled line  b
 
 ‘
 
 Spots on line  L
 
 11 Capillaried line
 
 ;
 
 12 Dotted line
 
 ¢
 
 13 Separated lines
 
 14 Chained line
 
 15 Criss-cross line
 
 ’MM&W‘
 
 Lines with upward branches, sister lines, good lines
 
 {clear smooth and pink-coloured lines are good)
 
 Sister lines  Upward branches  Good line
 
 %4
 
 The Lines 117
 
 Chained line  Split lines  Forked lines
 
 ‘ Lines with downward  branches  fragments overlapping —
 
 each other  Clear breaks
 
 ””,
 
 –
 
 i  w  Inlanded line  Wavy lines  Trasselled line  Spots on line  i
 
 11 Capillaried line
 
 |
 
 12 Dotted line
 
 13 Separated lines
 
 14 Chained line
 
 15 Criss-cross line  Mfi\}m@m\
 
 Lines with upward branches, sister lines, good lines
 
 {clear smooth and pink-coloured lines are good)
 
 \
 
 Sister lines
 
 |
 
 Upward branches  Good line  B  A  T S B  S AR  T R  AR o  b
 
 -IJ””
 
 »?Jr“f’
 
 o
 
 3
 
 Chapter 14
 
 ~
 
 ;
 
 The Line of Life  i
 
 (Fig. 26 A,B 27, 27a)
 
 HE Line of Life shows health, physical strength, vitality, |
 
 – A illness and span of life. I have not seen a hand without the  Line of Life. Benham calls it the‘“map of natural course of life’”.
 
 _f‘
 
 This line always circles around the Mount of Venus. To give |
 
 good results, it should be deep, even, curved, long and pink-
 
 coloured. The line on the left hand shows the subject’s  parcntage and hereditary tendencies of health and constitution.
 
 +
 
 The line on the right hand shows the future events of  bealth and career. The breadth of the line shows animal –
 
 sirength. When the Line of Life runs close to the thumb, the  person is cold in behaviour, weak in sex and low in vitality.
 
 Sometimes functions of the Line of Life are taken over by the  Fate Line. (See Fig. 27A)
 
 .
 
 There are several starting points for the line. When it ‘
 
 starts from the Mount of Jupiter, the person is successful in  his enterprises. He is.ambitious, aims high and can exercise  self-control. He possesses good manners, power of leadership  lnd an independant mind.
 
 b
 
 ~
 
 If the line is curved and defectless, success and happiness  are achieved and the whole family enjoys a comfortable life.
 
 Starting from middle of the Mounts of Jupiter and Mars, it §
 
 makcs the person active and calm.
 
 .
 
 Starting from the Mount of the Positive Mars (lower), it  akes the person suspicious and quick-tempered. He suffers  om poor health in childhood. He has excess of acid in his  stomach. His family expenses increase after his birth.
 
 &
 
 5
 
 LI  e  e,  Ny
 
 4
 
 It
 
 3.
 
 BN RS A S o  M s TR  G Ty  kR, TR  L  A
 
 1
 
 :
 
 :.J #
 
 o
 
 3
 
 Chapter 14
 
 &
 
 The Line of Life
 
 (Fig. 26 A,B 27, 27a)
 
 L  FTHE Line of Life shows health, physical strength, vitality,
 
 – A illness and span of life. 1 have not seen a hand without the  Line of Life. Benham calls it the“’map of natural course of life””.
 
 This line always circles around the Mount of Venus. To give .
 
 good results, it should be deep, even, curved, long and pink- .
 
 coloured. The line on the left hand shows the subject’s  parentage and hereditary tendencies of health and constitution. –
 
 –
 
 The line on the right hand shows the future events of  health and career. The breadth of the line shows animal  sirength. When the Line of Life runs close to the thumb, the –
 
 person is cold in behaviour, weak in sex and low in vitality.
 
 Sometimes functions of the Line of Life are taken over by the  Fate Line. (See Fig. 27A)
 
 There are several starting points for the line. When it  j_’:
 
 Btarts from the Mount of Jupiter, the person is successful in  his enterprises. He is -ambitious, aims high and can exercise ,  self-control. He possesses good manners, power of leadership
 
 –
 
 and an independant mind.
 
 If the line is curved and defectless, success and happiness
 
 ére achieved and the whole family enjoys a comfortable life.
 
 Starting from middle of the Mounts of Jupiter and Mars, it  makes the person active and calm.
 
 .
 
 Starting from the Mount of the Positive Mars (lower), it .
 
 makes the person suspicious and quick-tempered. He suffers ‘
 
 from poor health in childhood. He has excess of acid in his  stomach. His family expenses increase after his birth.
 
 ‘ “The Line’of Life 119
 
 “Af  in the ‘beginning of the Life: Line; ofi¢
 
 of its branches  starts from the Mount’of Jupiter and the otlier from the Mount  of Mars, the person imbibes the quahtncs of both” thc mounts
 
 (Mars ‘and Jupiter) in his life.
 
 ~
 
 0 0 200 oo  e I
 
 [f the line thins during its course and a spot is found at ‘the  end of this thinned line, or, when the line’terminates Wrth a  black dot, sudden death can occur; prowded thls s conhrmed  by other signs on the palm.
 
 “
 
 –
 
 –
 
 A short, outside fork at the start shows fidelity and justice.
 
 A long, uncrossed fork, one branch gomg towards the Mouni  of Jupiter, gives success in life.
 
 ‘Small lines at the start of the Life Line, ‘meeting the Linc  of Head, denote riches inherited from parents. If these lines  are crossed by other small lines, losing a law’suit is possible.
 
 A fork at the termination of the Line of Life, both branches  widely separated, show rheumatism or end in poverty, away  from home, if other bad signs are found on the hand: A small  fork at the end shows good health till the ‘end and 4 lnfe of  activity.
 
 The Line of Life tasselled at the cnd or made ug of  crosses, shows waning of the bodily system or illness in old  age and, if one of the tassels goes to the Mount of Moon,  insanity is feared.
 
 –
 
 If the line is short, longevity is reduced for which other  signs must be considered, i.e., the presence of a straight and  defectless Line of Health and good and long lines of Head and  Heart which can make up for the incomplete
 
 ‘Life Line.
 
 If the line is uneven—thick and thin at some places—it  shows a changeable nature and periods of ‘iliness and good  health. A defective line also shows a change of jobs.
 
 A pale line denotes poor circulation of blood. A chained  line indicates a weak constitution, nervous trouble and a life full  of hurdles. This line is usually chained or ill-formed in ‘the  beginning as the childhood is usually a delicate period. If the  line is formed by small lines, one over the other hke  a laddcr  poor health is sure.
 
 –
 
 Deep and thick lines from the Mounts of Mars and Venus  touching the Line of Life show oppostition/interference from  family members. Thin’ lmes are acts ot‘ opposrtion{hurd]cs‘
 
 from outsiders.
 
 4‘1—|
 
 =
 
 – =
 
 –
 
 ‘
 
 “The Linc  of Life 119
 
 If in the beginning of the Life Line, one of its branches  starts from the Mount’ of Jupiter and the other from the Mount  of Mars, the person imbibes the qualltnes of both thc mounts
 
 (Mars and Jupiter) in his life.
 
 5
 
 g  ot
 
 [f the line thins during its course and a spot is found at ‘the  end of this thinned line, or, when the line terminates Wrth a  black dot, sudden death can occur, provnded thlS is conhrmed  by other signs on the palm.”
 
 –
 
 A short, outside fork at the start shows fidelity and justice.
 
 A long, uncrossed fork, one branch gomg towards lhc Mount  of Jupiter, gives success in life.
 
 Small lines at the start of the Life Line, meeting the Linc  of Head, denote riches inherited from parents. If these lines
 
 .are crossed by other small lines, losing a law suit is possible.
 
 A fork at the termination of the Line of Life, both branches  widely separated, show rheumatism or end in poverty, away  from home, if other bad signs are found on the hand. A small  fork at the end shows good health till the end and a-life of  activity.
 
 :
 
 The Line of Life tasselled at the end, or made up of  crosses, shows waning of the bodily system or illness in old  age and, if one of the tassels goes to the Mount of Moon,  insanity is feared.
 
 :
 
 If the line is short, longevity is reduced for which other  signs must be considered, i.e., the presence of a straight and  defectless Line of Health and good and long lines of Head and  Heart which can make up for the incomplete Life Line.
 
 If the line is uneven—thick and thin at some places—it  shows a changeable nature and periods of iliness and good  health. A defective line also shows a change of jobs.
 
 A pale line denotes poor circulation of blood. A chained  line indicates a weak constitution, nervous trouble and a life full  of hurdles. This line is usually chained or ill-formed in the  beginning as the chiidhood is usually a delicate period. If the  line is formed by small lines, one over the other like a ladder,  poor health is sure.
 
 Deep and thick lines from the Mounts of Mars and Venus  touching the Line of Life show oppostition/interference from  family members. Thin lmes are acts of opposat}on/hurdles  from outsiders.
 
 :
 
 120 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  When this line, while going round the Mount of Venus,  suddenly turns down towards the Mount of Moon, it indicates  trouble at the time of child-birth in a woman.
 
 If there is wide break in the Line of Life in the right hand  and a thin line connects it to the centre of the palm, there can  be a drastic change in a woman’s life after her marriage.
 
 If the line is well-shapad, smooth, round and goes in a  semi-circle around the Mount of Venus, the subject enjoys  good health, status, family hdppiness and good children. Such  persons gain weight as they advance in age or from the time  the Fate Line becomes thin.
 
 If the line is well-formed and round in the right hand but  straight or weak in the left the person improves his family  status in his life-time.
 
 :
 
 Good Lines of Life and Head show aptitude for learning and  make the person generous and peace-loving.
 
 Upward branches from the Line of Life are auspicious and  good; downward branches are harmful. Branches from the Life  Line reaching the Head Line or the Mount of Jupiter add to  riches and honours.
 
 A large downward line from the Life Line, going towards  the Mount of Moon shows restlessness or travel on a normal  hand, but, on a flabby hand, it shows indulgence.
 
 A break in the Line of Life shows illness. If the break is  covered by a square or a triangle or the broken lines are  overlapping each other, the illness is cured.
 
 If the Line of Life is connected with the Head Line and  the Line of Head is ill-formed and small, it indicates some  accident or sudden illness.
 
 When the Line of Fate is connected with the Life Line in  the beginning, the subject is influenced by his family and  parents.
 
 A deep line shows energy; a shallow, faint or chained line  show weak health, A thin line makes the person apprehensive  of coming events and weak in muscular strength; a shallow  line shows lack of vitality and a Line of Life composed of  several lines indicates unstable health.
 
 If the Line of Life bends towards and ends on the Mount  of Moon, the person attains satisfaction and success in his later  life but his youth is full of struggle.
 
 n g e 4 P T B e  e
 
 120 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  When this line, while going round the Mount of Venus,  suddenly turns down towards the Mount of Moon, it indicates  trouble at the time of child-birth in a woman.
 
 If there is wide break in the Line of Life in the right hand  and a thin line connects it to the centre of the palm, there can  be a drastic change in 2 woman’s life after her marriage.
 
 If. the line is well-shapad, smooth, round and goes in a  semi-circle around the Mount of Venus, the subject enjoys  good health, status, family hdppiness and good children. Such  persons gain weight as they advance in age or from the time  the Fate Line becomes thin.
 
 If the line is well-formed and round in the right hand but  straight or weak in the left the person improves his family  status in his life-time.
 
 Good Lines of Life and Head show aptitude for learning and  make the person generous and peace-loving.
 
 Upward branches from the Line of Life are auspicious and  good; downward branches are harmful. Branches from the Life  Line reaching the Head Line or the Mount of Jupiter add to  riches and honours.
 
 A large downward line from the Life Line, going towards  the Mount of Moon shows restlessness or travel on a normal  hand, but, on a flabby hand, it shows indulgence.
 
 A break in the Line of Life shows illness. If the break is  covered by a square or a triangle or the broken lines are  overlapping each other, the illness is cured.
 
 If the Line of Life is connected with the Head Line and  the Line of Head is ill-formed and small, it indicates some  accident or sudden illness.
 
 When the Line of Fate is connected with the Life Line in  the beginning, the subject is influenced by his family and  parents.
 
 A deep line shows energy; a shallow, faint or chained line  show weak health. A thin line makes the person apprehensive  of coming events and weak in muscular strength; a shallow  line shows lack of vitality and a Line of Life composed of  several lines indicates unstable health.
 
 If the Line of Life bends towards and ends on the Mount  of Moon, the person attains satisfaction and success in his later  life but his youth is full of struggle.
 
 The Line of Life 121
 
 THE LINE OF LIFF  A a-a Line of life starting from the mount of positive  Hars
 
 £
 
 b— Line of life starting from the middle of mounts  of Mars and Jupiter  c- Line of life starting from the mount of Jupiter
 
 2B T?e l%ne of Mars, adding strength to the linpe  of life
 
 .
 
 f- The line of Life ending on the mount of Venus  i— Island on the line of life  h- DBreak in the line of life  e~ Line of life ending between the mounts of Venus  and [foon  d- Line of life ending on the mount of Moon  B a-b and a-c Lines of life and Head joined together in  beginning forming a long joint  a-a A stralight line of life  d-d A thick line of Saturn ending on the line of Head  e-e A deep line from the second phalange of the thumb,  crgselng the mount of Mars and cutting the line of  life
 
 !Ert———____________________________________________________________
 
 The Line of Life  THE LINE OF LIFF  Line of life starting from the mount of positive  Hars
 
 3
 
 b-
 
 Line of life starting from the middle of mounts  of Mars and Jupfiter  c- Line of life starting from the mount of Jupiter  g-g The léne of Mars, adding strength to the linpe  of Life  f- The line of Life ending on the mount of Venus  i–
 
 Island on the line of life  h-
 
 DBreak in the line of life  e-
 
 Line of life ending between the mounts of Venus  and lloon  d- Line of life ending on the mount of Moon  B a-b and a-c Lines of life and Head joined together in  beginning forming a long joint  a-3 A straight line of life  d-d A thick line of Saturn ending on the line of Head  e-e A deep line from the second phalange of the thumb,  cr?sslng the mount of Mars and cutting the line of  life
 
 122 Eyerybody’s Guide to Palmr’str 3y  AV
 
 ‘fl‘!-‘fi‘%{_-,?”&‘.”” rrF T  B A  T  S A  R R I e
 
 (\?’w s
 
 “”
 
 fai,’
 
 il
 
 – T T  n the wrist is ideal and good.
 
 A straight Life Line causes problems of money and health. 34
 
 fin life. A woman having a straight Life Line and a defect ln”’f
 
 {the Head Line under the Mount of Saturn anda thick Fate K  Lme sufi‘ers trouble at the time of delivery. She also suffers ’f
 
 ;jd‘rom acidity.
 
 e  i
 
 ‘fi’
 
 .’i  The daughter of a person having a- straight and long joint’
 
 *‘
 
 “Df lines of Life and Head may have hysterical fits and greedy
 
 | parents-in-law.
 
 “
 
 The wife of a person with a straight Line ‘of Life suffers*
 
 from ill health. Good lines of Head and Fate rectify the bad‘,  tic!fects of a straight Line of Life. A straight Line of Life, lnke
 
 :
 
 “an incomplete or short Line of Life, gives bad results.
 
 ‘Jl
 
 ~
 
 An incomplete Line of Life shows worry from chlldren
 
 “An incomplete Life Line causes loss in business partnership.
 
 A  clear square on the lower part of the Mount of Venus  fiouchmg the Life Line shows a monastic life or confinement to
 
 ‘a small place.
 
 G
 
 ©
 
 An island on the Line of Life with a wavy Line of Health*‘l  E’%lu:wn.rs a bad stomach and difficulty in child-birth in the case of  i
 
 ‘a woman.
 
 A  double Line of Life running parallel (Fig. 27, b-b) to  each other, circling the Mount of Venus, adds wealth, health
 
 4
 
 *and fame to the -person’s life. The Line of Life is always-‘-‘”
 
 enclosmg the Mount of Venus, while the Line of Mars is on
 
 |
 
 “the Mount of Venus. Wherever on the palm such an extra Life  Ime appears beside the Line Life, one gets a better position,
 
 -‘5_’;-
 
 _good health and comforts during the period of  its presence. A
 
 ‘person with three Life Lines is health conscious and not’
 
 ‘sensual. Three lines are, however, rarely seen.
 
 ¥
 
 ‘
 
 If the Life Line  is thicker than the other lines, the subject.
 
 faces trouble. If a part of the line  is thick, the person may face  ggtensmn and trouble from health, business or children.
 
 )
 
 A  thick Life Line on a thin hand, with a crooked Mercury
 
 ”’finger makes a person a liar or a thief. If all the fingers are
 
 _crooked and the hand thin, blackish or reddish  in complexion,’.
 
 e person is mean and indulges in unnatural sex acts.
 
 4
 
 A break on a thick Line of Life and a thick, black or re(ig
 
 “Hqad Line show opcratmn of kldney, liver or lung. People wlt,h  s R  MR R  R  R  R A R  I A
 
 ..ef’
 
 ]
 
 122 Evaybody s Gwde to Palm:srr ‘y
 
 {:
 
 4y  A  T  RS TR  SR R CO  T e Rr CU AR AN  i  TP TR ATNARE  L  Endmg of th:s lme betwcen the Mounts of Moon and Vemié;
 
 >on the wrist is ideal and good.
 
 &
 
 % A straight Life Line causes probiems of money and health*
 
 \jn life. A woman having a straight Life Line and a defect in®
 
 Mze Head Line under the Mount of Saturn and a thick Fate’w
 
 ‘Line suffers trouble at the time of delivery. She also sufl’ers
 
 .from acidity.
 
 ¥
 
 B  The daughter of a person having a straight and long _|mntn
 
 ‘of lines of Life and Head may have hysterical fits and greedy
 
 *;parents-m—law
 
 ‘
 
 “
 
 The wife of a pcrson with a straight Line of Life sufl’ersv
 
 ,t‘rom ill health. Good lines of Head and Fate rectify the bad
 
 .
 
 fcfi‘ects of a straight Line of Life. A straight Line of Life, hke
 
 ;
 
 flan incomplete or short Line of Life, gives bad results.
 
 An incomplete Line of Life shows worry from children.
 
 ; An incomplete Life Line causes loss in business partnership.
 
 =
 
 %
 
 A clear square on the [ower part of the Mount of Venus’
 
 ‘touching the Life Line shows a monastic life or confinement to  i
 
 ‘a small place.
 
 i  An island on the Line of Life with a wavy Line of Heallhf’
 
 “shows a bad stomach and difficulty in child-birth in the case of
 
 &
 
 ‘a woman.
 
 .
 
 A  double Line of Life running parallel (Fig. 27, b-b) to:
 
 “each other, circling the Mount of Venus, adds wealth, health  cand fame to the person’s life. The Line of Life is always”
 
 !
 
 “enclosing the Mount of Venus, while the Line of Mars is on
 
 ‘the Mount of Venus. Wherever on the palm such an extra Life
 
 “Line appears beside the Line Life, one gets a better position, -:’-.
 
 good health and comforts during the period of its presence. A
 
 ‘person with three Life Lines is health conscious and not’
 
 sensual. Three lines are, however, rarely seen.
 
 “
 
 If the Life Line  is thicker than the other lines, the subject
 
 “faces trouble. If a part of the line  is thick, the person may face:
 
 fjtensmn and trouble from health, business or children.
 
 i
 
 *
 
 A thick Life Line on a thin hand, with a crooked Mercury
 
 -finger makes a person a liar or  a thief. If all the fingers are
 
 .
 
 crooked and the hand thin, blackish or reddish  in complexion,:
 
 ‘the person is mean and indulges in unnatural sex acts.
 
 5
 
 *
 
 A break on a thick Line of Life and a thick, black or reda  Head Lme show operation of kidney, liver or lung. People wnth  AR  K TR BRI oI o T  L  LIFE LINE
 
 .
 
 The Life line  The second life line  Thie ‘l’ine of Mars
 
 3
 
 The Life ldine aeparated from the line of head  The line of influence cutting the upward branch  of life line  Upkard: branches. from the lihe of life  Downward .branches from the life line
 
 .. |
 
 A small line from the lxne of ‘Mars going towards  the: Mount of Moon
 
 1
 
 a=a  b-b  c=C  d=d  e-e  anctioq,bf.the lifie‘oE,;ife ;aken’ovg;_by;iaiq,kgqe;,u  Figs. 27, 27A  The Line of Life 113
 
 _/F  LIFE LINE
 
 –
 
 The life tine  The sccond life line
 
 > The line of Mars  The life line separated from the line of head  The lirnc of influcnce cutting the upward branch  of 1ife bine
 
 ‘
 
 Upbiard branches from the line of life  Downward branches from the life line  A small line from the line of Mars going towards  the Mount of Moon  e  Function of the line of life taken over by fate line  Figs. 27, 27A
 
 124 Everybody’s Guide of Palmistry  thick Lines of Life and Heart and a defectless Head Line are  generally farmers and have large families and their earnings  and expenditures are heavy.
 
 A thin Life Line, as compared to other lines on the palm,  diminishes the vitality and self-confidence of a person. The  Life Line, thin at the start, shows ill-heaith and dissatisfaction  with life and family. The subject may have to live separately  from his parents.
 
 If the Line of Life starts late after a gap, the person may  not get protection of his parents and may remain unsettled.
 
 A thin line, almost touching on any side of the Life Line,  causes difficulties to the subject during the period of its  appearance.
 
 A thick Line of Fate running close to the Line of Life and  stopping at the Head Line causes marital disharmony.
 
 When these Lines of Life and Head are separate at the start
 
 (Fig. 26, a-a,d-d), the Line of Life runs parallel to the Head
 
 _Line and then goes down like a pillar, the person becomes  rich. He is simple, irritable by nature and does not keep well  till his middle age.
 
 ‘A break in the Line of Life shows illness or change in  residence, business or employment, but a break covered by a  square or a triangle loses its bad effects to some extent. A  break under the Mount of Jupiter shows appendicitis or a  disease of the intestines, and, under the Mount of Saturn, a  disease of the spine.
 
 If both the Lines of Life and Head have islands in the  beginning and their joint is thick and long, the opposite ear  of the person becomes defective. An island at the end or  start of the Life Line causes stomach trouble or fall from a  height. A corn-shaped island in the beginning or end causes  trouble and tension and there is mystery attached to the birth  of the person. The person remains in some sort of difficulty  throughout his life.
 
 The Life Line crossing and curtailing the Mount of Venus  makes the person cold, dry, unhealthy and childless. The
 
 – person has low vitality and a semen defect.
 
 – A triangle on the Life Line shows acquisition of property. A  small cross attached to the Life Line shows a surgical operation.
 
 –
 
 A sister line running outside the Line of Life, not on the
 
 124 Everybody’s Guide of Palmistry  thick Lines of Life and Heart and a defectless Head Line are  generally farmers and have large families and their earnings  and expenditures are heavy.
 
 A thin Life Line, as compared to other lines on the palm,  diminishes the vitality and self-confidence of a person. The  Life Line, thin at the start, shows ill-health and dissatisfaction  with life and family. The subject may have to live separately  from his parents.
 
 If the Line of Life starts late after a gap, the person may  not get protection of his parents and may remain unsettled.
 
 A thin line, almost touching on any side of the Life Line,  causes difficulties to the subject during the period of its  appearance.
 
 A thick Line of Fate running close to the Line of Life and  stopping at the Head Line causes marital disharmony.
 
 When these Lines of Life and Head are separate at the start
 
 (Fig. 26, a-a,d-d), the Line of Life runs parallel to the Head
 
 _Line and then goes down like a pillar, the person becomes  rich. He is simple, irritable by nature and does not keep well  till his middle age.
 
 ‘A break in the Line of Life shows illness or change in  residence, business or employment, but a break covered by a  square or a triangle loses its bad effects to some extent. A  break under the Mount of Jupiter shows appendicitis or a  disease of the intestines, and, under the Mount of Saturn, a  disease of the spine.
 
 If both the Lines of Life and Head have islands in the  beginning and their joint is thick and long, the opposite ear  of the person becomes defective. An island at the end or  start of the Life Line causes stomach trouble or fall from a  height. A corn-shaped island in the beginning or end causes  trouble and tenmsion and there is mystery attached to the birth  of the person. The person remains in some sort of difficulty  throughout his life.
 
 The Life Line crossing and curtailing the Mount of Venus  makes the person cold, dry, unhealthy and childless. The  person has low vitality and a semen defect.
 
 A triangle on the Life Line shows acquisition of property. A  small cross attached to the Life Line shows a surgical operation.
 
 A sister line running outside the Line of Life, not on the  The Line of Life 125
 
 Mount of Venus, ending in a cross or a star, forewarns of  some {ragic event; and the same result is predicted if this  line is running correctly but turns round suddenly.
 
 Short lines going up from the Life Line give opportunities  and good chances in life for success.
 
 In a woman’’s hand, a thick line from the Life Line to the  Positive Mars shows a love affair.
 
 A deep line from the second phalange of the thumb,  cutting the Life Line after crossing the Mount of Mars, shows  death or betrayal of a loved one.
 
 A line of equal thickness from the Mount of Venus to the  Mount of Saturn, cutting the Line of Life, predicts an accident  from a running vehicle. This is to be distinguished from a line  from the Mount of Venus to the Mount of Saturn acting as a  sister line to the Line of Fate, which increases financial  gains.
 
 A line from the Mount of Venus, cutting the Lines of Life  and Fate and ending on the Mount of Moon, shows some  trouble due to a love affair. If it stops at the Fate Line, inter-
 
 ference in business by a relative is shown.
 
 A line from the Mount of Venus, cutting an upward  branch from the Life Line means a divorce.
 
 A thick line starting from star on the Mount of Venus and  ending in a fork on the Mount of Saturn shows an unhappy  marriage ending in the death of the spouse.
 
 A line from a star on the Mount of Venus, joining the Line  of Fate, improves the fortune of the subject, after some sad  event, and if this line cuts the Line of Sun, loss of a law suit _
 
 is feared.
 
 A line from the Mount of Venus to the Mount of Jupiter,  ending in a star, shows realization of a person’s ambitions.
 
 A thick line or a bar cutting the Line of Life predicts a  serious illness; a blue spot indicates fever and a cross in the  middle of the Mount of Moon with a black spot on the Line  of Life shows gout.
 
 An island at the start of the Life Line or a defect in the  Head Line under the middle finger and the Line of Life in-
 
 clined towards the Mount of Venus show lust and loose  morals.
 
 The Line of Life 125
 
 Mount of Venus, ending in a cross or a star, forewarns of  some tragic event; and the same result is predicted if this  line is running correctly but turns round suddenly.
 
 Short lines going up from the Life Line give opportunities  and good chances in life for success.
 
 In a woman’s hand, a thick line from the Life Line to the  Positive Mars shows a love affair.
 
 A deep line from the second phalange of the thumb,  cutting the Life Line after crossing the Mount of Mars, shows  death or betrayal of a loved one.
 
 A line of equal thickness from the Mount of Venus to the  Mount of Saturn, cutting the Line of Life, predicts an accident  from a running vehicle. This is to be distinguished from a line  from the Mount of Venus to the Mount of Saturn acting as a  sister line to the Line of Fate, which increases financia]
 
 gains.
 
 A line from the Mount of Venus, cutting the Lines of Life  and Fate and ending on the Mount of Moon, shows some  trouble due 10 a love affair. If it stops at the Fate Line, inter-
 
 ference in business by a relative is shown.
 
 A line from the Mount of Venus, cutting an upward  branch from the Life Line means a divorce.
 
 A thick line starting from star on the Mount of Venus and  ending in a fork on the Mount of Saturn shows an unhappy  marriage ending in the death of the spouse.
 
 A line from a star on the Mount of Venus, joining the Line  of Fate, improves the fortune of the subject, after some sad  event, and if this line cuts the Line of Sun, loss of a law suit  is feared.
 
 A line from the Mount of Venus to the Mount of Jupiter,  ending in a star, shows realization of a person’s ambitions.
 
 A thick line or a bar cutting the Line of Life predicts a  serious illness; a blue spot indicates fever and a cross in the  middle of the Mount of Moon with a black spot on the Line  of Life shows gout.
 
 An island at the start of the Life Line or a defect in the  Head Line under the middle finger and the Line of Life in-
 
 clined towards the Mount of Venus show lust and loose  morals.
 
 126 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  The Line of Mars
 
 (Figs. 26-g-g & 27-c-C)
 
 This line appears inside the Life Line on the Mount of  Venus. It runs close and parallel to the Life Line. If it is  broad or deep, it shows the fighting nature of a person. If it  runs near to the Life Line or is defective, the person is likely  to encounter quarrels during that period and his temperament  will remain violent.
 
 A good Line of Mars gives vitality and courage and helps  in removing the defect in the Life Line during the period it is  present on the Mount of Venus beside the Life Line.
 
 If this line starts from the Mount of Mars and is near the  Line of Life, the person has attraction for the opposite sex  and may have illicit relations with someone.
 
 If the line starts from the Life Line, one inch away from  its origin, and goes to the Mount of Venus, the person  becomes prosperous.
 
 A small line from the Line of Mars going towards the  Mount of Moon shows intemperance of every kind, addiction  to drugs or desire for excitement. The person has excessive  energy and a passionate nature, especially if he has a thick,  hard hand.
 
 =N i
 
 126 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  The Line of Mars
 
 (Figs. 26-g-g & 27-c-c)
 
 This line appears inside the Life Line on the Mount of  Venus. It runs close and parallel to the Life Line. If it is  broad or deep, it shows the fighting nature of a person. If it  runs near to the Life Line or is defective, the person is likely  to encounter quarrels during that period and his temperament  will remain violent.
 
 A good Line of Mars gives vitality and courage and helps  in removing the defect in the Life Line during the period it i1s  present on the Mount of Venus beside the Life Line.
 
 If this line starts from the Mount of Mars and is near the  Line of Life, the person has attraction for the opposite sex  and may have illicit relations with someone.
 
 If the line starts from the Life Line, one inch away from  its origin, and goes to the Mount of Venus, the person  becomes prosperous.
 
 A small line from the Line of Mars going towards the  Mount of Moon shows intemperance of every kind, addiction  to drugs or desire for excitement. The person has excessive  energy and a passionate nature, especially if he has a thick,  hard hand.
 
 CHAPTER 15
 
 The Line of Saturn or Fate
 
 (Figs. 28, 29)
 
 T is also called the Line of Fate which may give the  impression that there is no element of free will in one’s  career. This point is discussed in the beginning of this book.
 
 I, therefore, prefer to call it the Line of Saturn—as it goes  towards the Mount of Saturn in its normal course. This line  gives indications of ambition, occupation, career, comforts,  conveyance and spouse. It’ is the line of cause and effect,  governing the law of Karmas (actions). It gives the Saturnian  qualities of sobriety, wisdom, seriousness, ability to think, to  study and foresee. The presence of this line on the palm is not  necessarily a guarantee of good luck or riches as explained in  the following paragraphs. A person having this line, however,  gets favourable circumstances to rise in life. He is wise,  intelligent and generally satisfied from the family side. The  line should be interpreted with reference to the family in which  a person is born.
 
 When this line is absent, the subject has to depend entirely  on his own efforts to get what he wants from life, as he may  not get favourable circumstances or a laid-out path to tread  upon comfortably. It is generally seen that during the period  when the line is absent, other lines on the palm may have  some defect to predict bad health or adverse family circum-
 
 stances of the person, due to which one could not progress  financially during the time of the absence of the Line of  Saturn. The absence of this line also denotes absence of con-
 
 cern for career, social inadaptability and, when absent in  CHAPTER 15
 
 The Line of Saturn or Fate
 
 (Figs. 28, 29)
 
 T is also called the Line of Fate which may give the  impression that there is no element of free will in one’s  career. This point is discussed in the beginning of this book.
 
 I, therefore, prefer to call it the Line of Saturn—as it goes  towards the Mount of Saturn in its normal course. This line  gives indications of ambition, occupation, career, comforts,  conveyance and spouse. It’is the line of cause and effect,  governing the law of Karmas (actions). It gives the Saturnian  qualities of sobriety, wisdom, seriousness, ability to think, to  study and foresee. The presence of this line on the palm is not  necessarily a guarantee of good luck or riches as explained in  the following paragraphs. A person having this line, however,  gets favourable circumstances to rise in life. He is wise,  intelligent and generally satisfied from the family side. The  line should be interpreted with reference to the family in which  a person is born.
 
 When this line is absent, the subject has to depend entirely  on his own efforts to get what he wants from life, as he may  not get favourable circumstances or a laid-out path to tread  upon comfortably. It is generally seen that during the period  when the line is absent, other lines on the palm may have  some defect to predict bad health or adverse family circum-
 
 stances of the person, due to which one could not progress  financially during the time of the absence of the Line of  Saturn. The absence of this line also denotes absence of con-
 
 cern for career, social inadaptability and, when absent in
 
 128 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  LINE OF SATURN  A thick fate line rising from  rascette ending in fork on the Mount  of Saturn  A small sister line running parallel  to the line of Saturn  Enimical line cutting the line of  Saturn  Influence line from the mount of  Mars cutting the line of Saturn
 
 5-6 Lines of influence joing the line  Fig. 28
 
 –
 
 b ~
 
 128 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  LINE OF SATURN  A thick fate line rising from  rascette ending in fork on the Mount  of Saturn  A small sister line running parallel  to the line of Saturn  Enimical line cutting the line of  Saturn  Influence line from the mount of  Mars cutting the line of Saturn
 
 5-6 Lines of influence joing the line  Fig. 28
 
 – e  o
 
 =
 
 The Line of Saturn or Fate 129
 
 both the hands and where the Head Line is not good, it in-
 
 dicates that intellectual capacity is not fine or competent.
 
 When the line is absent in the beginning and appears later,  the person gets good chances from the time it appears on the  palm.
 
 A single Line of Saturn is not as good as two or three  lines rising from the Life Line or the Plain of Mars, A long  Line of Saturn going towards the Mount of Saturn will show  good results when accompanied by another such line from the  Line of Life under the Mount of Saturn. A hand should be  soft, broad, heavy and full of flesh, because, on a thin hand,  this line is not effective. On a hard hand with a few lines, i.e.,  on the hands of farmers and gardeners, this line is not a  favourable sign. It is often secen on the hands of beggars,  dacoits and thieves. The line shows satisfaction that a person  has from his achievements in life. A thin line is better than  a thick, broad, dim, black or reddish one. When two or three  bases of the fingers are in a straight line (see chapter on
 
 ‘Fingers’) and the fingers are also straight and the hand is of  a square type, the strength of the Line of Saturn is increased.
 
 As long as the defect in the Line of Saturn continues, hurdles  in education, marriage or business are faced.
 
 A line, clear and defectless, going from the wrist to the  Mount of Saturn, is very lucky and the possessor starts his  career from an early age. He is honest, hard-working, indepen-
 
 dent and skilled. He adopts a profession other than his father’s.
 
 If this line enters the first phalange of the middle finger, the  person overexerts himself and the last period of his life is not  honourable. If there is also a star on the nail phalange of  the Saturn finger, serious consequences may follow.
 
 If the line is thick and deep, the person lives in anxiety  during the period of such position of the line.
 
 If the line is thin, the person is honest and self-made.
 
 When the line starts from the Life Line on both the hands,  the father of the subject was also self-made.
 
 A line starting from the first bracelet of the Rascette and  going to the Mount of Saturn shows the person has been  shouldering responsibilities since his early childhood and has  become prominent in his profession. When this line suddenly  stops at the Heart Line, involvement in a sex scandal is  The Line of Saturn or Fate 129
 
 both the hands and where the Head Line is not good, it in-
 
 dicates that intellectual capacity is not fine or competent.
 
 When the line is absent in the beginning and appears later,  the person gets good chances from the time it appears on the  palm.
 
 A single Line of Saturn is not as good as two or three  lines rising from the Life Line or the Plain of Mars, A long  Line of Saturn going towards the Mount of Saturn will show  good results when accompanied by another such line from the  Line of Life under the Mount of Saturn. A hand should be  soft, broad, heavy and full of flesh, because, on a thin hand,  this line is not effective. On a hard hand with a few lines, i.ec.,  on the hands of farmers and gardeners, this line is not a  favourable sign. It is often seen on the hands of beggars,  dacoits and thieves. The line shows satisfaction that a person  has from his achievements in life. A thin line is better than  a thick, broad, dim, black or reddish one. When two or three  bases of the fingers are in a straight line (see chapter on
 
 ‘Fingers’) and the fingers are also straight and the hand is of  a square type, the strength of the Line of Saturn is increased.
 
 As long as the defect in the Line of Saturn continues, hurdles  in education, marriage or business are faced.
 
 A line, clear and defectless, going from the wrist to the  Mount of Saturn, is very lucky and the possessor starts his  career from an early age. He is honest, hard-working, indepen-
 
 dent and skilled. He adopts a profession other than his father’s.
 
 If this line enters the first phalange of the middle finger, the  person overexerts himself and the last period of his life is not  honourable. If therc is also a star on the nail phalange of  the Saturn finger, serious consequences may follow.
 
 If the line is thick and deep, the person lives in anxiety  during the period of such pasition of the line.
 
 If the line is thin, the person is honest and seif-made.
 
 When the line starts from the Life Line on both the hands,  the father of the subject was also self-made.
 
 A line starting from the first bracelet of the Rascette and  going to the Mount of Saturn shows the person has been  shouldering responsibilities since his early childhood and has  become prominent in his profession. When this line suddenly  stops at the Heart Line, involvement in a sex scandal is
 
 130 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  possible. In case the hand is bad. heart weakness can also  occur.
 
 If the line starts from inside the Mount of Venus, the  family of the subject rules his career and he is unable to  liberate himself from the situation. On a female hand, when  other signs corroborate, the subject becomes a society girl to  support her family. If this line starts from inside the Line of  Life, she is influenced by her father; when the line starts from  the centre of the palm, independent of the Life Line, she is in-
 
 dependent of her husband and does not want to be dominated.
 
 When this line rises from the Mount of Luna, she will be  obedient, submissive and respectful to her husband, and when it  does not reach the Head Line. she will completely surrender  to her husband’s will.
 
 If the Line of Saturn is thick and reaches the Mount of  Saturn, the fingers are crooked, the hand is thin and the Head  Line is defective, the possessor is immoral and deals in the  flesh trade.
 
 This line, starting from the Mount of Moon (Fig. 29) going  towards or up to the Mount of Saturn, shows interest in and  love of the opposite sex and help from that side. A public  career is generally adopted by the person with success. When  this line starts from the Mount of Moon and stops at the Line  of Head, the person is unstable; when it stops at the Heart  Line, he is influenced by others and has a slow rise.
 
 The Line of Saturn, starting from the middle of the palm  or the Plain of Mars, makes a person self-made, independent,  progressive, successful and reputed, after an initial struggle  and hard work.
 
 Starting from the Head Line, the person rises through his  intellectual work and, at the time of the start of the line, he  can start any new work, which will be crowned with success.
 
 If this line is forked at the start, with one prong from the  Mount of Venus or from near it or from the first bracelet, the  person was adopted in the childhood.
 
 If asmall line runs parallel to the Line of Saturn, the  person has a love affair with someone besides his wife, but if  the Mount of Venus is not high, he may have two sources of  income.
 
 Bifurcation of this line at the end on the Mount of Saturn
 
 130 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  possible. In case the hand is bad. heart weakness can also  occur.
 
 If the line starts from inside the Mount of Venus, the  family of the subject rules his career and he is unable to  liberate himself from the situation. On a female hand, when  other signs corroborate, the subject becomes a society girl to  support her family. If this line starts from inside the Line of  Life, she is influenced by her father; when the line starts from  the centre of the palm. independent of the Life Line, she 1s in-
 
 dependent of her husband and does not want to be dominated.
 
 When this line rises from the Mount of Luna, she will be  obedient, submissive and respectful to her husband, and when it  does not reach the Head Line. she will completely surrender  to her husband’s will.
 
 If the Line of Saturn is thick and reaches the Mount of  Saturn, the fingers are crooked, the hand is thin and the Head  Line is defective, the possessor is immoral and deals in the  flesh trade.
 
 This line, starting from the Mount of Moon (Fig. 29) going  towards or up to the Mount of Saturn, shows interest in and  love of the opposite sex and help from that side. A public  career is generally adopted by the person with success. When  this line starts from the Mount of Moon and stops at the Line  of Head, the person is unstable; when it stops at the Heart  Line, he is influenced by others and has a slow rise.
 
 The Line of Saturn, starting from the middle of the palm  or the Plain of Mars, makes a person self-made, independent,  progressive, successful and reputed, after an initial struggle  and hard work.
 
 Starting from the Head Line, the person rises through his  intellectual work and, at the time of the start of the line, he  can start any new work, which will be crowned with success.
 
 If this line is forked at the start, with one prong from the  Mount of Venus or from near it or from the first bracelet, the  person was adopted in the childhood.
 
 If asmall line runs parallel to the Line of Saturn, the  person has a love affair with someone besides his wife, but if  the Mount of Venus is not high, he may have two sources of  income.
 
 Bifurcation of this line at the end on the Mount of Saturn  The Line of Saturn or Fate 131
 
 STARTING AND ENDING POINTS OF  LINE OF SATURN(FATE)
 
 :
 
 i
 
 1- Starting from the “life line
 
 2-
 
 !
 
 mount of Venus
 
 3-
 
 &
 
 b
 
 “
 
 heart line
 
 4-
 
 b
 
 &
 
 “
 
 head line  S5~
 
 A  o
 
 “
 
 plain of Mars
 
 6=
 
 4
 
 ¢
 
 “
 
 middle of the palm
 
 7=
 
 “
 
 &2
 
 ‘””
 
 rascettes
 
 8-~
 
 ks  F
 
 “
 
 mount of Moon
 
 9__10
 
 (4]
 
 n
 
 1″
 
 n
 
 “
 
 “
 
 (small lines of fate  The fate 1ine forks at the start  The Line of Saturn or Fate 131
 
 STARTING AND ENDING POINTS OF  LINE OF SATURN(FATE)
 
 1- Starting from the “1life line
 
 “
 
 1
 
 1″
 
 1″
 
 t
 
 “
 
 “
 
 “
 
 “
 
 “
 
 “
 
 9-10
 
 “
 
 mount of Venus  heart line  head line  plain of Mars  middle of the palm  rascettes  mount of Moon
 
 1A  Ll
 
 “
 
 (small lines of fate  The fate 1ine forks at the start  Fig. 29
 
 132 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  provides the person with happiness and power of intuition.
 
 One may have premonition about his death, but a tassel  formation will show lack of planning and an uneasy old age.
 
 When an independent Line of Saturn ends on the Head  Line on both the hands, the person is likely to go abroad.
 
 The Line of Saturn ending at the same point on both the  hands shows loss of the life partner. This is confirmed if a  branch of the Heart Line goes to the Head Line and the Line  of Life is straight, the Jupiter finger is small and the hand is  not conic.
 
 A thick Line of Saturn and raised mounts indicate a greedy  person. A Line of Saturn, thicker than other lines on the  hand, gives bad results, but if other signs on the hand are good
 
 (e.g., the Life Line is round, the Line of Head is defectless, the  thumb opens fully, another Line of Saturn is present, the fingers  are thin), the bad effect of thickness is nullified. A thick Line  of Saturn makes the person selfish, greedy and unsympathetic.
 
 When the thick line ends on the Line of Heart, the person  encounters trouble in partnership and, if with such a formation  his Line of Life is also defective, or has an obstacle line or  island on it, he is not likely to have a male issue.
 
 A Line of Saturn which is thick in the beginning and then  becomes thin is better than a thin line throughout If the line  is thick on the left hand and thin on the right one, the person,  though born in a rich family, settles in life independently.
 
 A thick Line of Saturn ending on the Line of Head and  a branch of the Heart Line cutting the Head Line result in  separation, death, or divorce.
 
 When the Line of Saturn stops at the Line of Head, the  native or his children visit or settle down in a foreign country.
 
 A thick Line of Saturn ending on the Heart Line means  that the subject’s children will not be good at studies.
 
 A Manglik person (with strong Mars not congenial to life-
 
 partner)has a prominent Mount of Mars, a thick Line of Saturn,  a small Jupiter finger and a thick offshoot of the Heart Line  touching the Line of Head. All the above signs are not always  found, as a Manglik person is of several degrees and kinds.
 
 A Line of Saturn which is away from the Line of Life is  good. If it is close to the Life Line, the person depends on his  parents and family financially and mentally,
 
 132 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry
 
 |
 
 |
 
 provides the person with happiness and power of intuition.
 
 One may have premonition about his death, but a tassel  formation will show lack of planning and an uneasy old age.
 
 |
 
 When an independent Line of Saturn ends on the Head  Line on both the hands, the person is likely to go abroad.
 
 The Line of Saturn ending at the same point on both the  hands shows loss of the life partner. This is confirmed if a
 
 :
 
 branch of the Heart Line goes to the Head Line and the Line
 
 :
 
 of Life is straight, the Jupiter finger is small and the hand is  I  not conic.
 
 i  A thick Line of Saturn and raised mounts indicate a greedy  l  person. A Line of Saturn, thicker than other lines on the
 
 3
 
 hand, gives bad results, but if other signs on the hand are good
 
 ‘
 
 (e.g., the Life Line is round, the Line of Head is defectless, the
 
 |
 
 thumb opens fully, another Line of Saturn is present, the fingers
 
 “
 
 are thin), the bad effect of thickness is nullified. A thick Line
 
 113
 
 of Saturn makes the person selfish, greedy and unsympathetic.
 
 .
 
 When the thick line ends on the Line of Heart, the person
 
 ‘
 
 encounters trouble in partnership and, if with such a formation
 
 ]
 
 his Line of Life is also defective, or has an obstacle line or  i.
 
 island on it, he is not likely to have a male issue.
 
 l
 
 ‘
 
 A Line of Saturn which is thick in the beginning and then  becomes thin is better than a thin line throughout If the line  is thick on the left hand and thin on the right one, the person,
 
 |
 
 though born in a rich family, settles in life independently.
 
 |
 
 A thick Line of Saturn ending on the Line of Head and
 
 |
 
 a branch of the Heart Line cutting the Head Line result in  l  separation, death, or divorce.
 
 When the Line of Saturn stops at the Line of Head, the
 
 |
 
 native or his children visit or settle down in a foreign country.
 
 l  A thick Line of Saturn ending on the Heart Line means  that the subject’s children will not be good at studies.
 
 A Manglik person (with strong Mars net congenial to life-
 
 partner)has a prominent Mount of Mars, a thick Line of Saturn,  a small Jupiter finger and a thick offshoot of the Heart Line  touching the Line of Head. All the above signs are not always  found, as a Manglik person is of several degrees and kinds.
 
 A Line of Saturn which is away from the Line of Life is  good. If it is close to the Life Line, the person depends on his  parents and family financially and mentally,
 
 :
 
 “
 
 h
 
 »
 
 |
 
 The Line of Saturn or Fate 133
 
 When the Line of Saturn is cut by an influence line from the  Mount of Venus, there is interference from relatives or grief  arising from family or trouble caused by a lady in the family.
 
 Several small cross-lines cutting the Line of Saturn show  obstacles in career.
 
 Islands on the Line of Saturn, and at the end of the Line of  Head and on the Line of Influence with a defective Heart Line,  show a person with loose morals.
 
 An isiland on the Line of Saturn, without any other bad  sign, shows loss of money or reputation, or guilty intrigue. At  the start of the line, it points to a mystery connected with the  birth of the native—illegitimacy. If there is an island on the  Line of Saturn at the beginning or very near the Line of Life,  family conditions are bad.
 
 A dim, broad, thick Line of Saturn is defective, and when  there are other bad signs on the hand (i.e., Brain and Life Lines  having defects), the person fights the battle of life without any  help from relatives and friends.
 
 A cross at the start of this line shows loss of parents at an  early age.
 
 An Influence Line from the Mount of Moon joining the  Line of Saturn, and a branch from the Influence Line from the  Mount of Venus going to the Mount of Sun, show marriage  resulting in fame and fortune.
 
 A Line of Saturn originating from the Mount of Moon,  having an island at the commencement, has an adverse effect  on love affairs, business and profession.
 
 When there is an island on the Line of Saturn, above the  Line of Heart, and the Line of Head is faulty, and a branch  of the Line of Life goes towards the Mount of Venus, or a  branch of the Heart Line meets the Line of Head, the native  may lose his issue in an accident.
 
 A cross by the side of the Line of Saturn shows change of  situation, place of living and stimulation of religious potential.
 
 A star on the Line of Saturn shows sudden misfortune.
 
 A deep line from the Heart Line cutting the Line of Saturn  shows failure in a love affair or widowhood. The Line of In-
 
 fluence meeting the Line of Saturn predicts an illicit relation-
 
 ship ending in infamy, provided the finger of Jupiter is small.
 
 A good influence Line with a long Jupiter finger shows marriage.
 
 The Line of Saturn or Fate
 
 133
 
 When the Line of Saturn is cut by an influence line from the  Mount of Venus, there is interference from relatives or grief  arising from family or trouble caused by a lady in the family.
 
 Several small cross-lines cutting the Line of Saturn show  obstacles in career.
 
 Islands on the Line of Saturn, and at the end of the Line of  Head and on the Line of Influence with a defective Heart Line,  show a person with loose morals.
 
 An isiand on the Line of Saturn, without any other bad  sign, shows loss of money or reputation, or guilty intrigue. At  the start of the line, it points to a mystery connected with the  birth of the native—illegitimacy. If there is an island on the  Line of Saturn at the beginning or very near the Line of Life,  family conditions are bad.
 
 A dim, broad, thick Line of Saturn is defective, and when  there are other bad signs on the hand (i.e., Brain and Life Lines  having defects), the person fights the battle of life without any  help from relatives and friends.
 
 A cross at the start of this line shows loss of parents at an  early age.
 
 An Influence Line from the Mount of Moon joining the  Line of Saturn, and a branch from the Influence Line from the  Mount of Venus going to the Mount of Sun, show marriage  resulting in fame and fortune.
 
 A Line of Saturn originating from the Mount of Moon,  having an island at the commencement, has an adverse effect  on love affairs, business and profession.
 
 When there is an island on the Line of Saturn, above the  Line of Heart, and the Line of Head is faulty, and a branch  of the Line of Life goes towards the Mount of Venus, or a  branch of the Heart Line meets the Line of Head, the native  may lose his issue in an accident.
 
 A cross by the side of the Line of Saturn shows change of  situation, place of living and stimulation of religious potential.
 
 A star on the Line of Saturn shows sudden misfortune.
 
 A deep line from the Heart Line cutting the Line of Saturn  shows failure in a love affair or widowhood. The Line of In-
 
 fluence meeting the Line of Saturn predicts an illicit relation-
 
 ship ending in infamy, provided the finger of Jupiter is small.
 
 A good influence Line with a long Jupiter finger shows marriage.
 
 134 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  A defectless line from the Mount of Moon going to the  Mount of Saturn and a small nail on the little finger denote  that the person may take up politics as a career or hobby. A  lady having such a line brings good luck to the family. If there  are other Fate lines, besides the above Fate Line, from the  Mount of Moon, the person has property in several places—
 
 some of which may be near water.
 
 The Line of Saturn, starting from the Line of Life at the  age of about 35, causes a rise in the subject’s career and cons-
 
 truction of property.
 
 If the Line of Saturn comes out from the Heart Line and goes  to the Mount of Saturn, the person starts some new business  and goes abroad, but this should not be mistaken for several  tattered lines on the Mount of Saturn, indicating gout or arth-
 
 ritis. This type of line gives prosperity to the person late in  life, but the Life Line should be well-formed and round.
 
 Two thin Fate Lines, starting from the Line of Life and  going towards the Mount of Jupiter or Saturn, are better than  the presence of only one Fate Line on the hand.
 
 A small line between the Lines of Saturn and Life causes  hurdles in career at the particular period of the presence  of such a line.
 
 e ———
 
 S  e L i W il  LA ek
 
 134 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  A defectless line from the Mount of Moon going to the  Mount of Saturn and a small nail on the little finger denote  that the person may take up politics as a career or hobby. A  lady having such a line brings good luck to the family. If there  are other Fate lines, besides the above Fate Line, from the  Mount of Moon, the person has property in several places—~
 
 some of which may be near water.
 
 The Linc of Saturn, starting from the Line of Life at the  age of about 35, causes a rise in the subject’s career and cons-
 
 truction of property.
 
 If the Line of Saturn comes out from the Heart Line and goes  to the Mount of Saturn, the person starts some new business  and goes abroad, but this should not be mistaken for several  tattered lines on the Mount of Saturn, indicating gout or arth-
 
 ritis. This type of line gives prosperity to the person late in  life, but the Life Line should be well-formed and round.
 
 Two thin Fate Lines, starting from the Line of Life and  going towards the Mount of Jupiter or Saturn, are better than  the presence of only one Fate Line on the hand.
 
 A small line between the Lines of Saturn and Life causes  hurdles in career at the particular period of the presence  of such a line.
 
 R St
 
 ¥ BT  e  R
 
 18 0 | QU Pt~y  Lo  R  S
 
 – –
 
 ¥ _
 
 ERUWTE e e  CHAPTER 16
 
 The Line of Heart
 
 (Fig. 30)
 
 HERE is a controversy about where the Line of Heart  starts from. Count Louis Hamon (Cheiro), Comte C. de  Saint-Germain and Fred Greeting, Benham, Mir Bashir and  some others say it starts from different points of the Mount  of Jupiter or Saturn or from in between these mounts and ends  at the radial side of the palm near the Mount of Mercury,  but some others, viz., M,M. Gaffar, Julius Spier, D.F.
 
 Abayakoon and Hindu palmists (calling it Ayu Rekha) consider  that this line has its origin from below the Mount of Mercury.
 
 They assign reasons for their contentions. First, all the lines  get thin at the end; secondly, the commencement of all the  lines is from one specific part of the paim. So, according to my  experience, I will place its starting point at below the Mount of  Mercury under the little finger. Any of the methods can be  adopted but the conclusion/predictions do not differ. Those  who accept that the line commences from under the fourth  finger give the same reading for its ending points as are given  for the beginning of the line from these points.
 
 This line reveals the physical, vital strength of the heart.
 
 strength of character and ambition, disposition and psycho-
 
 logy.
 
 It passes near the four important Mounts of hand, Mercury,  Sun, Saturn and Jupiter and carries their influence with it.
 
 This line is absent when there is a single line on the palm
 
 (Simian line) (Fig. 30.3).
 
 CHAPTER 16
 
 The Line of Heart
 
 (Fig. 30)
 
 HERE is a controversy about where the Line of Heart  starts from. Count Louis Hamon (Cheiro), Comte C. de  Saint-Germain and Fred Greeting, Benham, Mir Bashir and  some others say it starts from different points of the Mount  of Jupiter or Saturn or from in between these mounts and ends  at the radial side of the palm near the Mount of Mercury,  but some others, viz., M,M. Gaffar, Julius Spier, D.F.
 
 Abayakoon and Hindu palmists (calling it Ayu Rekha) consider  that this line has its origin from below the Mount of Mercury.
 
 They assign reasons for their contentions. First, all the lines  get thin at the end; secondly, the commencement of all the  lines is from one specific part of the palm. So, according to my  experience, [ will place its starting point at below the Mount of  Mercury under the little finger. Any of thc methods can be  adopted but the conclusion/predictions do not differ. Those  who accept that the line commences from under the fourth  finger give the same reading for its ending points as are given  for the beginning of the line from these points.
 
 This line reveals the physical, vital strength of the heart.
 
 strength of character and ambition, disposition and psycho-
 
 logy.
 
 It passes near the four important Mounts of hand, Mercury,  Sun, Saturn and Jupiter and carries their influence with it.
 
 This line is absent when there is a single line on the palm
 
 (Simian line) (Fig. 30.3).
 
 THE LINE OF HEART  The line going towards the line of Head  The line of heart going to the mount of Jupiter  The line reaching the upper part of the mount of  Jupiter and having three forks  The line reaching the mount of Saturn  A line running near the line of heart  line of heart from one end to the other and  parallelito the line of Head  Simian line–only one line appears on the hand in  place of the lines of Heart and Head
 
 136 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  THE LINF. OF HEART  The line going towards the line of Head  The line of heart going to the mount of Jupiter  The line reaching the upper part of the mount of  Jupiter and having three forks  The line reaching the mount of Saturn  A line running near the line of heart  line of heart from one end to the other and  parallelito the line of Head  Simian line–only one line appears on the hand in  place of the lines of Heart and Head  Fig. 30
 
 The Line of Heart 137
 
 ‘A small and thin Heart Line makes the person timid, narrow-
 
 minded and coward. A broad and shallow line shows a weak  action of heart and a chained line uncertainty in affections.
 
 A short line tells that the subject has less love and affec-
 
 tions, unless the Mount of Venus is raised and good. His  physical heart is not in perfect working condition. A long line  makes the person large-hearted and sentimental. The absence  of this line shows an unscrupulous and cold personality.
 
 If this line is near the Head Line the person uses his  brain more than his heart to decide matters.
 
 A Heart Line falling towards the Line of Head near the  Mount of Jupiter shows rule of the head, i.e., reason rules  over the heart—feelings and sentiments.
 
 :
 
 A Heart Line is defective if it is blackish or reddish, or is  near the base of the fingers or has a cross, break, island,  chain-formation or is thin or thick or very deep. Dots and  small lines cutting the Line of Heart show ill-health. Any  defect under the Mount of Sun is to be taken seriously. A  break under this mount shows heart trouble and, under the  Mount of Saturn, it denotes rheumatism.
 
 If the line is close to the fingers, the person is immoral,  sensual, jealous and suffers from gout. Some distance between  the fingers and this line makes a person sympathetic, noble,  independent and easy-going. A chained line under the fourth  finger indicates that the native did not receive parents’ love in  childhood.
 
 A defectless Heart Line reaching the Mount of Jupiter or  near the Jupiter finger makes the person strainghtforward,  helpful and noblehearted. If the Heart Line goes up to the  middle of the Mount of the Jupiter, and the Head Line starts  from this mount, the person takes part in politics.
 
 A Heart Line crossing the palm from one side to the  other shows love of possessions, passion and an exceptionally  affectionate nature, which may cause disappointment to the  possessor at the time when there is little response from the  other side.
 
 If it goes towards the Head Line and narrows the space  between the Lines of Heart and Head, the person becomes  narrowminded. When this line cuts the Line of Head or Life,  it results in some serious calamity.
 
 The Line of Heart 137
 
 A small and thin Heart Line makes the person timid, narrow-
 
 minded and coward. A broad and shallow line shows a weak  action of heart and a chained line uncertainty in affections.
 
 A short line tells that the subject has less love and affec-
 
 tions, unless the Mount of Venus is raised and good. His  physical heart is not in perfect working condition. A long line  makes the person large-hearted and sentimental. The absence  of this line shows an unscrupulous and cold personality.
 
 If this line is near the Head Line the person uses his  brain more than his heart to decide matters.
 
 A Heart Line falling towards the Line of Head near the  Mount of Jupiter shows rule of the head, i.e., reason rules  over the heart—feelings and sentiments.
 
 A Heart Line is defective if it is blackish or reddish, or is  near the base of the fingers or has a cross, break, island,  chain-formation or is thin or thick or very deep. Dots and  small lines cutting the Line of Heart show ill-health. Any  defect under the Mount of Sun is to be taken seriously. A  break under this mount shows heart trouble and, under the  Mount of Saturn, it denotes rheumatism.
 
 If the line is close to the fingcrs, the person is immoral,  sensual, jealous and suffers from gout. Some distance between  the fingers and this line makes a person sympathetic, noble,  independent and easy-going. A chained line under the fourth  finger indicates that the native did not receive parents’ love in  childhood.
 
 A defectless Heart Line reaching the Mount of Jupiter or  near the Jupiter finger makes the person strainghtforward,  helpful and noblehearted. If the Heart Line goes up to the  middle of the Mount of the Jupiter, and the Head Line starts  from this mount, the person takes part in politics.
 
 A Heart Line crossing the palm from one side to the  other shows love of possessions, passion and an exceptionally  affectionate nature, which may cause disappointment to the  possessor at the time when there is little response from the  other side.
 
 If it goes towards the Head Line and narrows the space  between the Lines of Heart and Head, the person becomes  narrowminded. When this line cuts the Line of Head or Life,  it results in some serious calamity.
 
 138 Lverybody’s Guide to Palmistry  If the line is forked and ends at the upper part of the  Mount of Jupiter, it shows ideal, pure and steadfast love. If  the line is three-forked at the end on the Mount of Jupiter,  the person becomes very rich, If the line is forked and one  branch of the fork goes to the Mount of Jupiter and the other  towards the middle of the Jupiter and Saturn fingers, the person  gets comforts and happiness in married life.
 
 On a lady’s hand, if the Heart Line ends on Jupiter, its  branches going towards the defective brain line, she is lustful  and sexy.
 
 A line running near the Line of Heart increases its strength.
 
 A triangle on the Heart Line predicts that the subject will  build his own house and acquire property.
 
 If the line starts from the Mount of Mercury without small  branches at its beginning, the person may not get children.
 
 This indication is confirmed when other signs of children are  absent from the hand.
 
 Any defect like a bend, an island, or break in this line  under the Mount of Sun or Mercury causes loss of eyesight.
 
 Defects in both the hands make eye-trouble hereditary. -A  defective Heart Line, with the Brain Line having. an island  under the Mount of Sun, on a hard hand, and when the  Mounts of Venus and Moon are raised, make the person very  sensual.
 
 It the Heart Line is thick, bifurcated, or islanded under  the Mount of Saturn, and the Life Line has an island, under  the Mount of Jupiter, the person suffers from weakness of  kidneys or the prostate gland or appendicitis.
 
 A branchless Line of Heart shows a dry nature and when  it starts from the Mount of Negative (Upper) Mars it depicts  a cruel nature. A double Heart Line makes a person extremely  devoted in love, human as well as spiritual. His life-partner  will also be nice.
 
 A Heart Line ending under-the Mount of Saturn, with a  prominent Satura finger, indicates that the person is of a saintly  nature, indifferent to the world and begins to hate women in  old age but the same formation of the line on a bad hand  shows selfishness. If this line is close to the Line of Head, the  person is hard-working and reputed.
 
 Where the Heart Line ends on the middle finger, the  SR AP NSRS  N
 
 138 kverybody’s Guide to Palmistry  If the line is forked and ends at the upper part of the  Mount of Jupiter, it shows ideal, pure and steadfast love. If  the line is three-forked at the end on the Mount of Jupiter,  the person becomes very rich, If the line is forked and one  branch of the fork goes to the Mount of Jupiter and the other  towards the middle of the Jupiter and Saturn fingers, the person  gets comforts and happiness in married life.
 
 On a lady’s hand, if the Heart Line ends on Jupiter, its  branches going towards the defective brain line, she is lustful  and sexy.
 
 A line running near the Line of Heart increases its strength.
 
 A triangle on the Heart Line predicts that the subject will  build his own house and acquire property.
 
 If the line starts from the Mount of Mercury without small  branches at its beginning, the person may not get children.
 
 This indication is confirmed when other signs of children are  absent from the hand.
 
 Any defect like a bend, an island, or break in this line  under the Mount of Sun or Mercury causes loss of eyesight.
 
 Defects in both the hands make eye-trouble hereditary. -A  defective Heart Line, with the Brain Line having- an island  under the Mount of Sun, on a hard hand, and when the  Mounts of Venus and Moon are raised, make the person very  sensual.
 
 It the Heart Line is thick, bifurcated, or islanded under  the Mount of Saturn, and the Life Line has an island, under  the Mount of Jupiter, the person suffers from weakness of  kidneys or the prostate gland or appendicitis.
 
 A branchless Line of Heart shows a dry nature and when  it starts from the Mount of Negative (Upper) Mars it depicts  a cruel nature. A double Heart Line makes a person extremely  devoted in love, human as well as spiritual. His life-partner  will also be nice.
 
 A Heart Line ending under-the Mount of Saturn, with a  prominent Satura finger, indicates that the person is of a saintly  nature, indifferent to the world and begins to hate women in  old age but the same formation of the line on a bad hand  shows selfishness. If this line is close to the Line of Head, the  person is hard-working and reputed.
 
 Where the Heart Line ends on the middle finger, the  The Line of Heart 139
 
 person lacks the capacity to give or receive love. A very long  Line of Heart reaching the other side of the palm shows that  the person wants total possession of his beloved. If it ends at  the base of the Mount of Jupiter and the Jupiter finger is long,  the person loves passionately and expects love in return. But if  this line is short, his love is of a platonic nature. A straight  Head Line, which crosses the palm from one end to another,  without any branch or offshoot, is not good.
 
 If the line bifurcates on the Mount of Saturn, with one  branch going towards the Head Line, the person has good  morals. But when this line crosses the Mount of Saturn and ends  near the middle finger, his morals are doubtful, more so if the  Mount of Venus is raised and the line is defective.
 
 When the line ends near the Jupiter finger, the person has a  good character. He is kind and affectionate and faiihful in  love. If the line ends between the Jupiter and Saturn fingers
 
 {not mounts), the Mount of Venus is raised and the finger of  Mercury is crooked, the person has uncontrollable lust. He can  commit rape and will have to bear its consequences.
 
 When the line goes beyond the Mount of Saturn, and ends  near the Mount of Jupiter, the person lacks self-confidence and  is suspicious. He is, however, considerate to his spouse. If the  line ends on the Jupiter mount, he expects too much from his  life-partner. However, this is to be confirmed from the Mount  of Venus, the thumb and other signs on the palm.
 
 The shorter the Heart Line the colder is the person in love.
 
 The Heart line up to the mount of Sun makes the person seek  sex outside matrimony. It also shows a weak heart and poor  financial position.
 
 If the line is chained and goes to the Mount of Saturn, the  person indulges in unnatural sex. If the hand is hard and the  little finger crooked, he has also the temptation to steal.
 
 Jaquin says: ‘‘Mental or idealistic type of sex is indicated  by a straight line of Heart rising from the mount of  Jupiter. A straight line of Heart, thin and pointed fingers  and a supple thumb indicate tendency to homosexuality and  masturbation. When the line of Heart* starts between the
 
 *i.e., ends between the first and second fingers from the side of the palm  The Line of Heart 139
 
 person lacks the capacity to give or receive love. A very long  Line of Heart reaching the other side of the palm shows that  the person wants total possession of his beloved. If it ends at  the base of the Mount of Jupiter and the Jupiter finger is long,  the person loves passionately and expects love in return. But if  this line is short, his love is of a platonic nature. A straight  Head Line, which crosses the palm from one end to another,  without any branch or offshoot, is not good.
 
 If the line bifurcates on the Mount of Saturn, with one  branch going towards the Head Line, the person has good  morals. But when this line crosses the Mount of Saturn and ends  near the middle finger, his morals are doubtful, more so if the  Mount of Venus is raised and the line is defective.
 
 When the line ends near the Jupiter finger, the person has a  good character. He is kind and aflectionate and fa;ihful in  love, If the line ends between the Jupiter and Saturn fingers
 
 {not mounts), the Mount of Venus is raised and the finger of  Mercury is crooked, the person has uncontrollable lust. He can  commit rape and will have to bear its consequences.
 
 When the line goes beyond the Mount of Saturn, and ends  near the Mount of Jupiter, the person lacks self-confidence and  is suspicious. He is, however, considerate to his spouse. If the  line ends on the Jupiter mount, he expects too much from his  life-partner. However, this is to be confirmed from the Mount  of Venus, the thumb and other signs on the palm.
 
 The shorter the Heart Line the colder is the person in love.
 
 The Heart line up to the mount of Sun makes the person seek  sex outside matrimony. It also shows a weak heart and poor  financial position.
 
 If the line is chained and goes to the Mount of Saturn, the  person indulges in unnatural sex. If the hand is hard and the  little finger crooked, he has also the temptation to steal.
 
 Jaquin says; “‘Mental or idealistic type of sex is indicated  by a straight line of Heart rising from the mount of  Jupiter. A straight line of Heart, thin and pointed fingers  and a supple thumb indicate tendency to homosexuality and  masturbation. When the line of Heart* starts between the
 
 *i.e., ends between the first and second fingers from the side of the palm
 
 140 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  first and the second fingers and reaches the end of the palm,  the person has masculine or physical type of sex; and is  not satisfied by the presence, touch or oral love-making with  his beloved. He wants physical act.”
 
 An island under the Mount of Mercury on the Heart Line,  with any other line touching the island and the raised Venus  Mount shows a love affair. An island under the Sun Mount  points to eye-trouble. An island on the Heart Line under the  Mount of Saturn, towards the Brain Line, shows trouble of  kidney or prostate gland or a love affair causing hindrance to  one’s career. An island on the Mount of Jupiter causes throat  trouble. When the Heart and Head Lines are parallel to each  other, the person is vindictive and his relations with his wife  are strained. If, in addition to above, his hand is thin, black or  ugly, and the Heart Line is thick, the person is very cruel.
 
 If a thick branch of the Heart Line meets the Line of Head,  it causes trouble, law suit, ill-health, loss or separation. If this  branch line does not touch the Head Line, only mental tension  is felt. Sometimes, it also indicates that the person is governed  more by heart (feelings) than by head (reason). Other lines are  to be examined for a correct assessment. For a good conjugal  relationship, the Heart Line should not lean towards the Head  Line, the marriage Line should not curve towards the  Heart Line and the Lines of Life, Fate and Mars should be  defectless.
 
 Offshoots, thick at the start and thin at the end, starting from  the Heart Line and going towards the fingers, show good luck  due to children. Small, thin lines on the space between the  Heart and Head Lines show flirtations. If such lines cut the  Heart Line palpitation of the heart or disappointment in love  is likely to happen.
 
 If some lines touch the Line of Heart under the Mount of  Sun on both the hands, the person is likely to lose his eyesight.
 
 If this sign is present only on one hand, it foretells eye-
 
 trouble. If the Heart Line lies very close to the Brain Line, but  does not touch it, some brain weakness is feared.
 
 When the Line of Heart has an island and runs nearer to  the fingers, the thumb is short, clubbed or thick, the fingers  are curved or thick and the hand is reddish/blackish, the  person is likely to develop criminal tendencies.
 
 1
 
 8
 
 E,
 
 1
 
 +
 
 140 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  first and the second fingers and reaches the end of the palm,  the person has masculine or physical type of sex; and is  not satisfied by the presence, touch or oral love-making with  his beloved. He wants physical act.”
 
 An jsland under the Mount of Mercury on the Heart Line,  with any other line touching the island and the raised Venus  Mount shows a love affair. An island under the Sun Mount  points to eye-trouble. An island on the Heart Line under the  Mount of Saturn, towards the Brain Line, shows trouble of  kidney or prostate gland or a love affair causing hindrance to  one’s career. An island on the Mount of Jupiter causes throat  trouble. When the Heart and Head Lines are parallel to each  other. the person is vindictive and his relations with his wife  are strained. If, in addition to above, his hand is thin, black or  ugly, and the Heart Line is thick, the person is very cruel.
 
 If a thick branch of the Heart Line meets the Line of Head,  it causes trouble, law suit, ill-health, loss or separation. If this  branch line does not touch the Head Line, only mental tension  is felt. Sometimes, it also indicates that the person is governed  more by heart (feelings) than by head (reason). Other lines are  to be examined for a correct assessment. For a good conjugal  relationship, the Heart Line should not lean towards the Head  Line, the marriage Line should not curve towards the  Heart Line and the Lines of Life, Fate and Mars should be  defectless.
 
 Offshoots, thick at the start and thin at the end, starting from  the Heart Line and going towards the fingers, show good luck  due to children. Small, thin lines on the space between the  Heart and Head Lines show flirtations. If such lines cut the  Heart Line palpitation of the heart or disappointment in love  is likely to happen.
 
 If some lines touch the Line of Heart under the Mount of  Sun on both the hands, the person is likely to lose his eyesight.
 
 If this sign is present only on one hand, it foretells eye-
 
 trouble. If the Heart Line lies very close to the Brain Line, but  does not touch it, some brain weakness is feared.
 
 When the Line of Heart has an island and runs nearer to  the fingers, the thumb is short, clubbed or thick, the fingers  are curved or thick and the hand is reddish/blackish, the  person is likely to develop criminal tendencies.
 
 The Line of Heart 141
 
 An islanded Heart Line ending in between the Jupiter and  Saturn fingers shows extra-marital relations—more so if a  branch of the Heart Line goes towards the Line of Head and  the Girdle of Venus is present.
 
 A second Line of Heart following the course of the Heart  Line shows extreme devotion and sincerity in love.
 
 The Heart Line ending on the third phalange of the Index  finger shows great misfortune and failure-in life.
 
 A person may have to face serious consequences due to his  passion, if his Heart Line touches the Line of Head under the  Mount of Saturn.
 
 A small Line from the Line of Heart going towards the  Mount of Mercury shows success in gaining honour and wealth.
 
 If an offshoot of the Heart Line goes towards the Head Line  and the Fate Line ends at the point of bifurcation of the Heart  Line, the subject may have to retire before time due to some  error of his judgment in his service.
 
 Three breaks on the Heart Line show illness difficult to  diagnose. Three small vertical lines on the Heart Line on the  Mount of Sun give unexpected gains when most needed.
 
 A broken, islanded Heart Line indicates a fatty heart with  sluggish action (Fig. 31b). Thick and fluffy edges of the Line  of Heart show weakness of heart (Fig. 31a). A line broken in  small pieces implies  a nervous heart. A line, which is broken  and uneven and becomes thin at the end, clearly warns about  heart disease (Fig. 31, ¢, d).
 
 The Line of Heart 141
 
 An islanded Heart Line ending in between the Jupiter and  Saturn fingers shows extra-marital relations—more so if a  branch of the Heart Line goes towards the Line of Head and  the Girdle of Venus is present.
 
 A second Line of Heart following the course of the Heart  Line shows extreme devotion and sincerity in love.
 
 The Heart Line ending on the third phalange of the Index  finger shows great misfortune and failure-in life.
 
 A person may have to face serious consequences due to his  passion, if his Heart Line touches the Line of Head under the  Mount of Saturn.
 
 A small Line from the Line of Heart going towards the  Mount of Mercury shows success in gaining honour and wealth.
 
 If an offshoot of the Heart Line goes towards the Head Line  and the Fate Line ends at the point of bifurcation of the Heart  Line, the subject may have to retire before time due to some  error of his judgment in his service.
 
 Three breaks on the Heart Line show illness difficult to  diagnose. Three small vertical lines on the Heart Line on the  Mount of Sun give unexpected gains when most needed.
 
 A broken, islanded Heart Line indicates a fatty heart with  sluggish action (Fig. 31b). Thick and fluffy edges of the Line  of Heart show weakness of heart (Fig. 31a). A line broken in  small pieces implies  a nervous heart. A line, which is broken  and uneven and becomes thin at the end, clearly warns about  heart disease (Fig. 31, c. d).
 
 142 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  Defective Heart Line showing heart
 
 2
 
 Veakness  Thick and fluffy at edges – weakness of  heart muscles  Broken and islanded – fatty heart,  sluggish action  Broken in small pieces – serrated formation  of lower edge – nervous heart  Thin in the end, uneven, broken – heart  disease
 
 :
 
 –
 
 Fig. 31
 
 142 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  Defective Heart Line showing heart
 
 )
 
 Veakness  Thick and fluffy at edges – weakness of  heart muscles  Broken and islanded – fatty heart,  sluggish action  Broken in small pleces – serrated formation  of lower edge – nervous heart  Thin in the end, uneven, broken – heart  disease  Fig. 31
 
 CHAPTER 17
 
 The Line of Head (Brain)
 
 (Fig. 32, A, B)
 
 HE Line of Head divides the hand into two halves. It is an  important line on the palm and tells about the mentality,  aptitudes and attitudes of a person, his power of concentration,  capacity to work, self-control and beatitude. A deep, clear,  long Line of Head shows good concentration, memory, fore-
 
 sight and skilful planning. A short and shallow line shows  adverse qualities.
 
 The line starts from the Mount of Jupiter or the Mount of  Mars, or from between these two mounts and goes towards the  base of the hand, i.e., towards the Mount of Moon or the  Mount of Upper Mars or between these two and stops earlier  at the Mount of Saturn, Sun or Mercury. Each position of its  beginning and ending has special meanings as explained  in the
 
 ‘following paragraphs. Any sharp turn or bend, an island, break  or linkage to the Life Line for a long distance at its beginning  constitutes a major defect in the line.
 
 A student, whose Brain Line is good but the Mount of  Venus is high and the Fate line is thick is careless about his  studies-—but if his Mount of Jupiter is high,  he is self-confident  and can concentrate on his studies.
 
 Branches from this line going up to the fingers, the presence  of good Fate and Sun Lines, normally developed mounts and  heavy and pink hands will make the person rich and famous.
 
 –
 
 If the Brain Line is good and the Fate Line is initially thick  and then turns thin in its course, children of such a person go  for medical or technical studies.
 
 CHAPTER 17
 
 The Line of Head (Brain)
 
 (Fig. 32, A, B)
 
 HE Line of Head divides the hand into two halves. It is an  important line on the palm and tells about the mentality,  aptitudes and attitudes of a person, his power of concentration,  capacity to work, self-control and beatitude. A deep, clear,  long Line of Head shows good concentration, memory, fore-
 
 sight and skilful planning. A short and shallow line shows  adverse qualities.
 
 The line starts from the Mount of Jupiter or the Mount of  Mars, or from between these two mounts and goes towards the  base of the hand, i.e., towards the Mount of Moon or the  Mount of Upper Mars or between these two and stops earlier  at the Mount of Saturn, Sun or Mercury. Each position of its  beginning and ending has special meanings as explained  in the  following paragraphs. Any sharp turn or bend, an island, break  or linkage to the Life Line for a Jong distance at its beginning  constitutes a major defect in the line.
 
 A student, whose Brain Line is good but the Mount of  Venus is high and the Fate line is thick is careless about his  studies-—but if his Mount of Jupiter is high,  he is self-confident  and can concentrate on his studies.
 
 Branches from this line going up to the fingers, the presence  of good Fate and Sun Lines, normally developed mounts and  heavy and pink hands will make the person rich and famous.
 
 –
 
 If the Brain Line is good and the Fate Line is initially thick  and then turns thin in its course, children of such a person go  for medical or technical studies.
 
 144 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  A woman with long fingers, the Head Line separate from  the Life Line and a supple thumb, gets cheated in life due to  her simplicity.
 
 )
 
 A good Head Line on a defective hand gives bad results.
 
 The person dissipates his mental energy. A person with a good  Brain Line seldom goes for a love marriage. If his fingers are  short or a thick Fate Line reaches his Saturn finger, he does  not hesitate to earn by dishonest means.
 
 A person with a straight or broken Line of Life, but with a  good Head Line, is a liar or lazy and does not hesitate to  harm others. An island on the Life Line or the Line of  Heart, small fingers, a short finger of Jupiter and a good  Brain Line all make a person use his brain for illegal trade or  smuggling.
 
 A person with a good Brain Line, well-shaped soft hands,  high Mounts of Luna and Venus, the Head Line going  towards Mars, or the Heart Line near the fingers, is a sexual  pervert.,  Any defect in the Head Line, under the Mount of Saturn,  always gives bad results or aggravates a bad indication. This  defect makes a person emotional and indecisive. He does not  receive cooperation from others. This defect also shows a  tendency to piles, pain in joints, diabetes, liver weakness,  fracture of the leg or uterus trouble and early ejaculation in men,  if the Mount of Venus is developed. Confirmation is to be made  from other signs on the hand for a particular illness.
 
 A defective Brain Line, running parallel to the Heart Line,  causes a revengeful tendency and aggravates it if the Head  Line starts from the Lower Mount of Mars. Such a person
 
 ¢an even commit @ murder in a fit of rage.
 
 A Head Line having  a clear break under the Mount of  Saturn sloping towards the Mount of Moon shows insanity. If  the line is broken on both the hands, death can be caused by  any illness or accident. The Head Line broken in fragments  may result in amnesia. When the Brain Line has a defect at  its beginning, hearing powers can be affected in old age.
 
 When the Head Line is defective and the Fate Line is thick, the  life-partner of the subject suffers ill-health.
 
 A  defective Head Line also shows loss in business. No new  enterprise or industry should be started during the period of
 
 144 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  A woman with long fingers, the Head Line separate from  the Life Line and a supple thumb, gets cheated in life due to  her simplicity.
 
 :
 
 A good Head Line on a defective hand gives bad results.
 
 The person dissipates his mental energy. A person with a good  Brain Line seldom goes for a love marriage. If his fingers are  short or a thick Fate Line reaches his Saturn finger, he does  not hesitate to earn by dishonest means.
 
 A person with a straight or broken Line of Life, but with a  good Head Line, is a liar or lazy and does not hesitate to  harm others. An island on the Life Line or the Line of  Heart, small fingers, a short finger of Jupiter and a good  Brain Line all make a person use his brain for illegal trade or  smuggling.
 
 A person with a good Brain Line, well-shaped soft hands,  high Mounts of Luna and Venus, the Head Line going  towards Mars, or the Heart Line near the fingers, is a sexual  pervert.
 
 Any defect in the Head Line, under the Mount of Saturn,  always gives bad results or aggravates a bad indication. This  defect makes a person emotional and indecisive. He does not  receive cooperation from others. This defect also shows a  tendency to piles, pain in joints, diabetes, liver weakness,  fracture of the leg or uterus trouble and early ejaculation in men,  if the Mount of Venus is developed. Confirmation is to be made  from other signs on the hand for a particular illness.
 
 A defective Brain Line, running parallel to the Heart Line,  causes a revengeful tendency and aggravates it if the Head  Line starts from the Lower Mount of Mars. Such a person  can even commit a murder in a fit of rage.
 
 A Head Line having  a clear break under the Mount of  Saturn sloping towards the Mount of Moon shows insanity. If  the line is broken on both the hands, death can be caused by  any illness or accident. The Head Line broken in fragments  may result in amnesia. When the Brain Line has a defect at  its beginning, hearing powers can be affected in old age.
 
 When the Head Line is defective and the Fate Line is thick, the  life-partner of the subject suffers ill-health.
 
 A defective Head Line also shows loss in business. No new  enterprise or industry should be started during the period of  The Line of Head (Brain) 145
 
 fI’E LINE OF HEAD  and b-b The double head line  The head line having a sharp bend, under  the mount of Saturn  The Head line joined to the Life line, going to  the mount of Luna and defective under the mount  of Saturn  The line of Head, separate from the line of life  and starting from the mount of Mars  The Head line starting from the mount of Jupiter  The Head line starting from the mount of Saturn  The Head line starting from a little distance  below the life line and bifurcated in the end  The Life line starting inside the line of Life  on the mount of Mars  The lines of Head, Heart and Life joined  together at the start  The Line of Head (Brain)
 
 145
 
 I’E LINE OF HEAD  and b-b The double head line  The head line having a sharp bend, under  the mount of Saturn  The Head line joined to the Life line, going to  the mount of Luna and defective under the mount  of Saturn  The line of Head, separate from the line of life  and starting from the mount of Mars  The Head line starting from the mount of Jupiter  The Head line starting from the mount of Saturn  The Head line starting from a little distance  below the life line and bifurcated in the end  The Life line starting inside the line of Life  on the mount of Mars  The lines of Head, Heart and Life joined  together at the start
 
 146 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  this defect. When there are more than one Fate Line, the bad  cffect is reduced.
 
 When the Head Line is defective in both the hands and  the Fate Line is thick. the children of the subject spend  lavishly.
 
 If the Brain Line is defective, the Mounts of Venus and  Luna are raised and the Life Line is straight, the person has a  sensual and emotional temperament.
 
 A branch of the Head Line going towards the Mount of  Mercury shows progress in business, when going towards the  Mount of Sun it denotes success in artistic and scientific fields  and when going towards the Mount of Jupiter, it shows that  the ambition of the person is realized.
 
 The Lines of Life, Heart and Head joined at the start show  a sudden end to life. The Line of Head starting late from the  Mount of Saturn indicates late mental development of the  person, but when all the three main lines (of Life, Heart and  Head) are short, the life-span is also short.
 
 The Heart Line going nearer the Line of Head indicates
 
 ~ bronchitis or asthma. It also makes the quadrangle narrow.
 
 (See the section on Quadrangle for details).
 
 A defect at the start of the Head Line under the Mount  of Jupiter and its linking with Life Line for a long distance  make the person suspicious, indecisive, cautious and diffident.
 
 He faces trouble and ill-health during the period of this defect  in the line. A Brain Line bulging towards the Line of Heart  and then following its course shows some illicit relationship  ending in a catastrophe.
 
 When the Brain Line comes out from the Life Line, and has  a small joint, the person becomes cautious, practical, shrewd  and quick in making decisions. When the Line of Head is  bifurcated at both the ends, and the person has thin and short  fingers, he is independent and responsible. If this type of the  Head Line goes to Mars and the Life Line is round, the Fate  Line is thin or the hand is heavy, the person becomes rich and  famous,  When the Head Line slopes towards the Mount of Luna,  the hand is heavy, small or broad, the Life Line is round, the  Heart line goes up to the Mount of Jupiter or Saturn, one  becomes rich and respected as he advances in age.
 
 e TR
 
 | N  i
 
 146 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  this defect, When there are more than one Fate Line, the bad  cffect is reduced.
 
 When the Head Line is defective in both the hands and  the Fate Line is thick. the children of the subject spend  lavishly.
 
 If the Brain Line 1s defective, the Mounts of Venus and  Luna are raised and the Life Line is straight, the person has a  sensual and emotional temperament,  A branch of the Head Line going towards the Mount of  Mercury shows progress in business, when going towards the  Mount of Sun it denotes success in artistic and scientific fields  and when going towards the Mount of Jupiter, it shows that  the ambition of the person is realized.
 
 The Lines of Life, Heart and Head joined at the start show  a sudden end to life. The Line of Head starting late from the  Mount of Saturn indicates late mental development of the  person, but when all the three main lines (of Life, Heart and  Head) are short, the life-span is also short.
 
 The Heart Line going nearer the Line of Head indicates  bronchitis or asthma. It also makes the quadrangle narrow.
 
 (See the section on Quadrangle for details).
 
 A defect at the start of the Head Line under the Mount  of Jupiter and its linking with Life Line for a long distance  make the person suspicious, indecisive, cautious and diffident.
 
 He faces trouble and ill-health during the period of this defect  in the line. A Brain Line bulging towards the Line of Heart  and then following its course shows some illicit relationship  ending in a catastrophe.
 
 When the Brain Line comes out from the Life Line, and has  a small joint, the person becomes cautious, practical, shrewd  and quick in making decisions. When the Line of Head is  bifurcated at both the ends, and the person has thin and short  fingers, he is independent and responsible. If this type of the  Head Line goes to Mars and the Life Line is round, the Fate  Line is thin or the hand is heavy, the person becomes rich and  famous.
 
 When the Head Line slopes towards the Mount of Luna,  the hand is heavy, small or broad, the Life Line is round, the  Heart line goes up to the Mount of Jupiter or Saturn, one  becomes rich and respected as he advances in age.
 
 ——
 
 The Line of Head (Brain)
 
 147
 
 When there is a small distance between the Lines of Life  and Head at the beginning, the person is independent and  easily trusts others. He should not enter into partnership with  anyone before he attains the age of 34. If his fingers are also  long, this precaution is more necessary. This formation is  specially applicable to a woman. When her fingers are long  and the Fate Line ends at the Line of Heart, she should not  trust others easily.
 
 ,  A Head Line starting from a little distance below the Life  Line shows eye-trouble during the period of the gap. Any  increase in the distance between the Brain and Life Lines makes  the person rash and careless about his own self. If the Mount  of Saturn is prominent, and the finger of Saturn is long, he  loves to be alone and cares little for the convenience and  sentiments of others.
 
 When the Line of Head starts from the Mount of Jupiter  and does not go to the Lower Mount of Moon and the thumb  is good, the subject is ambitious, industrious, honest, social,  conscious of his self-respect and a good administrator. A  person with the Head Line starting from the upper part of the  Mount of Jupiter will become sensual and dissatisfied in sex,  if the sign is confirmed by other indications on the palm.
 
 A Head Line starting from the Mount of Mars makes a  person courageous, revengeful and fearless. He invites trouble  by his anger, which he should keep under his control.
 
 A Head Line going from Lower Mars to Upper Mars, making  an island at its beginning with the parallel Heart Line makes  the person extremely revengeful.
 
 If the Line of Head is small, bifurcated and without a  defect, the person usually wins a law-suit which is decided in  a reasonable period of time—with a good Head Line, a law-suit  takes time to succeed.
 
 When the Head Line goes gradually towards the middle  of the Mount of Moon, the person is sensitive, emotional,  imaginative, sympathetic, a writer or an artist. If the line is  thin, he is well-behaved. With pointed fingers, a soft and heavy  hand, the person can become an actor, musician or author.
 
 If the brainh Line ends at I’una and the Fate Line starts from  Luna, the person lives near water. When the Line of Head is  long, the Mount of Moon is developed and the second and the  The Line of Head (Brain)
 
 147
 
 When there is a small distance between the Lines of Life  and Head at the beginning, the person is independent and  easily trusts others. He should not enter into partnership with  anyone before he attains the age of 34. If his fingers are also  long, this precaution is more necessary. This formation is  specially applicable to a woman. When her fingers are long  and the Fate Line ends at the Line of Heart, she should not  trust others easily.
 
 A Head Line starting from a little distance below the Life  Line shows eye-trouble during the period of the gap. Any  increase in the distance between the Brain and Life Lines makes  the person rash and careless about his own self. If the Mount  of Saturn is prominent, and the finger of Saturn is long, he  loves to be alone and cares little for the convenience and  sentiments of others.
 
 When the Line of Head starts from the Mount of Jupiter  and does not go to the Lower Mount of Moon and the thumb  is good, the subject is ambitious, industrious, honest, social,  conscious of his self-respect and a good administrator. A  person with the Head Line starting from the upper part of the  Mount of Jupiter will become sensual and dissatisfied in sex,  if the sign is confirmed by other indications on the palm.
 
 A Head Line starting from the Mount of Mars makes a  person courageous, revengeful and fearless. He invites trouble  by his anger, which he should keep under his control.
 
 A Head Line going from Lower Mars to Upper Mars, making  an island at its beginning with the parallel Heart Line makes  the person extremely revengeful.
 
 If the Line of Head is small, bifurcated and without a  defect, the person usually wins a law-suit which is decided in  a reasonable period of time—with a good Head L.ine, a law-suit  takes time to succeed.
 
 When the Head Line goes gradually towards the middle  of the Mount of Moon, the person is sensitive, emotional,  imaginative, sympathetic, a writer or an artist. If the line is  thin, he is well-behaved. With pointed fingers, a soft and heavy  hand, the person can become an actor, musician or author.
 
 If the brain Line ends at I’una and the Fate Line starts from  Luna, the person lives near water. When the Line of Head is  long, the Mount of Moon is developed and the second and the
 
 148 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  third fingers are nearly equal in length, the person is daring  and takes reasonable risks in business. A Head Line going to  the lower Mount of Moon with a sharp bend makes the person,  oversensitive and overemotional. If other signs are bad, he can  commit suicide. At the time of the bend, some calamity can  befall the person.
 
 When the Brain Line ends on the Upper Mars, the person is  careful, and if the Life Line is round and more than one Fate  Line is present, there is little chance of his being easily cheated.
 
 When the Line of Head goes from Lower Mars to Upper  Mars, and is parallel to the Heart Line and the hand is thin  and the Life Line is straight, the subject indulges in immoral  and anti-social activities.
 
 If the Brain Line goes to the negative Mars in both the  hands, the person changes his residence several times duriag  his life-time.
 
 A short Brain Line ending on the Mount of Saturn makes  a person’s life-span short and reduces his intelligence. When  the Line turns back at the end, extreme selfishness is indicated.
 
 A wide Head Line makes a person inconsistent in work, If  this line starts from inside the Line of Life a belligerent and  irascible temper is indicated.
 
 A Head line forked at its termination, one branch going to  the Mount of Moon and the other touching the Heart Line at  its end, the person ruins his life in love. When there are three  branches of the fork at the end, one going to the Mount of  Mercury, another straight and the third going towards the  Mount of Moon, the person has business talent, imagination  and tolerance. When this line starts late from the Life Line,  making an obtuse angle, the person is tactless and dependent.
 
 If there is ample space between the Lines of Life and Head,  there is a tendency to be rash and speak out of turn and in  haste.
 
 Drooping branches from the Head Line show moodiness and  pessimism and contrary is the case when the branches go up-
 
 ward, i,e., the latter position of the line shows cheerfulness and  optimism. If the Head Line stoops down to the Mount of Luna,  the Mount of Venus is prominent, and the Life Line is linked  with the Head Line for a good deal of distance at the beginning,  the person commits suicide. If the Heart Line starts from the
 
 148 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  third fingers are nearly equal in length, the person is daring  and takes reasonable risks in business. A Head Line going to  the lower Mount of Moon with a sharp bend makes the person  oversensitive and overemotional. 1f other signs are bad, he can  commit suicide. At the time of the bend, some calamity can  befall the person.
 
 When the Brain Line ends on the Upper Mars, the person is  careful, and if the Life Line is round and more than one Fate  Line is present, there is little chance of his being easily cheated.
 
 When the Line of Head goes from Lower Mars to Upper  Mars, and is parallel to the Heart Line and the hand is thin  and the Life Line is straight, the subject indulges in immoral  and anti-social activities.
 
 If the Brain Line goes to the negative Mars in both the  hands, the person changes his residence several times duriag  his life-time.
 
 A short Brain Line ending on the Mount of Saturn makes  a person’s life-span short and reduces his intelligence. When  the Line turns back at the end, extreme selfishness is indicated.
 
 A wide Head Line makes a person inconsistent in work, If  this line starts from inside the Line of Life a belligerent and  irascible temper is indicated.
 
 A Head line forked at its termination, one branch going to  the Mount of Moon and the other touching the Heart Line at  its end, the person ruins his life in love. When there are three  branches of the fork at the end, one going to the Mount of  Mercury, another straight and the third going towards the  Mount of Moon, the person has business talent, imagination  and tolerance. When this line starts late from the Life Line,  making an obtuse angle, the person is tactless and dependent.
 
 If there is ample space between the Lines of Life and Head,  there is a tendency to be rash and speak out of turn and in  haste,  Drooping branches from the Head Line show moodiness and  pessimism and contrary is the case when the branches go up-
 
 ward, i,e., the latter position of the line shows cheerfulness and  optimism. If the Head Line stoops down to the Mount of Luna,  the Mount of Venus is prominent, and the Life Line is linked  with the Head Line for a good deal of distance at the beginning,  the person commits suicide. If the Heart Line starts from the  The Line of Head (Brain) 149
 
 Mount of Mars, the person can murder his spouse,  Sometimes a double Head Line is found—the lower Head  Line joined to the Life Line denotes a sensitive, artistic and  imaginative personality. The upper Head Line shows opposite  characteristics. Such a person is endowed with extraordinary  intelligence and ability and attains success.
 
 The Line of Head (Brain) 149
 
 Mount of Mars, the person can murder his spouse,  Sometimes a double Head Line is found—the lower Head  Line joined to the Life Line denotes a sensitive, artistic and  imaginative personality. The upper Head Line shows opposite  characteristics. Such a person is endowed with extraordinary  intelligence and ability and attains success.
 
 CHAPTER 18
 
 The Simian Line
 
 (Fig. 30-3)
 
 MONKEYS have short hands and only one straight line on  the palm. On a human hand also, sometimes only one  line is noticed in the centre of the palm instead of two separate  lines of Head and Heart. This line is called the Simian Line in  medical terms as it looks like a crease in the centre of the palm  as in the case of a monkey. In such persons the heart will  dominate. They have singleness of purpose and are likely to  face trouble in relationships at home and outside. They feel  easily hurt. On a practical and square type of hand, the Simian  Line shows an extremely materialistic, selfish nature, and a  craving for wealth.
 
 If this line is accompanied by a crooked Mercury finger,  raised Mounts of Venus and Mars, red and short nails and a  small thumb, the person is unable to control his emotions and  desires and may even commit a crime to satisfy his urges. He  has some criminal instincts and tendencies. If the hand and  other lines are good, he can be a leader.
 
 Research carried out by Drs. Margaret A Meuser, Stuart  and Purvis Smith revealed that 45 per cent of the children  having this line suffered from leukaemia.
 
 CHAPTER 18
 
 The Simian Line
 
 (Fig. 30-3)
 
 ONKEYS have short hands and only one straight line on  the palm. On a human hand also, sometimes only one  line is noticed in the centre of the palm instead of two separate  lines of Head and Heart. This line is called the Simian Line in  medical terms as it looks like a crease in the centre of the palm  as in the case of a monkey. In such persons the heart will  dominate. They have singleness of purpose and arc likely to  face trouble in relationships at home and outside. They feel  easily hurt. On a practical and square type of hand, the Simian  Line shows an extremely materialistic, selfish nature, and a  craving for wealth.
 
 If this line is accompanied by a crooked Mercury finger,  raised Mounts of Venus and Mars, red and short nails and a  small thumb, the person is unable to control his emotions and  desires and may even commit a crime to satisfy his urges. He  has some criminal instincts and tendencies. If the hand and  other lines are good, he can be a leader.
 
 Research carried out by Drs. Margaret A Meuser, Stuart  and Purvis Smith revealed that 45 per cent of the children  having this line suffered from leukaemia.
 
 e
 
 =
 
 —_—— –
 
 CHAPTER 19
 
 The Line of Sun
 
 (Fig 33)
 
 [MHE of Sun Line is also called the second line of fate or  destiny or the Line of Apollo as it is on the Mount of  Apollo (Sun). It is the line of capability as it shows the intel-
 
 ligence and ability of a person, besides the ease and help, with  which he gains success and reputation without much efforts, and  his gain from inheritance or speculation.
 
 A thin, straight line, without fault, from the centre of the  palm to the Mount of Sun indicates a good reputation and  wealth. When this line is straight and strong on the Mount of  Sun, the person has an artistic and literary aptitude. The pre-
 
 sence of a good line on both hands strengthens good results.
 
 A broad or wavy line shows lack of concentration, and a  very thick and deep line may cause heart or nervous trouble.
 
 A chained or irregularly formed line shows absence of artistic  taste. A thin or shallow and broad line dulls the creative  intelligence.
 
 If the thumb is leaning towards the Jupiter finger, the Head  Line is defective, the Mounts of Mercury and Venus are  depressed, and the Sun Line is cut by other lines or the palm  is hollow, then the Sun Line loses much of its good effect.
 
 The presence of this line in a good shape removes the bad  influence of a defect in the Fate Line at a particular period.
 
 A break in this line points to a period of hardship and  struggle.
 
 When this line is absent, but other main lines are good and  faultless, the person does not believe much in fate and his  e  CHAPTER 19
 
 The Line of Sun
 
 (Fig 33)
 
 [MHE of Sun Line is also called the second line of fate or  destiny or the Line of Apollo as it is on the Mount of  Apollo (Sun). It is the line of capability as it shows the intel-
 
 ligence and ability of a person, besides the ease and help, with  which he gains success and reputation without much efforts, and  his gain from inheritance or speculation.
 
 A thin, straight line, without fault, from the centre of the  palm to the Mount of Sun indicates a good reputation and  wealth. When this line is straight and strong on the Mount of  Sun, the person has an artistic and literary aptitude. The pre-
 
 sence of a good line on both hands strengthens good results.
 
 A broad or wavy line shows lack of concentration, and a  very thick and deep line may cause heart or nervous troubie.
 
 A chained or irregularly formed line shows absence of artistic  taste. A thin or shallow and broad line dulls the creative  intelligence.
 
 If the thumb is leaning towards the Jupiter finger, the Head  Line is defective, the Mounts of Mercury and Venus are  depressed, and the Sun Line is cut by other lines or the palm  is hollow, then the Sun Line loses much of its good effect.
 
 The presence of this line in a good shape removes the bad  influence of a defect in the Fate Line at a particular period.
 
 A break in this line points to a period of hardship and  struggle.
 
 When this line is absent, but other main lines are good and  faultless, the person does not believe much in fate and his  E
 
 .
 
 152 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  THE LINE OF SUN  The Sun line starting  Life line  The Sun line starting  Head line  The Sun line starting  plain of Mars  The Sun line starting  Heart line  The Sun line starting  line of Mercury  The Sun line starting  Fate line  The Sun line starting  rascette
 
 152 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  THE LINE OF SUN  The Sun line starting
 
 1
 
 Life line  The Sun line starting  Head line  The Sun line starting  plain of Mars  The Sun line starting  Heart line  The Sun line starting  line of Mercury  The Sun line starting  Fate line  The Sun line starting  rascette  Fig. 33
 
 The Line of Sun 153
 
 success is according to his efforts. When this line does not  appear in the beginning, predictions are made from the end  of the Life Line up to the age of 25 years.
 
 When this line rises from the Upper Mount of Mars, and  goes to the Mount of Sun, the person may become an author,  the type of his writings depending on other signs on his hand.
 
 When it begins from the Life Line and the Fate Line is also  present during this period, the person becomes a leader or a  politician of distinction by virtue of his personal merit.
 
 The presence of a good Fate Line, a Sun Line emerging  from the Life Line, a line of Mars behind the Life Line, a line  going to the Mount of Jupiter from the Life Line—all these  will make a person rich and a dealer in properties.
 
 A Sun Line starting from the Fate Line will make a  person rich quite unexpectedly and will win him success in his  chosen career. If this line starts from the Head Line the
 
 ‘subject will get rewards for his mental ability and hard work.
 
 Starting from a triangle in the hand it makes the person rich.
 
 Starting from an island, it helps a guiity love affair in gaining  success. Starting from the Head Line, with other lines in good  shape, it may reveal some hidden treasure in the house.
 
 Starting from the Mount of Sun, it heips the person advance  spiritually in the later period of his life. A Sun Line com-
 
 ing out from the Line of Mercury or from the Mount of  Mercury gives the person benefits from his business.
 
 The presence of a Sun Line with the Head Line starting  from the Mount of .Moon makes a person indulge in specula-
 
 tion, more so if the third finger is nearly equal to the middle  finger.
 
 If the finger of Sun is long and goes near the top phalange  of the Saturn finger, the person may engage in gambling or  speculation with self-confidence. If the Life and Head Lines  are separated at the beginning, he loses in speculation when  an island appears on the Sun Line.
 
 When the Sun Line has big dots, the reputation of the  person is slurred. Breaks in the line indicate hurdles, failures,  especially when there is no repair sign. A cross or a bar on the  lines will spoil chances of success and winning applause. A  Trident or a star at the end of the line on the Mount of Sun  shows brilliant success. A fork at the end shows a person expert  The Line of Sun 153
 
 success is according to his efforts. When this line does not  appear in the beginning, predictions are made from the end  of the Life Line up to the age of 25 years.
 
 When this line rises from the Upper Mount of Mars, and  goes to the Mount of Sun, the person may become an author,  the type of his writings depending on other signs on his hand.
 
 When it begins from the Life Line and the Fate Line is also  present during this period, the person becomes a leader or a  politician of distinction by virtue of his personal merit.
 
 The presence of a good Fate Line, a Sun Line emerging  from the Life Line, a line of Mars behind the Life Line, a line  going to the Mount of Jupiter from the Life Line—all these  will make a person rich and a dealer in properties.
 
 A Sun Line starting from the Fate Line will make a  person rich quite unexpectedly and will win him success in his  chosen career. If this line starts from the Head Line the  subject will get rewards for his mental ability and hard work.
 
 Starting from a triangle in the hand it makes the person rich.
 
 Starting from an island, it helps a guilty love affair in gaining  success. Starting from the Head Line, with other lines in good  shape, it may reveal some hidden treasure in the house,  Starting from the Mount of Sun, it helps the person advance  spiritually in the later period of his life. A Sun Line com-
 
 ing out from the Line of Mercury or from the Mount of  Mercury gives the person benefits from his business.
 
 The presence of a Sun Line with the Head Line starting  from the Mount of -Moon makes a person indulge in specula-
 
 tion, more so if the third finger is nearly equal to the middle  finger.
 
 If the finger of Sun is long and goes near the top phalange  of the Saturn finger, the person may engage in gambling or  speculation with self-confidence. If the Life and Head Lines  are separated at the beginning, he loses in speculation when  an island appears on the Sun Line.
 
 When the Sun Line has big dots, the reputation of the  person is slurred. Breaks in the line indicate hurdles, failures,  especially when there is no repair sign. A cross or a bar on the  lines will spoil chances of success and winning applause. A  Trident or a star at the end of the line on the Mount of Sun  shows brilliant success. A fork at the end shows a person expert
 
 154 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  in two subjects. A thin, fading line promises small success; a  wavy line erratic success.
 
 When the line starts from near the wrist and reaches the  Mount of Sun, the person has a sharp intellect, and a glorious,  successful and brilliant career.
 
 A line stopping at the Head Line shows wrong application  of talent and failure at that particular time. A line stopping  at the Heart Line shows failure due to emotional disposition.
 
 A line from the Head Line merging into the Sun Line  shows monetary gain and if it crosses over the line, it denotes  financial loss. A line from the Mount of Venus joining the Sun  Line shows monetary gain from relatives but if it crosses the  Sun Line, it indicates a loss from the same source.
 
 it
 
 =13
 
 154 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  in two subjects. A thin, fading line promises small success; a  wavy line erratic success.
 
 When the line starts from near the wrist and reaches the  Mount of Sun, the person has a sharp intellect, and a glorious,  successful and brilliant career.
 
 A line stopping at the Head Line shows wrong application  of talent and failure at that particular time. A line stopping  at the Heart Line shows failure due to emotional disposition.
 
 A line from the Head Line merging into the Sun Line  shows monetary gain and if it crosses over the line, it denotes  financial loss. A line from the Mount of Venus joining the Sun  Line shows monetary gain from relatives but if it crosses the  Sun Line, it indicates a loss from the same source.
 
 CHAPTER 20
 
 Minor Lines  The Girdle of Venus
 
 (Fig. 34)
 
 HE Girdle of Venus is called Mandoshkiiade in Indian  palmistry. This curved line in the shape of a semi-circle  is situated between the base of fingers and the Heart Line. Its  usual position is to begin from between the first and the second  finger and to end between the third and the fourth fingers. It
 
 ‘should not be mistaken for a second Heart Line as the Heart  Line always starts from the ulnar side of the hand.
 
 There is a controversy among palmists about this line.
 
 Some consider it a sign of hysteria, derangement of sexual  functions, unnatural vices or nervous sensibility. This reading  may be true in cases where the hand is bad and other bad
 
 – symptoms, e.g., much raised and/or rayed mounts of Venus and  Moon, a supple and less opening thumb and defective lines of  the Heart, Life or Head are also present.
 
 If the hand is good and the Girdle of Venus clear, the  Mount of Venus without lines, the fingers long and narrow,  chastity and uprightness are indicated. The possessor of such a  Girdle of Venus behaves nobly. He has an aesthetic sense. He  may encounter delay in getting employment. His intellect may  not be sharp.
 
 ‘
 
 An ill-formed Girdle of Venus, with a raised and lined  Mount of Venus and the Head Line sloping towards the Mount  of Moon, and a weak Heart Line, denote suspicion and jealousy.
 
 When the hand is good and the Girdle of Venus ends on the  CHAPTER 20
 
 Minor Lines  The Girdle of Venus
 
 (Fig. 34)
 
 HE Girdle of Venus is called Mandosknade mn Indian  palmistry. This curved line in the shape of a semi-circle  is situated between the base of fingers and the Heart Line. Its.
 
 usual position is to begin from between the first and the second  finger and to end between the third and the fourth fingers. [t
 
 ‘should not be mistaken for a second Heart Line as the Heart  Line always starts from the ulnar side of the hand.
 
 There is a controversy among palmists about this line.
 
 Some consider it a sign of hysteria, derangement of sexual  functions, unnatural vices or nervous sensibility. This reading  may be true in cases where the hand is bad and other bad  symptoms, e.g., much raised and/or rayed mounts of Venus and  Moon, a supple and less opening thumb and defective lines of  the Heart, Life or Head are also present.
 
 If the hand is good and the Girdle of Venus clear, the  Mount of Venus without lines, the fingers long and narrow,  chastity and uprightness are indicated. The possessor of such a  Girdle of Venus behaves nobly. He has an aesthetic sense. He  may encounter delay in getting employment. His intellect may  not be sharp.
 
 An ill-formed Girdle of Venus, with a raised and lined  Mount of Venus and the Head Line sloping Lowards the Mount  of Moon, and a weak Heart Line, denote suspicion and jealousy.
 
 When the hand is good and the Girdle of Venus ends on the
 
 | o %
 
 156 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  THE GIRDLE OF VENUS
 
 2
 
 )_/,  Clear on a  Il1-formed with a  Cutting lines of  good hand  raised mount of
 
 .fate and Sun  Venus and sloping  line of Head
 
 =
 
 +
 
 Ill-formed  Triple girdle,  Broken girdle  one ending on the  mount of Mercury
 
 ‘”//
 
 |
 
 }
 
 Semi-circular line  Broken, island at cutting line of  from the centre  of the  the end line of  marriage,cross/dot gsturnfinger to’the  head (suicide)’
 
 on the line  centre of the
 
 (neurotic)
 
 Mercury finger
 
 156 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  THE GIRDLE OF VENUS
 
 )
 
 |
 
 Clear on a
 
 111-formed with a  Cutting lines of  good hand  raised mount of  fate and Sun  Venus and sloping  line of Head
 
 =
 
 Ill-formed  Triple girdle,  Broken girdle  one ending on the  mount of Mercury
 
 “’//
 
 .
 
 Semi-circular line  Broken, island at cutting line of  from the centre  of the  the end }ine of  marriage,cross/dot gatyurp finger to the  head (suicide)’
 
 on the line  centre of the
 
 (neurotic)
 
 Mercury finger
 
 |
 
 Minor Lines 157
 
 Mount of Mercury beneath the fourth finger, the person is  alert and constructive. However, when the hand is bad, one is  inclined to dishonesty.
 
 If the Girdle of Venus is deep, strong and red and cuts the  Lines of Fate and Sun, the subject suffers from impediments  due to his bad habits or loss caused by his own relatives or  friends. If the Girdle of Venus is thin and bow-shaped and  crossed by the Lines of Fate and Sun, he overcomes his bad  tendencies and developes literary talents.
 
 If the Girdle of Venus is double or triple, i.e., if it is formed  by two or three semi-circular lines, its bad tendencies are also  doubled and tripled and the person indulges in sex and drugs.
 
 The bad condition is aggravated when one of the three lines of  the Girdle of Venus is fragmented. A break in the Girdle of  Venus shows sensuality. Whenever this line cuts the Sun Line  or the line of marriage, it spoils the person’s reputation and  married happiness, respectively. If this girdle is crossed by small  lines or is composed of broken lines, the subject can suffer  from hysteria. When it is broken on the hand on which the Head  Line slopes towards the Mount of Moon, and ends in a dot or  an island, the person is likely to commit suicide. If the Girdle  of Venus is cut by a bar under the Mount of Sun, the person  suffers loss due to an illicit relationship.
 
 A semi-circular line from the centre of the Saturn finger  to the centre of the Mercury finger shows gain and success in  a foreign land. Three breaks on this line show untimely death.
 
 The Via Lasciva
 
 (Fig. 35)
 
 A clear straight line running parallel to and beside the  Health Line, it is called the Via Lasciva and shows lust and  greed for money or conjuring up lustful thoughts. If this sister  line to the Health Line starting from inside the Mount of Venus,  is wavy, irregular and excessive, indulgence in sex is shown. Its  other variation is an inverted semi-circular line from the Mount  of Moon, going towards the Mount of Venus, and cutting the  Life Line.
 
 If the hand is not sensual, the line shows increased vitality.
 
 If sensual, the person runs after the sensual pleasures without  Minor Lines 157
 
 Mount of Mercury beneath the fourth finger, the person is  alert and constructive. However, when the hand is bad, one is  inclined to dishonesty.
 
 If the Girdle of Venus is deep, strong and red and cuts the  Lines of Fate and Sun, the subject suffers from impediments  due to his bad habits or loss caused by his own relatives or  friends. If the Girdle of Venus is thin and bow-shaped and  crosscd by the Lines of Fate and Sun, he overcomes his bad  tendencies and developes literary talents.
 
 If the Girdle of Venus is double or triple, i.e., if it is formed  by two or three semi-circular lines, its bad tendencies are also  doubled and tripled and the person indulges in sex and drugs.
 
 The bad condition is aggravated when one of the three lines of  the Girdle of Venus is fragmented. A break in the Girdle of  Venus shows sensuality. Whenever this line cuts the Sun Line  or the line of marriage, it spoils the person’s reputation and  married happiness, respectively. If this girdle is crossed by small  lines or is composed of broken lines, the subject can suffer  from hysteria. When it is broken on the hand on which the Head  Line slopes towards the Mount of Moon, and ends in a dot or  an island, the person is likely to commit suicide. If the Girdle  of Venus is cut by a bar under the Mount of Sun, the person  suffers loss due to an illicit relationship.
 
 A semi-circular line from the centre of the Saturn finger  to the centre of the Mercury finger shows gain and success in  a foreign land. Three breaks on this line show untimely death.
 
 The Via Lasciva
 
 (Fig. 35)
 
 A clear straight line running parallel to and beside the  Hcalth Line, it is called the Via Lasciva and shows lust and  greed for money or conjuring up lustful thoughts. If this sister  line to the Health Line starting from inside the Mount of Venus,  Is wavy. irregular and excessive, indulgence in sex is shown. Its  other variation is an inverted semi-circular line from the Mount  of Moon, going towards the Mount of Venus, and cutting the  Life Line.
 
 If the hand is not sensual, the line shows increased vitality.
 
 If sensual, the person runs after the sensual pleasures without
 
 73,
 
 158 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  THE VIA LASCIVA  a- Running beside the health line  b- From inside the mount of Venus,  showing restlessness and crave  for excitement
 
 ¢— Wavy line showing drug addiction  and indulgence
 
 –
 
 Fig. 35
 
 158 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  THE VIA LASCIVA  a- Running beside the health line  b- From inside the mount of Venus,  showing restlessness and crave  for excitement  Wavy line showing drug addiction  and indulgence  Fig. 35
 
 Minor Lines 159
 
 THE LINE OF INTUITION  Starting and ending points  Fig. 36
 
 restraint. When the line is uneven and twisted, the person is  cunning. When several lines rise from ‘the Via Lasciva and  cut the Head Line, the person is lascivious and criminal.
 
 The Line of Intuition
 
 (Fig. 36)
 
 A curved line or semi-circle, starting from the Lower Mount  of Moon and reaching the Mount of Mercury, is called the Line  of Intuition. Sometimes a line ends before reaching the Heart  Line—this is also called Intuition Line by Indian palmists. This  line indicates a strong aptitude for hypnotism, occultism and/or  spiritualism. It is a mark of an intellectual, seer, genius, orator  or writer. In all cases, the person is gifted with foresight.
 
 When the line begins from the Upper Mount of Mars, it adds  practicability and determination,  Minor Lines
 
 159
 
 THE LINE OF INTUITION  Starting and ending points  Fig, 36
 
 restraint. When the line is uneven and twisted, the person is  cunning. When several lines rise from ‘the Via Lasciva and  cut the Head Line. the person is lascivious and criminal.
 
 The Line of Intuition
 
 (Fig. 36)
 
 A curved line or semi-circle, starting from the Lower Mount  of Moon and reaching the Mount of Mercury, is called the Line  of Intuition. Sometimes a line ends before reaching the Heart  Line—this is also called Intuition Line by Indian palmists. This  line indicates a strong aptitude for hypnotism, occultism and/or  spiritualism. It is a mark of an intellectual, seer, genius, orator  or writer. In all cases, the person is gifted with foresight.
 
 When the line begins from the Upper Mount of Mars, it adds  practicability and determination,
 
 160 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  If this line terminates at the Mount of Negative Mars, the  person may acquire hypnotic powers and a forceful personality.
 
 This does not come true if the line is wavy, short, branched,  broken or otherwise defective.
 
 If a faultless line of Jntuition forms a triangle with the  Lines of Head and I’ate, the person becomes a seer, capable of  making an accurate prophesy.
 
 A wavy line shows an eccentric and restless nature; a chained  line evil apprehension and a broken line unreliable forecasting.
 
 If there are two or three such lines, the person engages himself  in search of truth. When the line is cut by an Influence Line  from the Mount of Venus, the person encounters opposition in  his pursuit of truth.
 
 The Line of Health or The Line of Liver
 
 (Fig. 37)
 
 The Line of Health or the Line of Liver should not be con-
 
 fused with the Line of Intuition or Via Lasciva This line is called  Mahamati in Kartikeyam system. It usually starts from the  centre of the lower portion of the palm and goes towards the  Mount of Mercury.
 
 When this line is clear, straight, faultless and not joined to  the Life Line, it indicates good health and memory. When it  reaches the Mount of Mercury, it shows business proficiency  and success. A deep line is more powerful than a thin line. It  also shows health consciousness. The person takes prompt  steps to guard against the onset of illness.
 
 Bad digestion results from a short and thick line—a wavy  line shows biliousness, but, in a bad hand, it also makes the  person dishonest. Starting from the Life Line and going to the  Mount of Mercury, with a narrow quadrangle it shows fits and  bad digestion; starting from the Mount of Venus it denotes  indigestion. When this line forks and forms a triangle, after  reaching the Head Line, love of power and fame is shown. But  as the person is over-anxious to achieve his aim, he overstrains  his mind.
 
 A break in the iine may result in stomach trouble but when  broken in fragments, & serious liver weakness can be caused.
 
 When the line terminates in a grille, the person is dishonest and
 
 160 Everybody’s Guide to Pulmistry  If this line terminates at the Mount of Negative Mars, the  person may acquire hypnotic powers and a forceful personality.
 
 This does not come true if the line is wavy, short, branched,  broken or otherwise defective.
 
 If a faultless line of Jntuition forms a triangle with the  Lines of Head and I”ate, the person becomes a seer, capable of  making an accurate prophesy.
 
 A wavy line shows an eccentric and restless nature; a chained  line evil apprehension and a broken line unreliable forecasting.
 
 If there are two or three such lines, the person engages himself  in search of truth. When the line is cut by an Influence Line  from the Mount of Venus, the person encounters opposition in  his pursuit of truth.
 
 The Line of Health or The Line of Liver
 
 (Fig. 37)
 
 The Line of Health or the Line of Liver should not be con-
 
 fused with the Line of Intuition or Via Lasciva This line is called  Mahamati in Kartikeyam system. It usvally starts [rom the  centre of the lower portion of the palm and goes towards the  Mount of Mercury.
 
 When this line is clear, straight, faultless and not joined to  the Life Line, it indicates good health and memory. When it  reaches the Mount of Mercury, it shows business proficiency  and success. A deep line is more powerful than a thin line. It  also shows health consciousness. The person takes prompt  steps to guard against the onset of illness.
 
 Bad digestion results from a short and thick line—a wavy  line shows biliousness, but, in a bad hand, it also makes the  person dishonest. Starting from the Life Line and going to the  Mount of Mercury, with a narrow quadrangle it shows fits and  bad digestion; starting from the Mount of Venus it denotes  indigestion. When this line forks and forms a triangle, after  reaching the Head Line, love of power and fame is shown. But  as the person is over-anxious to achieve his aim, he overstrains  his mind.
 
 A break in the iine may result in stomach trouble but when  broken in fragments, a serious liver weakness can be caused.
 
 When the line terminates in a grille, the person is dishonest and  Minor Lines 161
 
 THE LINE OF HEALTH  Line of health from the line of life  Line of health not touching the line of  life  Line of health from inside the mount of  Venus  Wavy line of health  Broken line  Broad and shallow line of health  A star on the line of health  Line of health formed from split lines  Fig.
 
 37
 
 Minor Lines 161
 
 THE LINE OF HEALTH  q
 
 |
 
 Line of health from the line of life  Line of health not touching the line of  life  Line of health from inside the mount of  Venus  Wavy line of health  Broken line  Broad and shallow line of health  A star on the line of health  Line of health formed from split lines  Fig. 37
 
 162 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  does not keep good health. A broad and shallow line shows  weak digestion.
 
 If this line forms a triangle with the Lines of Head and Fate,  an aptitude for Occult sciences and gift of intuition are in-
 
 dicated. A very clear and well-formed triangle will bestow a  gift of clairvoyance to the native, provided the hand is other-
 
 wise good.
 
 A cross at the end of this line or a circle on the Head Line  or a distinct star near the Health Line, inside the triangle
 
 (formed by the Lines of Life, Head and Fate) shows blindness.
 
 A star on this line indicates child-bearing trouble in case of a  woman, but if the star is at the point of cutting of the Head  Line by the Health Line, disorder of generative organs, or, in  case of a man, lack of spermatozoa in his semen is shown.
 
 When a star appears elsewhere on the line, it will show a  head injury or an operation of the stomach; in the centre it  shows typhoid fever.
 
 An island at the beginning shows serious illness or somnam-
 
 bulism. An islanded line indicates poor digestion and bad cold,  a twisted line biliousness and a thin line poor health. If a cross  is formed with the Head Line by the Health Line in both  hands, great interest in Occult sciences is shown. If a cross is  found on the Mount of Moon, the person is oversensitive and  overimaginative.
 
 From the point where the Health Line touches the Life  Line can be calculated the age when the subject should be  very cautious of his health and safety. When this line touches  the Life Line in both the hands at a point, danger to life is  foreseen. If this line is weak and small as compared to the  Life Line, danger or risk of serious illness is averted. If the  line is close to the rascette or goes to the Mount of Mercury in  a good shape, and is not joined to the Life Line, a person  enjoys long and happy life.
 
 “The absence of this line is considered good, but some texts  attribute its absence to imperfect digestion, this, however, is  found incorrect from my personal experience. Its absence makes  the person free from liver ailment and makes him quick in  manner and speed. He enjoys a steady physical and emotional  condition. Its presence, shows good memory and a clear mind,  if the hand and lines are otherwise good,
 
 ‘
 
 g 3
 
 162 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  does not keep good health. A broad and shallow line shows  weak digestion.
 
 If this line forms a triangle with the Lines of Head and Fate,  an aptitude for Occult sciences and gift of intuition are in-
 
 dicated. A very clear and well-formed triangle will bestow a  gift of clairvoyance to the native. provided the hand is other-
 
 wise good.
 
 A cross at the end of this line or a circle on the Head Line  or a distinct star near the Health Line, inside the triangle
 
 (formed by the Lines of Life, Head and Fate) shows blindness.
 
 A star on this line indicates child-bearing trouble in case of a  woman, but if the star is at the point of cutting of the Head  Line by the Health Line, disorder of generative organs, or, in  case of a man, lack of spermatozoa in his semen is shown.
 
 When a star appears elsewhere on the line, it will show a  head injury or an operation of the stomach; in the centre it  shows typhoid fever.
 
 An island at the beginning shows serious illness or somnam-
 
 bulism. An islanded line indicates poor digestion and bad cold,  a twisted line biliousness and a thin line poor health. If a cross  is formed with the Head Line by the Health Line in both  hands, great interest in Occult sciences is shown. 1f a cross is  found on the Mount of Moon, the person is oversensitive and  overimaginative.
 
 From the point where the Health Line touches the Life  Line can be calculated the age when the subject should be  very cautious of his hcalth and safety. When this line touches  the Life Line in both the hands at a point, danger to life is  foreseen. If this line is weak and small as compared to the  Life Line, danger or risk of serious illness is averted. If the  line is close to the rascette or goes to the Mount of Mercury in  a good shape, and is not joined to the Life Line, a person  enjoys long and happy life.
 
 “The absence of this line is considered good, but some texts  attribute its absence to imperfect digestion, this, however, is  found incorrect from my personal experience. Its absence makes  the person free from liver ailment and makes him quick in  manner and speed. He enjoys a steady physical and emotional  condition. 1ts presence, shows good memory and a clear mind,  if the hand and lines are otherwise good,
 
 .
 
 Minor Lines 163
 
 The Lines of Influence
 
 (Fig. 38)
 
 The lines imside the Life Line on the Mount of Venus are  called the Lines of Influence. When these lines are thick and  strong the influtnce on the subject is also powerful and note-
 
 worthy. When these are smail and faint, the influence is weak,  but such lines @an grow stronger or weaker in their course  behind the Life Line on the Mount of Venus. Small and faint  lines cause temporary worries or obstacles. Strong and clear  or thick lines remlt in loss or a setback in career.
 
 If an influence line ends in a star, cross, bar or cross-bar,  the death of a rdative is indicated.
 
 A line going close and parallel  to the Life Line shows  strong influence of someone, may be of the life-partner, if the  line follows the course of the Life Line. It generally starts  from the age of !0-30, which is the normal age for marriage.
 
 But when such 1 line is found at the start of the Life Line, it  shows mother’s nfluence.
 
 An island onthe influence line running parallel to the Life  Line shows sometrouble to the influencing person (a-a).
 
 Parallel linet to the Life Line are not inimical to the  subject. But verical lines which emerge from the Mounts of  Mars and Venu: or from the influence line on these mounts  and cross over t« the palm cutting the Life and/or Fate lines  are harmful. Tlse lines show interference causing worry and  impediment in he subject’s life and career by his relatives  and others.
 
 An influenc: line from the Mount of Mars cutting the  upward branchof the Life Line shows a setback in litigation,
 
 (b-b). When th Line of Influence goes away from the Life  Line as it proceds on its course, the person’s influence over  the subject wil also decrease by the passage of time (c-¢).
 
 A semi-circle o a dagger like line ( ) ) on the Life Line shows  gerious sicknesior sudden death (d).
 
 A line fror the first phalange of the thimb crossing the  Mount of Vens and cutting the Life Line shows death from  a metallic wapon. If such a line comes from the second  phalange, it inicates grief caused by betrayal in love.
 
 B  Minor Lines 163
 
 The Lines of Influence
 
 (Fig. 38)
 
 The lines ipside the Life Line on the Mount of Venus are  called the Lines of Influence. When these lines are thick and  strong the influtnce on the subject is also powerful and note-
 
 worthy. When these are smalil and faint, the influence is weak,  but such lines @n grow stronger or weaker in their course  behind the Life _ine on the Mount of Venus. Small and faint  lines cause temporary worries or obstacles. Strong and clear  or thick lines rewlt in loss or a setback in career.
 
 If an influence line ends in a star, cross, bar or cross-bar,  the death of a rdative is indicated.
 
 A line going close and parallel  to the Life Line shows  strong influence of someone, may be of the life-partner, if the  line follows the course of the Life Line. It generally starts  from the age of !0-30, which is the normal age for marriage.
 
 But when such 1 line is found at the start of the Life Line, it  shows mother’s nfluence.
 
 An island onthe influence line running parallel to the Life  Line shows sometrouble to the influencing person (a-a).
 
 Parallel line: to the Life Line are not inimical 4o the  subject. But verical lines which emerge from the Mounts of  Mars and Venu: or from the influence line on these mounts  and cross over t« the palm cutting the Life and/or Fate lines  are harmful. Tkse lines show interference causing worry and  impediment in he subject’s life and career by his relatives  and others.
 
 An influenc line from the Mount of Mars cutting the  upward branchof the Life Line shows a setback in litigation,
 
 (b-b). When th Line of Influence goes away from the Life  Line as it proceds on its course, the person’s influence over  the subject wil also decrease by the passage of time (c-¢).
 
 A semij-circle o a dagger like line ( ) ) on the Life Line shows  serious sicknes:or sudden death (d).
 
 A line fror the first phalange of the thumb crossing the  Mount of Vens and cutting the Life Line shows death from  a metallic wapon. If such a line comes from the second  phalange, it inicates grief caused by betrayal in love.
 
 i
 
 164 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  LINES OF INFLUENCE  An influence line ending in an .sland  An influence line from the moun of Mars  cutting the upward branch of th life line  An influence line going away fom the  life line showing decreasing inluence by  the passage of time  Dagger or bar cutting the life ine  An influence line cutting the upard  branch of the life line and ther crossing  The lines of head and heart anc the line  of marriage  A straight line from the mount o Venus  ending in a fork on the head lin  The fate line forking in the endon the  mount of Saturn  A line from a star cutting the lfe line  Fig. 38
 
 164 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  LINES OF INFLUENCE  An influence line ending in an sland  An influence line from the moun of Mars  cutting the upward branch of th life line  An influence line going away fom the  life line showing decreasing inluence by  the passage of time  Dagger or bar cutting the life ine  An influence line cutting the uward  branch of the life line and ther crossing  The lines of head and heart ancthe line  of marriage  A strafght line from the mount o Venus  ending in a fork on the head lin  The fate line forking in the endon the  mount of Saturn  A line from a star cutting the 1fe line  Fig. 38
 
 Minor Lines 165
 
 A line from the Mount of Venus or from the Life Line  going  to the Mount of Saturn is the Fate Line. If it forks at the  end on that mount, marital discord is indicated. If this line from  the Mount of Venus while going to the Mount of Saturn cuts  an upward branch/offshoot from the Life Line, a divorce can  be predicted.
 
 A straight and good line from the Mount of Venus going  towards the Mount of Sun shows fame and acquisition of  wealth; going towards the mount of Mercury it denotes success  in business or in scientific pursuits. But if on its way it cuts an  upward branch of the Life Line or other lines and ends on the  Mount of Mercury, a love affair is indicated.
 
 A line from the Mount of Venus going to the Mount of  Moon, cutting the Life Line, shows misfortune caused by  some female influence (e-¢). A line from the Mount of Venus  cutting a branch line from the Life Line and then crossing  the Head, Heart and Marriage lines is a sign of divorce. A  straight line from the Mount of Venus ending in a fork on the  Line of Head or Heart shows a scandal or divorce (f-f). If such  a line-merges in the Fate Line and does not fork, help from  relatives leads to a better financial position.
 
 A line emerging from a star on the Mount of Venus and  cutting the Life Line means that death of a close relative can  occur.
 
 An Influence line from an island on the Mount of Venus  going towards the Mount of Mercury, after cutting three main  lines, shows guilty intrigue. An Influence Line from the Mount  of Venus ending in an island inside the Lines of Life and Head  causes loss of money. Influence Lines coming from the Mount  of Venus or Moon shows likely opposition from females and  Influence Lines from any of the Mounts of Mars indicate likely  opposition from males.
 
 If a Line of Influence from the Mount of Venus going  towards the Mount of Sun joins the Fate Line in its way, the  person will get the company of a lucky and beautiful woman.
 
 The Bracelets (Rascette)
 
 (Fig. 39)
 
 Generally, there are three horizontal lines at the base of  the palm at the joint of the hand (d, e, f). These are called
 
 ———— e  Minor Lines 165
 
 A line from the Mount of Venus or from the Life Line  going to the Mount of Saturn is the Fate Line. If it forks at the  end on that mount, marital discord is indicated. If this line from  the Mount of Venus while going to the Mount of Saturn cuts  an upward branch/offshoot from the Life Line, a divorce can  be predicted.
 
 A straight and good line from the Mount of Venus going  towards the Mount of Sun shows fame and acquisition of  wealth; going towards the mount of Mercury it denotes success  in business or in scientific pursuits. But if on its way it cuts an  upward branch of the Life Line or other lines and ends on the  Mount of Mercury, a love affair is indicated.
 
 A line from the Mount of Venus going to the Mount of  Moon, cutting the Life Line, shows misfortune caused by  some female influence (e-¢). A line from the Mount of Venus  cutting a branch line from the Life Line and then crossing  the Head, Heart and Marriage lines is a sign of divorce. A  straight line from the Mount of Venus ending in a fork on the  Line of Head or Heart shows a scandal or divorce (f-f). If such  a line-merges in the Fate Line and does not fork, help from  relatives leads to a better financial position.
 
 A line emerging from a star on the Mount of Venus and  cutting the Life Line mecans that death of a close relative can  occur.
 
 An Influence line from an island on the Mount of Venus  going towards the Mount of Mercury, after cutting three main  lines, shows guilty intrigue. An Influence Line from the Mount  of Venus ending in an island inside the Lines of Life and Head  causes loss of money. Influence Lines coming from the Mount  of Venus or Moon shows likely opposition from females and  Influence Lines from any of the Mounts of Mars indicate likely  opposition from males.
 
 If a Line of Influence from the Mount of Venus going  towards the Mount of Sun joins the Fate Line in its way, the  person will get the company of a lucky and beautiful woman.
 
 The Bracelets (Rascette)
 
 (Fig. 39)
 
 Generally, there are three horizontal lines at the base of  the palm at the joint of the hand (d, e, f). These are called  L
 
 166 . Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  bracelets as generally women wear bangles or bracelets and  men wrist-watches here, If all the three wrist lines (bracelets)
 
 are clearly formed, an age of 90 years is estimated, giving
 
 30 years to each line, but this is to be confirmed by other lines,  e.g., the Life, Head and Heart lines on the palm of the subject
 
 (see Duration of Life, page 192). When bracelets are chained,  broad or shallow, the subject does not usually possess  a  strong body constitution. If all the three bow-shaped lines on  the wrist are clear and well-formed the person leads a happy  and prosperous ‘life.
 
 Actually, the first bracelet is found to be important in  experience. If this is made up by the combination of Yuvs
 
 (pearl-like formations), it shows good health, good achieve-
 
 ments and a comfortable life in the later part of life (b). A  clear deep line also gives the same result (d) —it strengthens  the Life Line and adds years to the subject’s age. If it curves  upwards towards the palm, the person is nervous and lacks in  sexual performiance (a). A woman with such indications has  difficulty in child-birth. If the bracelet is broken by an upward  bend, she may remain childless. This formation is generally  seen in the hands of a eunuch.
 
 Long lines arising from the first bracelet and going towards  the Mount of Moon on the palm show journey travels
 
 (g). When the first bracelet is not straight but has an angle  and the Heart Line is cut by some lines, the person may suffer  from a nervous breakdown. A cross in the centre of the first  bracelet makes life full of struggles but a star or a triangle  shows inheritance of property and wealth. A broken or very  thin first bracelet shows ill-health, a weak constitution (¢) or a  deceitful character.
 
 Some Marks of Accidents
 
 (Fig. 39)
 
 Accidents or proneness to accidents are indicated by the  following marks:
 
 (a) If the Lines of Head, Heart and Life are joined together  at the commencement of the Life and Head Lines,  the person is prone to accidents due to lack of good  judgment (g).
 
 e  il  f
 
 166 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  bracelets as generally women wear bangles or bracelets and  men wrist-watches here. If all the three wrist lines (bracelets)
 
 are clearly formed, an age of 90 years is estimated, giving
 
 30 years to cach line, but this is to be confirmed by other lines,  e.g., the Life, Head and Heart lines on the palm of the subject
 
 (sce Duration of Life, page 192). When bracelets are chained,  broad or shallow, the subject does not usually possess a  strong body constitution. If all the three bow-shaped lines on  the wrist are clear and well-formed the person leads a happy  and prosperous ‘life.
 
 Actually, the first bracelet is found to be important in  experience. If this is made up by the combination of Yuvs
 
 (peari-like formations), it shows good health, good achieve-
 
 ments and a comfortable life in the later part of life (b). A  clear deep line also gives the same resuit (d) —it strengthens  the Life Line and adds years to the subject’s age. If it curves  upwards towards the palm, the person is nervous and lacks in  sexual performiance (a). A woman with such indications has  difficulty in child-birth. If the bracelet is broken by an upward  bend, she may remain childless. This formation is generally  seen in the hands of a eunuch.
 
 Long lines arising from the first bracelet and going towards  the Mount of Moon on the palm show journey travels
 
 (g). When the first bracelet is not straight but has an angle  and the Heart Line is cut by some lines, the person may suffer  from a nervous breakdown. A cross in the centre of the first  bracelet makes life full of struggles but a star or a triangle  shows inheritance of property and wealth. A broken or very  thin first bracelet shows ill-health, a weak coustitution (¢) or a  deceitful character.
 
 Some Marks of Accidents
 
 (Fig. 39)
 
 Accidents or proneness to accidents are indicated by the  following marks:
 
 (a) If the Lines of Head, Heart and Life are joined together  at the commencement of the Life and Head Lines,  the person is prone to accidents due to lack of good  judgment (g).
 
 Minor Lines 167
 
 BRACELETS AND SIGNS QF ACCIDENTS  BRACELETS  d,e,f – Three horizontal lines on the baseof palm  are called bracelets or rascette  a – Curved upwards towards the palm or having an  angle  Pearl like formation of the first bracelet  Broken bracelets  A clear deep line  A travel line from the first bracelet  ACCIDENTS  g – A lines of head, heart and life joined  together at the start  A clear break in the head line under the  mount of Saturn  A cross on the head line or touching it  A circle on the mount of Moon on both hands-
 
 death by drowning  A line starting from an island on the mount  of Saturn and going towards the life-line  and cutting it  The line of Saturn’cutting the finger of  Saturn  Cross on the mount of Saturn  Fig. 39
 
 ol  R  Minor Lines 167
 
 BRACELETS AND SIGNS OF ACCIDENTS  BRACELETS  d,e,f – Three horizontal lines on the baseof palm  are called bracelets or rascette  a – Curved upwards towards the palm or having an  angle  Pearl like formation of the first bracelet  Broken bracelets  A clear deep line  A travel line from the first bracelet  ACCIDENTS
 
 ;
 
 £ — A lines of head, heart and life joined
 
 |
 
 together at the start
 
 ‘
 
 A clear break in the head line under the  Fi  mount of Saturn  A cross on the head line or touching it
 
 !
 
 A circle on the mount of Moon on both hands-
 
 death by drowning  z  A line starting from amr island on the mount  of Saturn and going towards the life-line
 
 }
 
 and cutting it
 
 |
 
 The line of Saturn’cutting the finger of  Saturn  Cross on the mount of Saturn  Fig. 39
 
 168 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry
 
 (b)
 
 (c)
 
 @
 
 (e)
 
 ()
 
 (&)
 
 (h)
 
 (1)
 
 (j)
 
 (k)
 
 1))
 
 A clear break in the Head Line under the Mount of  Saturn in both the hands (h).
 
 Head injury is shown by a cross, touching or occurring  on the Head Line or by a red spot on this line (i).
 
 A circle on the Mount of Moon in both the hands  shows possible death by drowning (k).
 
 If a line starting from an island on the Mount of Saturn  and going towards the Life Line and touches it, some  injury is indicated (g). If this sign is repeated in both  the hands, a major accident is feared.
 
 A line from the Plain of Mars crossing the Life Line  shows injury from a sharp weapon.
 
 A cross in the percussion of the Mount of Jupiter  shows risk or loss from fire.
 
 A cross at the end of the Fate Line means risk to life  from an accident.
 
 A thick line from the Mount of Saturn cutting the  lines of Head and Life and ending inside the Mount  of Venus indicates an accident caused by a running  vehicle.
 
 A small black spot on the percussion of the Mount  of Mercury.
 
 A cross on the Mount of Saturn,  A grille on the Mount of Mercury.
 
 (m) A cross on the Head Line under the Mount of Apollo
 
 (n)
 
 (0)
 
 (p)
 
 or Saturn.
 
 An Influence Line from the Life Line to the Mount of  Saturn.
 
 A dot in the Life Line connected by a thin and fine  line to a cross on the Mount of Saturn.
 
 A star on the Life Line or the line of Mars.
 
 Any of the above bad signs enclosed in a square  safeguards the subject.
 
 Marks of Legacy/Inheritance
 
 (Fig. 40)
 
 Legacy or inheritance is shown by the presence of the  following signs in many cases:
 
 (a) A star in the centre of the first bracelet of Rascette (f).
 
 ¥
 
 168 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry
 
 (b)
 
 (¢)
 
 @
 
 (e)
 
 ()
 
 (g)
 
 (h)
 
 A clear break 1n the Head Line under the Mount of  Saturn in both the hands (h).
 
 Head injury is shown by a cross, touching or occurring  on the Head Line or by a red spot on this line (1).
 
 A circle on the Mount of Moon in both the hands  shows possible death by drowning (k).
 
 If a line starting from an island on the Mount of Saturn  and going towards the Life Line and touches it, some  injury is indicated (g). If this sign is repeated in both  the hands, a major accident is feared.
 
 A line from the Plain of Mars crossing the Life Line  shows injury from a sharp weapon.
 
 A cross in the percussion of the Mount of Jupiter  shows risk or loss from fire.
 
 A cross at the end of the Fate Line means risk to life  from an accident.
 
 (i) A thick line from the Mount of Saturn cutting the
 
 (J)
 
 (k)
 
 )
 
 lines of Head and Life and ending inside the Mount  of Venus indicates an accident caused by a running  vehicle.
 
 A small black spot on the percussion of the Mount  of Mercury.
 
 A cross on the Mount of Saturn.
 
 A grille on the Mount of Mercury.
 
 (m) A cross on the Head Line under the Mount of Apollo
 
 (n)
 
 (0)
 
 (p)
 
 or Saturn.
 
 An Influence Line from the Life Line to the Mount of  Saturn.
 
 A dot in the Life Line connected by a thin and fine  line to a cross on the Mount of Saturn.
 
 A star on the Life Line or the line of Mars.
 
 Any of the above bad signs enclosed in a square  safeguards the subject.
 
 Marks of Legacy/Inheritance
 
 (Fig. 40)
 
 Legacy or inheritance is shown by the presence of the  following signs in many cases:
 
 (a) A star in the centre of the first bracelet of Rascette (f).
 
 —
 
 e  finger  d~d Line of Sun starts from the line of  heart  e-e _Line from mount of Moon going side by  side to the line of Sun  f- A star on the first bracelet  g- A triangle on the bracelet  SICNS OF INHERITAGE  Minor Lines 169
 
 a-a A line from a star on the mount of Venus  merging into the line ot Sun  b- Line of Saturn entering the Saturn  Minor Lines 169
 
 SIGNS OF INHERITAGE  a-a A line from a star on the mount of Venus  merging into the line ot Sun  b- Line of Saturn entering the Saturn  finger  d~d Line of Sun starts from the line of  heart  e-e .Line from mount of Moon going side by  side to the line of Sun  f- A star on the first bracelet  g- A triangle on the bracelet
 
 170 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry
 
 (b) A line of Influence starting from a star on the Mount  of Venus merging into the Line of Sun (a).
 
 (c) A Line of Influence from the Mount of Moon going  side by side to the Sun Line without actually touching  it (e-e).
 
 (d) A whorl on the inside pad of the first finger and a  Yuv in the first joint of the thumb.
 
 (e) The Sun Line starting from the Heart Line (d-d).
 
 (f) A sister line going side by side with the Head Line.
 
 (g) A clear triangle on the Rascette (g).
 
 If the Fate Line enters the second finger, the person may  get unearned money from a sweep or inheritance. However,  this sign is considered unfavourable by some eminent  palmists (b-b).
 
 170 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry
 
 (b) A line of Influence starting from a star on the Mount/
 
 of Venus merging into the Line of Sun (a).
 
 (c) A Line of Influence from the Mount of Moon going  side by side to the Sun Line without actually touching  it (e-e).
 
 (d) A whorl on the inside pad of the first finger and a  Yuv in the first joint of the thumb.
 
 (e) The Sun Line starting from the Heart Line (d-d).
 
 (f) A sister line going side by side with the Head Line.
 
 (g) A clear triangle on the Rascette (g).
 
 If the Fate Line enters the second finger, the person may  get unearned money from a sweep or inheritance, However,  this sign is considered unfavourable by some eminent  palmists (b-b).
 
 CHAPTER 21
 
 The Line of Marriage
 
 (Fig. 41)
 
 HE Line of Marriage is also called the line of union or  attachment or liaison. It is a horizontal line at the base  of the Mount of Mercury. It does not necessarily show  marriage; it may only indicate attachment to someone, male or  female. This line is also found on the hands of eunuchs,  celebates or spinsters. For confirmation of a marriage, other  signs on the hand are to be seen, particularly the Fate Line  and the Lines of Influence from the Mount of Moon. If this  line is long and good, the liaison or attachment is lasting.
 
 When the line curves towards the Heart Line, the person  may survive his/her partner; if this line turns upward, marriage  is not indicated or some hurdle in marrriage is foreseen. If the  line is forked at the end inside the hand on the Mount of  Mercury, the relationship between the couple becomes  strained or sexual relations between them are absent. If such a  fork is outside on the percussion, the bad effect is reduced.
 
 A break, a cross or a star on this line, or the Line of Influence  fromy  the Mount of Venus cutting it, indicates separation or  little above the second phalange of the thumb and  between the Mount of Venus and the second phalange, there  is/a line called Rati Rekha (in Ravana Samhita) and it denotes  appiness from marriage for both man and woman. If this  ine is broken, the wife will die or there will be a separation  or divorce. An island shows ill-health of a partner. If the line  is thick and badly shaped, the partner does not know the art  CHAPTER 2!
 
 The Line of Marriage
 
 (Fig. 41)
 
 I  HE Line of Marriage is also called the line of union or  attachment or liaison. It is a horizontal line at the base  f  of the Mount of Mercury. It does not necessarily show
 
 !
 
 marriage; it may only indicate attachment to someone, male or  female. This line is also found on the hands of eunuchs,  celebates or spinsters. For confirmation of a marriage, other  signs on the hand are to be seen, particularly the Fate Line  and the Lines of Influence from the Mount of Moon. If this  line is long and good, the liaison or attachment is lasting.
 
 §
 
 When the line curves towards the Heart Line, the person  may survive his/her partner; if this line turns upward, marriage  is not indicated or some hurdle in marrriage is foreseen. If the  line is forked at the end inside the hand on the Mount of  Mercury, the relationship between the couple becomes
 
 ‘
 
 strained or sexual relations between them are absent. If such a
 
 ‘
 
 fork is outside on the percussion, the bad effect is reduced.
 
 A break, a cross or a star on this line, or the Line of Influence  from the Mount of Venus cutting it, indicates separation or  divorce.
 
 A little above the second phalange of the thumb and  befween the Mount of Venus and the second phalange, there  is/a line called Rati Rekha (in Ravana Samhita) and it denotes  appiness from marriage for both man and woman. If this  ine is broken, the wife will die or there will be a separation
 
 /” or divorce. An island shows ill-health of a partner. If the line  is thick and badly shaped, the partner does not know the art  a- A line of marriage dropping towvard the  Heart line  b-
 
 A fork at the end of the line of marriage  A bar or cross on the line of marriage  A break and Island on the line of marriage  A forlt at the beginning of the line  A small line besides the main line running  parallel to it  g- Rati rekha broken on the second phalange  of the thumb  h- Rati rekha thick and badly shaped  i- An island on Rati rekha  j=J A line from the life line going to the  mount of Saturn  k-k A line from the mount of Venus joining  the fate line
 
 1-k A line from mount of Moon joining fate  line
 
 ‘
 
 m- A line from mount of Venus cutting the  Iine of marriage.
 
 Fig.
 
 41
 
 a- A line of marriage dropping towvard the  Heart line  A fork at the end of the line of marriage  A bar or cross on the line of marriage  A break and Island on the linc of marriage  A for!lt at the beginning of the line  A small line besides the main line running  parallel to it  Rati rekha broken on the second phalange  of the thumb  Rati rekha thick and badly shaped  i~ An island on Rati rekha  j-J A line from the life line going to the  mount of Saturn  k-k A line from the mount of Venus joining  the fate line
 
 1-k A line from mount of Moon joining fate  line
 
 ‘
 
 m- A line from mount of Venus cutting the  Iine of marriage.
 
 Fig. 41
 
 S  The Line of Marriage 173
 
 of love-making. but a fine line shows a contrary position.
 
 Subsidiary lines to this line show extra-marital relations. A  black dot on this line indicates death of a partner. A twisted  line shows two wives but no issue.
 
 Small lines crossing the Line of Marriage indicate financial  difficulties or health problems. A branch of the Marriage Line  meeting the Lines of Head and Heart can cause trouble to the  couple. or iliness at the time of delivery.
 
 The Marriage Line does not indicate the age at which the  marriage is likely to happen as stated by some authors in their  hooks on palmistry. According to them, the nearer this line  is to the Line of Heart. the earlier is the marriage in one’s life,  but this is not found true by me in many cases. Some other  signs and the Fate Line have to be examined.
 
 A small line beside the Line of Marriage running parallel to  it shows the continuance of an old love affair, even after  marriage. An island on this !ine shows extra-marital relation-
 
 ships or trouble/discord in married life. An islanded line  throughout shows excessive sex, impotency or disease.
 
 If the shorter line is on the top and the longer line below,  there can be delay in marriage or difficulty in getting on well  together or begetting children or availing of their services, or  any benefit from them. If both the lines are equal, both husband  and wife have the same age. If the upper line is longer, then  the wife may die first. If the lower line is longer, the wife may  survive her husband.
 
 When a line running beside the line of Marriage or beside  the Fate Line merges in the Fate Line it shows a female  influence which ultimately results in a marriage and good luck  to the subject. A fine line emerging from the Line of Life and  going towards the Mount of Saturn on a woman’s hand makes  her self-supporting.
 
 If the little finger goes beyond the second knot of the third
 
 (Sun) finger, the wife’s c?i:mplexion or behaviour is upgraded,  but if it is less than the  first joint of the third finger, the wife’s  colour, complexion or temperament are downgraded.
 
 When a line from the Mount of Sun goes towards the Mount  of Mercury, the wife belongs to a rich family. If there is a  parallel line to the Ling of Marriage, the marriage is happy and  ther¢ is mutual love between the couple. When the Line of  The Line of Marriage 173
 
 of love-making. but a fine line shows a contrary position.
 
 Subsidiary lines to this line show extra-marital relations. A  black dot on this line indicates death of  a partner. A twisted  line shows two wives but no issue.
 
 Small lines crossing the Line of Marriage indicate financial  difficulties or health problems. A branch of the Marriage Line  meeting the Lines of Head and Heart can cause trouble to the  couple. or iliness at the time of delivery.
 
 The Marriage Line does not indicate the age at which the  marriage is likely to happen as stated by some authors in their  hooks on palmistry, According to them, the pnearer this line  is to the Line of Heart. the earlier is the marriage in one’s life,  but this is not found true by me in many cases. Some other  signs and the Fate Line have to be examined.
 
 A small line beside the Line of Marriage running parallel to  it shows the continuance of an old love affair, even after  marriage. An island on this !ine shows extra-marital relation-
 
 ships or trouble/discord in married life. An islanded linc  throughout shows excessive sex, impotency or disease.
 
 If the shorter line is on the top and the longer line below.
 
 there can be delay in marriage or difficulty in getting on well  together or begetting children or availing of their services, or  any benefit from them. If both the lines are equal, both husband  and wife have the same age. If the upper line is longer, then  the wife may die first. If the lower line is longer, the wife may  survive her husband.
 
 When a line running beside the line of Marriage or beside  the Fate Linc merges in the Fate Line it shows a female  influence which ultimately results in a marriage and good luck  to the subject. A fine line emerging from the Line of Life and  going towards the Mount of Saturn on a woman’s hand makes  her self-supporting.
 
 If the little finger goes beyond the second knot of the third
 
 (Sun) finger, the wife’s cémplexion or behaviour is upgraded,  but if it is less than the first joint of the third finger, the wife’s  colour, complexion or temperament are downgraded.
 
 When a line from the Mount of Sun goes towards the Mount  of Mercury, the wife/ belongs to a rich family. If there is a  parallel line to the Line of Marriage, the marriage is happy and  there is mutual Iove;/ between the couple. When the Line of
 
 174 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  Marriage drops towards the Heart Line, love at first sight or  marriage prompted by emotion is shown. This sign also means  that the possessor of  the sign will survive his partner as  mentioned earlier.
 
 A line from the Mount of Moon joining the Fate Line indi-
 
 cates female influencj‘ on a man’s life. The further course of  the Fate Line will disclose its result. If the Fate Line becomes  better, he will be prosperous and if it develops any defect. the:
 
 person will be in trouble.
 
 When the Mount of Venus is shortened by the Life Line,  there is a star at the joining of the lines of Head and Health  and the first bracelet of Rascette rises up in the centre of  palm, sterility and sexual debility are confirmed.
 
 The Line of Marriage will show only sex, without any  attachment, when the fingers and the thumb are short. the  Head Line is straight and the mounts are undeveloped. If the  Line of Marriage is absent. the person may marry but will  have little affection for his spouse. A man’s left and a wonian’s  right hand is given importance for the examination of marriage  indications,  According to one ancient Hindu text, small horizonta] lines  on the Mount of Mercury stand for the planets of Venus and  Mercury. The upper line is the Mercury line and denotes the  male and the lower is the Venus line and denotes the female.
 
 If the upper line is longer than the lower and both the lines  are clear and well-formed, the man is likely to be married at  an early age and his wife will be homely, fucky and will bear  children. If only one line is present, delay and hindrance in  marriage may result. In that case, he should marry after 28
 
 years of age. Two lines indicate one marriage and three lines  two marriages (Fig. 41).
 
 Married Life  In these pages, there is valuable information about good  and bad signs of a marriage, and also marks of an ideal  husband and wife and their compatibility.
 
 The face, dress, make-up and initial behaviour of a person  can mislead people but not the hand. It speaks the truth. It does  not hide facts or pose for what is not really indicated.
 
 174 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  Marriage drops tow:ar%s the Heart Line, love at first sight or  marriage prompted by emotion is shown. This sign also means  that the possessor of  the sign will survive his partner as  mentioned earlier.
 
 A line from the Mount of Moon joining the Fate Linc indi-
 
 cates female influence on a man’s life. The further course of  the Fate Line will disclose its result. If the Fate Line becomes  better, he will be prosperous and if it develops any defect. the:
 
 person will be in trouble.
 
 When the Mount of Venus is shortened by the Life Line,  there is a star at the joining of the lines of Head and Health  and the first bracelet of Rascette rises up in the centre of  palm, sterility and sexual debility are confirmed.
 
 The Line of Marriage will show only sex. without any  attachment, when the fingers and the thumb are short. the  Hcad Line is straight and the mounts are undeveloped. If the  Line of Marriage is absent. the person may marry but will  have little affection for his spouse. A man’s left and 4 wonian’s  right hand is given importance for the examination of marriage  indications,  According to onc ancient Hindu text. small horizonta] lines  on the Mount of Mercury stand for the planets of Venus and  Mercury. The upper line is the Mercury line and denotes the  male and the lower is the Venus line and denotes the female.
 
 If the upper line is longer than the lower and both the lines  are clear and well-formed, the man is likely to be married at  an early age and his wife will be homely, lucky and will bear  children. If only one line is present, delay and hindrance in  marriage may result. In that case, he should marry after 28
 
 years of age. Two lines indicate one marriage and three lines  two marriages (Fig. 41).
 
 Married Life  In these pages, there is valuable information about good  and bad signs of a marriage, and also marks of an ideal  husband and wife and their compatibility.
 
 The face, dress, make-up and initial behaviour of a person  can mislead people but not the hand. It speaks the truth. It does  not hide facts or pose for what is not really indicated.
 
 A
 
 .
 
 The Line of Marriage 175
 
 Some signs are common to men and women but it is not  possible to select an ideal, exemplary match in all.’respects.
 
 Human nature being what it is, something is missing in every  human being and no, one is perfect. It is a relative and  comparativz choice.
 
 (a)
 
 (b)
 
 (c)
 
 (d)
 
 (e)
 
 (f)
 
 (a)
 
 (b)
 
 (c)
 
 (d)
 
 (e)
 
 (f)
 
 2
 
 (h)
 
 (i)
 
 )]
 
 (k)
 
 )
 
 Some Signs of Happy Marriage  The Life Line is round and free from defects.
 
 The Fate Line is thin and away from the Life Line.
 
 The Line of Marriage is thin, long and defectless.
 
 The Mount of Venus is normally developed.
 
 The thumb and the finger of Jupiter are long and  straight.
 
 There is wide space between the thumb and the finger  of Jupiter, and also between the base of the fingers  and the Heart Line.
 
 Some Bad Signs of Unhappy Marriage  The Head Line begins from the Lower Mount of Mars.
 
 The Line of Marriage is defective.
 
 A bianch of the Heart Line going towards and meeting  the Head Line.
 
 The Life Line is straight, not curved.
 
 A large gap between the Lines of Life and Head.
 
 An jsland on the Fate Line.
 
 The Mount of Venus is raised and there is a sign of a  mole on it,  The Lines of Life and Head are joined together up to  a good distance at the beginning.
 
 The Mounts of Mars and Jupiter are low and the  Mount of Venus contains a grille on it.
 
 The Lines of Sun and Health|are crossed by several  lines.
 
 The presence of many small lines on the percussion  under the Mount of Mercury.
 
 The absence of the Line of Marriage.
 
 (m) A branch emanating from the Line of Marriage on a  woman’s right hand would indicate a co-wife of her
 
 ‘
 
 The Line of Marriage 175
 
 Some signs are common to men and women but it is not  possible to select an ideal, exemplary match in all ‘respects.
 
 Human nature being what it is, something is missing in every  human being and no,one is perfect. It is a relative and  comparativ: choice.
 
 (a)
 
 (b)
 
 (c)
 
 (d)
 
 (e)
 
 (f)
 
 (a)
 
 (b)
 
 (c)
 
 (d)
 
 (e)
 
 (f)
 
 (2
 
 (h)
 
 (i)
 
 😉
 
 (k)
 
 1))
 
 Some Signs of Happy Marriage  The Life Line is round and free from defects.
 
 The Fate Line is thin and away from the Life Line.
 
 The Line of Marriage is thin, long and defectless.
 
 The Mount of Venus is normally developed.
 
 The thumb and the finger of Jupiter are long and  straight.
 
 There is wide space between the thumb and the finger  of Jupiter, and also between the base of the fingers  and the Heart Line.
 
 Some Bad Signs of Unhappy Marriage  The Head Line begins from the Lower Mount of Mars.
 
 The Line of Marriage is defective.
 
 A bianch of the Heart Line going towards and meeting  the Head Line.
 
 The Life Line is straight, not curved.
 
 A large gap between the Lines of Life and Head.
 
 An jsland an the Fate Line.
 
 The Mount of Venus is raised and there is a sign of a  mole on it  The Lines of Life and Head are joined together up to  a good distance at the beginning.
 
 The Mounts of Mars and Jupiter are low and the  Mount of Venus contains a grille on it.
 
 The Lines of Sun and Health are crossed by several  lines.
 
 The presence of many small lines on the percussion  under the Mount of Mercury.
 
 The absence of the Line of Maniiage.
 
 (m) A branch emanating from the Line of Marriage on a  woman’s right hand would indficate a co-wife of her
 
 176 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry
 
 (a)
 
 (b)
 
 (c)
 
 (d)
 
 (e)
 
 (1)
 
 (a)
 
 (b)
 
 husband. This should be confirmed from other signs  on the hand.
 
 Marks of a Good Husband  He possesses a long Heart Line which forks in the end,  one branch .going between the first and the second  finger and the other to the Mount of Jupiter.
 
 The thumb stands straight and there is ample space  between the thumb and the first finger. There is a  balanced development of the phalanges of the thumb.
 
 There are signs of Yuvs in both joints of the thumb.
 
 A good Head Line slightly bending towards the Mount  of Moon, making him sensible and well-behaved.
 
 The fingers are evenly set on the palm (at least two  middle fingers should be in a straight line) and the  little finger is straight and well-shaped.
 
 The Lines of Fate and Sun are present and are free  from defects, making him rich and successful.
 
 Other good marks, e.g., fish. triangle. Yuv or flag, are  present on the paim.
 
 Unfavourable Signs on a Maw’s Hand  A man having a low-set little finger, which is short.
 
 round or crooked. The Heart Line short and branchless  much raised and rayed Mounts of Moon and Venus and  the first phalange of the thumb thick and second thin  is likely to be too passionate and selfish.
 
 A man having a weak, short or supple thumb, depres-
 
 sed Mount of Mars and overdeveloped Mount of Moon  may fall into the drinking habit.
 
 |
 
 176 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry
 
 (a)
 
 (b)
 
 (c)
 
 (d)
 
 (e)
 
 (1)
 
 (a)
 
 (b)
 
 husband. This should be confirmed from other signs  on the hand.
 
 Marks of a Good Husband  He possesses a long Heart Line which forks in the end,  one branch .going betwcen the first and the second  finger and the other to the Mount of Jupiter.
 
 The thumb stands straight and there is ample space  between the thumb and the first finger. There is a  balanced development of the phalanges of the thumb.
 
 There are signs of Yuvs in both joints of the thumb.
 
 A good Head Line slightly bending towards the Mount  of Moon, making him sensible and well-behaved.
 
 The fingers are evenly set on the palm (at least two  middle fingers should be in a straight line) and the  little finger is straight and well-shaped.
 
 The Lines of Fate and Sun are present and are free  from defects, making him rich and successful.
 
 Other good marks. e.g.. fish. triangle. Yuv or flag. are  present on the paim.
 
 Unfavourable Signs on a Maw’s Hand  A man having a low-set little finger, which is short,  round or crooked. The Heart Line short and branchless  much raised and rayed Mounts of Moon and Venus and  the first phalange of the thumb thick and second thin  is likely to be too passionate and selfish.
 
 A man having a weak, short or supple thumb, depres-
 
 sed Mount of Mars and overdeveloped Mount of Moon  may fall into the drinking habit.
 
 Hand of a good hushand  Iig. 42
 
 Hand of a pood wife  Fig. 43
 
 The Line of Marriage 177
 
 The Line of Marriage  Hand of a good hushand  Hand ot a pood wife
 
 177
 
 Fig. 42
 
 Fig. 43
 
 =
 
 o
 
 178 Everybody’s Guide of Palmistry  Hand of a Good Husband  Fig. 42
 
 Hand of an ideal husband  a Fish  b A good Life Line
 
 ¢ A good line of Mars  d A good Head Line  e A good Heart Line forked  in the end  f Marriage lines —large above:
 
 small below  a A good Fate Line  h A good Sun Line  i The sign of yuv at the first  joint of thumb  i The sign of yuv at the second  j0int  N A cross on the Mount of  Jupiter  I A good Rati Rekha  m A good formation of brace-
 
 l2ts  Hand of a Good Wife  Fig. 43
 
 Hand of a good wife  a A sign of fish  b The Fate Line long and  faultless
 
 ¢ The Heart Line good and  forks in the end  d The Life Line round and  faultless  e Sign of yuv in the first joint  of the thumb  f Sign of yuv in the second  joint of the thumb  g A good Head Line  h A Line of Mars on  Mount of Venus  the  In both the cases, the thumb opens fully, the first and the  fourth fingers have pointed tips, two fingers are evenly set
 
 ;]
 
 bracelets and Rati Rekhas are well-formed.
 
 178 Everybody’s Guide of Palmistry  Hand of a Good Husband  Fig. 42
 
 Hand of an ideul husband  a Fish  b A good Life Line
 
 ¢ A good line of Mars  d A good Head Line  e A good Heart Line forked  in the end  f Marriage lines —large above;
 
 small below
 
 ¢ A good Fate Line  h A good Sun Line  i The sign of yuv at the first  joint of thumb  i The sign of yuv at the second
 
 1oint  k A cross on the Mount of  Jupiter
 
 | A good Rati Rekha  m A good formation of brace-
 
 121s  In both the cases, the thumb opens fully, the first and the  fourth fingers have pointed tips, two fingers are evenly set,  Hand of a Good Wife  Fig. 43
 
 Hand of a good wife  a A sign of fish  b The Fate Line long and  faultless
 
 ¢ The Heart Line good and  forks in the end  d The Life Line round and  faultless  e Sign of yuv in the first joint  of the thumb  f Sign of yuv in the second  joint of the thumb  g A good Head Line  h A Line of Mars on the  Mount of Venus  bracelets and Rati Rekhas are well-formed.
 
 (¢)
 
 (d)
 
 (e)
 
 (f)
 
 (8)
 
 (h)
 
 (i)
 
 (j)
 
 (k)
 
 The Line of Marriage 179
 
 If the finger of Jupiter is long, the mount of Jupiter is  raised and the mounts of Moon and Venus are weak  and low, the man has a commanding, stubborn nature  with scanty regard for reason and opinion of others.
 
 A man having a sloping Head line, hollow in the  centre of the palm, and the lines of Head and Heart  lying close together, becomes too much imaginative  and narrow-minded, making it difficult for him to get  along with others and achieve success in life.
 
 If the girdle of Venus is present, fingers are long and  pointed, the thumb is supple and the fingers are  unevenly set on the palm, the man is impulsive and  interfering.
 
 A line from the mount of Venus after crossing the lines  of Life and Head reaching the Heart line, where there  is an island, shows trouble in marriage.
 
 The lines of Sun and Health crossed by many lines.
 
 If the Fate line is thick and the mount of Venus is  much raised, the person does not care for his wife.
 
 When the Brain line is defective and the Life line is  straight, the man looks much older than his age.
 
 If the Heart line ends in between the fingers of Jupiter  and Saturn, the mount of Venus is raised and the finger  of Mercury is crooked, the man is extremely lustful  and is unable to exercise control.
 
 An island on the Fate line, an Influence line from the  mount of Mars cuts the Life line, the mount of Venus  is raised and the Head line starts from the positive  Mars show high sensuality and extra-marital relations.
 
 () A man having a girdle of Venus, which is crossed at  the start by small, thin vertical lines, is flirtatious and  fickleminded.
 
 (m) A cross on the mount of Saturn shows childlessness.
 
 She should have a long Heart Line, reaching the mount of  Signs of a Good Wife  Fig. 43
 
 Jupiter and preferably forked at the end. If her first finger is  long and there are lines on the mount of Jupiter, she has the  s  The Line of Marriage 179
 
 (c) If the finger of Jupiter is long, the mount of Jupiter is  raised and the mounts of Moon and Venus are weak  and low, the man has a commanding, stubborn nature  with scanty regard for reason and opinion of others.
 
 (d) A man having a sloping Head line, hollow in the  centre of the palm, and the lines of Head and Heart  lying close together, becomes too much imaginative  and narrow-minded, making it difficult for him to get  along with others and achieve success in life.
 
 (e) If the girdle of Venus is present, fingers are long and  pointed, the thumb is supple and the fingers are  unevenly set on the palm, the man is impulsive and  interfering.
 
 (f) A line from the mount of Venus after crossing the lines  of Life and Head reaching the Heart line, where there  is an island, shows trouble in marriage.
 
 (g) The lines of Sun and Health crossed by many lines.
 
 (h) If the Fate line is thick and the mount of Venus is  much raised, the person does not care for his wife.
 
 (i) When the Brain line is defective and the Life line is  straight, the man looks much older than his age.
 
 (j)
 
 1If the Heart line ends in between the fingers of Jupiter  and Saturn, the mount of Venus is raised and the finger  of Mercury is crooked, the man is extremely lustful  and is unable to exercise control.
 
 (k) Anisland on the Fate line, an Influence line from the  mount of Mars cuts the Life line, the mount of Venus  is raised and the Head line starts from the positive  Mars show high sensuality and extra-marital relations.
 
 (1) A man having a girdle of Venus, which is crossed at  the start by small, thin vertical lines, is flirtatious and  fickleminded.
 
 (m) A cross on the mount of Saturn shows childlessness.
 
 Signs of a Good Wife  Fig. 43
 
 She should have a long Heart Line, reaching the mount of
 
 .
 
 Jupiter and preferably forked at the end. If her first finger is  long and there are lines on the mount of Jupiter, she has the
 
 180 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  quality of leadership and a sense of self-respect and her husband  should understand her inborn traits.
 
 A good wife has generally the same signs and lines as a  good husband has. The main features* are:
 
 (a) The thumb is strong and opens fully and stands at a  right angle when the hand is stretched. It has Ywy  signs on its first and second joints.
 
 (b) There is ample space between the fingers and the  Heart Line.
 
 (c) The mounts of Moon and Venus are not much raised  and rayed.
 
 (d) The Heart Line is defectless and goes to the mount of  Jupiter.
 
 (e) The palm is even and elastic (not hollow) and the  fingers are square and knotty. All the mounts in the  hand are evenly developed.
 
 (f) The Head Line is neither very long nor very short and  is joined to the Life line at the start. This joint is thin  and small.
 
 (g) Fingers (at least two) are evenly set (i.e., are in a  straight line) on the palm.
 
 (h) Her rascettes are well-formed. She has the sign of fish  on the wrist and or sign of Swastika, flag or temple on  the palm.
 
 (1) The lines of Fate and Sun are clear and faultless.
 
 (j) A beautiful woman, who is supposed to be social,  possesses small but well-shaped hands and fingers. The  mounts of Venus and Jupiter are developed and her  hand is otherwise good.
 
 (k) The Head line is moderately long and there are few  lines beside the main important lines on the palm.
 
 Special Marks
 
 (a) She has long and thin fingers.
 
 (b) Her first and fourth fingers have pointed tips.
 
 (¢) Her second digit of the foot is not Jonger than the  first digit and the other digits of her feet are well-
 
 ® It is not possible to find all good signs on one’s hand,
 
 180 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  quality of leadership and a sense of self-respect and her husband  should understand her inborn traits.
 
 A good wife has generally the same signs and lines as a  good husband has. The main features* are:
 
 (a)
 
 (b)
 
 (c)
 
 (d)
 
 (e)
 
 (f)
 
 (g)
 
 (h)
 
 (i)
 
 (j)
 
 (k)
 
 The thumb is strong and opens fully and stands at a  right angle when the hand is stretched. It has Ywy  signs on its first and second joints.
 
 There is ample space between the fingers and the  Heart Line.
 
 The mounts of Moon and Venus are not much raised  and rayed.
 
 The Heart Line is defectless and goes to the mount of  Jupiter.
 
 The palm is even and elastic (not hollow) and the  fingers are square and knotty. All the mounts in the  hand are evenly developed.
 
 The Head Line is neither very long nor very short and  is joined to the Life line at the start. This joint is thin  and small.
 
 Fingers (at least two) are evenly set (i.e., are in a  straight line) on the palm.
 
 Her rascettes are well-formed. She has the sign of fish  on the wrist and or sign of Swastika, flag or temple on  the palm.
 
 The lines of Fate and Sun are clear and faultless.
 
 A beautiful woman, who is supposed to be social,  possesses small but well-shaped hands and fingers. The  mounts of Venus and Jupiter are developed and her  hand is otherwise good.
 
 The Head line is moderately long and there are few  lines beside the main important lines on the palm.
 
 Special Marks
 
 (a)
 
 (b)
 
 (c)
 
 She has long and thin fingers.
 
 Her first and fourth fingers have pointed tips.
 
 Her second digit of the foot is not longer than the  first digit and the other digits of her feet are well-
 
 ¢ 1t is not possible to find all good signs on one’s hand,
 
 (d)
 
 (e)
 
 (a)
 
 (b)
 
 (c)
 
 (d)
 
 (e)
 
 (f)
 
 (8)
 
 The Line of Marriage 181
 
 formed, not overlapping or short or slender, flat or  blunt or separated with much space.
 
 She does not have short and thick hair on the arms.
 
 If her Fate line starts from the mount of Moon, she  is obedient and submissive to her husband and when  this line does not reach the Head line, she comple-
 
 tely surrenders to her husband’s will. If the Fate Line  starts from the centre of the palm, independent of the  Life line, she is of an independent nature.
 
 Compatibility of Husband and Wife  The skin texture should not be very much different,  i.e., very soft and silken in woman and very coarse in  a man,  The thickness of the hand shows emotional strength.
 
 Thin hands lack warmth. Thick and hard hands show  animal passion and lust and the owner may be a  difficult person to live with. He is also cold and cal-
 
 culating, interested in sex without love.
 
 A straight and long thumb gives incentive for higher  and nobler motives to grow. A short thumb restricts  the love and feelings to a smaller range. A supple  thumb makes the person love intensely, but his love is  flexible, while a stiff thumb adds durability and stead-
 
 fastness to love.
 
 A person with a strong rough thumb cannot adjust  with a person of slender, supple and weak thumb.
 
 The Heart line going to the mount of Jfipiter shows  ideal love and if it ends on the mount of Saturn, it  shows sensuality.
 
 A straight Heart line belongs to the feminine type,  where an-emotional factor is involved and a personhas a  passive approach. A curved Heart line ending between  the mounts of Saturn and Jupiter pertains to the  masculine and direct physical type having active  sexual approach.
 
 When the Heart line leans towards the Head Line,  some maladjustment or disturbance can throw such a  person out of balance.
 
 (d)
 
 (e)
 
 (a)
 
 (b)
 
 (c)
 
 (d)
 
 (e)
 
 (f)
 
 (8)
 
 The Line of Marriage 181
 
 formed, not overlapping or short or slender, flat or  blunt or separated with much space.
 
 She does not have short and thick hair on the arms.
 
 If her Fate line starts from the mount of Moon, she  is obedient and submissive to her husband and when  this line does not reach the Head line, she comple-
 
 tely surrenders to her husband’s will. If the Fate Line  starts from the centre of the palm, independent of the  Life line, she is of an independent nature.
 
 Compatibility of Husband and Wife  The skin texture should not be very much different,  i.e., very soft and silken in woman and very coarse in  a man,  The thickness of the hand shows emotional strength.
 
 Thin hands lack warmth. Thick and hard hands show  animal passion and lust and the owner may be a  difficult person to live with. He is also cold and cal-
 
 culating, interested in sex without love.
 
 A straight and long thumb gives incentive for higher  and nobler motives to grow. A short thumb restricts  the love and feelings to a smaller range. A supple  thumb makes the person love intensely, but his love is  flexible, while a stiff thumb adds durability and stead-
 
 fastness to love.
 
 A person with a strong rough thumb cannot adjust  with a person of slender, supple and weak thumb.
 
 The Heart line going to the mount of Jfipiter shows  ideal love and if it ends on the mount of Saturn, it  shows sensuality.
 
 A straight Heart line belongs to the feminine type,  where an-emotional factor is involved and a personhas a  passive approach. A curved Heart line ending between  the mounts of Saturn and Jupiter pertains to the  masculine and direct physical type having active  sexual approach.
 
 When the Heart line leans towards the Head Line,  some maladjustment or disturbance can throw such a  person out of balance.
 
 182 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry
 
 (h)
 
 (i)
 
 When the Heart line bifurcates at the end on the  mounts of Saturn or Jupiter, the person plays passive  and active role in love-making.
 
 A broad and shallow Heart line makes a person thick-
 
 skinned.
 
 (j) A person with well-shaped and soft hands, plump and
 
 (k)
 
 M  round fingers and the Heart line ending on the mount  of Saturn will be sensual and passionate.
 
 When the Heart line does not lean towards the Head  line, the Marriage line does not curve towards the  Heart line and the lines of Fate, Life and Mars are  good, conjugal relationship is harmonious.
 
 When the Head iine is short and straight, the person  appreciates physical beauty but when it is long and  ends on the mount of Moon, the person is romantic.
 
 (m) If the lines of Head and Life are separate and there is
 
 (n)
 
 (o)
 
 (p)
 
 (q)
 
 (r)
 
 a gap between these two lines at the beginning and the  Mercury finger of the hand keeps apart from the rest  of the fingers, the person is quite independent.
 
 A long Fate Line without a break on a woman’s hand  shows consistency in love. If this line is broken at  places, her attitude towards marriage relationship is  defective.
 
 When the fingers are supple and siender, the thumb  bends back, the little finger remains apart from the  rest of the fingers, the mounts of Jupiter and Sun are  depressed, the mount of Venus raised and rayed, the  girdle of Venus present, the Head line dropping and  has a long fork at the end and the Heart line ends  without a fork, the woman has weak morals.
 
 A thick thumb and thick fingers, a straight Life Line,  the Heart Line near the fingers and a short Head line  cause the person to indulge in unnatural sexual acts  and immoral trafficking.
 
 If a thick Fate line ends at the line of Head or Heart,  the husband is dissatisfied with his wife’s tempera-
 
 ment.
 
 An island on the Fate line of  a woman often indicates  infidelity. If a fine line joins it from the mount of Luna,  she entertains love from a married man.
 
 182 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry
 
 (h)
 
 (i)
 
 When the Heart line bifurcates at the end on the  mounts of Saturn or Jupiter, the person plays passive  and active role in love-making.
 
 A broad and shallow Heart line makes a person thick-
 
 skinned.
 
 (j) A person with well-shaped and soft hands, plump and
 
 (k)
 
 1)
 
 round fingers and the Heart line ending on the mount  of Saturn will be sensual and passionate.
 
 When the Heart line does not lean towards the Head  line, the Marriage line does not curve towards the  Heart line and the lines of Fate, Life and Mars are  good, conjugal relationship is harmonious.
 
 When the Head iine is short and straight, the person  appreciates physical beauty but when it is long and  ends on the mount of Moon, the person is romantic.
 
 (m) If the lines of Head and Life are separate and there is
 
 (n)
 
 (0)
 
 (p)
 
 (q)
 
 (r)
 
 a gap between these two lines at the beginning and the  Mercury finger of the hand keeps apart from the rest  of the fingers, the person is quite independent.
 
 A long Fate Line without a break on a woman’s hand  shows consistency in love. If this line is broken at  places, her attitude towards marriage relationship is  defective.
 
 When the fingers are supple and siender, the thumb  bends back, the little finger remains apart from the  rest of the fingers, the mounts of Jupiter and Sun are  depressed, the mount of Venus raised and rayed, the  girdie of Venus present, the Head line dropping and  has a long fork at the end and the Heart line ends  without a fork, the woman has weak morals,  A thick thumb and thick fingers, a straight Life Line,  the Heart Line near the fingers and a short Head line  cause the person to indulge in unnatural sexual acts  and immoral trafficking.
 
 If a thick Fate line ends at the line of Head or Heart,  the husband is dissatisfied with his wife’s tempera-
 
 ment.
 
 An island on the Fate line of a woman often indicates  infidelity. If a fine line joins it from the mount of Luna,  she entertains love from a married man.
 
 —_— .
 
 —
 
 The Line of Marriage 183
 
 (s) A stubborn and haughty woman has large and firm  hands and square fingers. Her liftle finger remains  separate from other fingers of the hand and the nail  phalange of her thumb is heavy and stiff.
 
 (t) When a line, starting from the mount of Venus,  proceeds and merges in the Fate line after crossing  the Life line, the result is good for the couple.
 
 Professions of Husband*
 
 If the Heart line forks at the end high up between the  first and the second fingers, her husband is in a profession (e.g.,  government service, engineer, journalist, etc.)
 
 If the Heart line is straight, her husband may be doing his  own business; if the Heart line 1s going towards Jupiter  finger, her husband may be a business executive.
 
 When the Heart Line turns towards the Head line, her  husband may be a trader.
 
 The Heart line ending with a small fork, one fork leaning  towards the Head line, her husband is a salaried officer—the  larger the fork, the higher his income.
 
 Signs of Widowhood or Divorce or Separation  Readers ought not to get worried by finding one or two of  the following signs on their hands or on the hands of their  spouse. When a few signs combine in one hand and the hand  is generally bad, the forecast about the sign may be effective.
 
 In the present social set-up in India, there are divorces and  remarriages. The old restraint, fear and thinking are changing  due to Western influence and economic conditions, except  that the demand for dowry has increased and in some cases  brides are tortured and sometimes killed. This is a great sin  and its consequences cannot be escaped. Such persons will  have to reap the fruits of their misdeeds.
 
 (a) The hands are hard and crooked. Good signs, e.g.,  fish, yuv or lotus, are absent from the palm; the Fate  Line is defective or is broken at places. The palm is  hollow. There is space between the fingers. Hands have  hair on their back.
 
 *For details see Hand Analysis by Myran Lawrance (Vikas)
 
 ¥4
 
 R  i S  B, DS  The Line of Marriage 183
 
 (s) A stubborn and haughty woman has large and firm  hands and square fingers. Her liftle finger remains  separate from other fingers of the hand and the nail  phalange of her thumb is heavy and stiff.
 
 (t) When a line, starting from the mount of Venus,  proceeds and merges in the Fate line after crossing  the Life line, the result is good for the couple.
 
 Professions of Hushband*
 
 If the Heart line forks at the end high up between the  first and the second fingers, her husband is in a profession (e.g.,  government service, engineer, journalist, etc.)
 
 If the Heart line is straight, her husband may be doing his  own business; if the Heart line i1s going towards Jupiter  finger, her husband may be a business executive.
 
 When the Heart Line turns towards the Head line, her  husband may be a trader.
 
 The Heart line ending with a small fork, one fork leaning  towards the Head line, her husband is a salaried officer—the  larger the fork, the higher his income.
 
 Signs of Widowhood or Divorce or Separation  Readers ought not to get worried by finding one or two of  the following signs on their hands or on the hands of their  spouse. When a few signs combine in one hand and the hand  is generally bad, the forecast about the sign may be effective.
 
 In the present social set-up in India, there are divorces and  remarriages. The old restraint, fear and thinking are changing  due to Western influence and economic conditions, except  that the demand for dowry has increased and in some cases  brides are tortured and sometimes killed. This is a great sin  and its consequences cannot be escaped. Such persons will  have to reap the fruits of their misdeeds.
 
 (a) The hands are hard and crooked. Good signs, e.g.,  fish, yuv or lotus, are absent from the palm; the Fate  Line is defective or is broken at places. The palm is  hollow. There is space between the fingers. Hands have  hair on their back.
 
 *For details see Hand Analysis by Myran Lawrance (Vikas)
 
 =
 
 o™ s
 
 184 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry
 
 (b) The line of marriage is crossed by several small lines
 
 ‘
 
 and a cross also appears near the lines of Head or  i  Heart under the mount of Sun,
 
 :
 
 (¢) A line emerges from a star on the mount of Venus and  cuts the Life Line or goes further and also cuts other  main lines, or when such a line goes to the mount of  Saturn and ends in a fork.
 
 (d) The line of Marriage turns down and touches the  Heart line and there is a cross on the Heart Line.
 
 (e) The index finger is short, the Fate line ends on the  Head line and a branch of the Heart line reaches the  Head line.
 
 (f) The Fate line is broken in a woman’’s hand and a  cross appears on the mount of Sun, touching the  Heart Line.
 
 ‘
 
 (g) A deep line from the Heart line cuts the Fate Line.
 
 (h) A line of Influence starting from the mount of Venus,  crossing and cutting an upward branch on the Life  Line or ending under the mount of Mercury—some-
 
 times cutting the line of Marriage or when the In-
 
 fluence line ends in a fork on the line of Heart.
 
 (1) A break, a cross, a black spot, or a star on the line of  Marriage or an Influence line from the mount of  Venus cutting it.
 
 (j) A thick line starting from a star on the mount of Venus  and ending in a fork on the mount of Saturn shows an  unhappy marriage ending in the death of the spouse.
 
 (k) An island on the Fate Line on both the hands. The  Heart line or its thick branch touching the brain line,  an island on the line of Mars, a defect in the line of  Influence, a bar cutting the line of Influence.
 
 U
 
 (1) The fingers have more than three phalanges.
 
 (m) An upward branch of the Heart line (going towards  the thumb) cutting the Fate line.
 
 The Lines of Children
 
 (Fig. 44)
 
 If there are signs of sterility on the palm, no issue can be  predicted even if signs of children are present. Similarly, any
 
 184 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry
 
 (b) The line of marriage is crossed by several small lines  and a cross also appears near the lines of Head or  Heart under the mount of Sun,
 
 (c) A line emerges from a star on the mount of Venus and  cuts the Life Line or goes further and also cuts other  main lines, or when such a line goes to the mount of  Saturn and ends in a fork.
 
 (d) The line of Marriage turns down and touches the  Heart line and there is a cross on the Heart Line.
 
 (e) The index finger is short, the Fate line ends on the  Head line and a branch of the Heart line reaches the  Head line.
 
 (f) The Fate line is broken in a woman’s hand and a  cross appears on the mount of Sun, touching the  Heart Line.
 
 (g) A deep line from the Heart line cuts the Fate Line.
 
 (h) A line of Influence starting from the mount of Venus,  crossing and cutting an upward branch on the Life
 
 |
 
 Line or ending under the mount of Mercury —some-
 
 times cutting the line of Marriage or when the In-
 
 ‘
 
 fluence line ends in a fork on the line of Heart.
 
 |
 
 (i) A break, a cross, a black spot, or a star on the line of  f  Marriage or an Influence line from the mount of
 
 ’
 
 Venus cutting it.
 
 (J) A thick line starting from a star on the mount of Venus
 
 {
 
 and ending in a fork on the mount of Saturn shows an  unhappy marriage ending in the death of the spouse.
 
 (k) An island on the Fate Line on both the hands. The  Heart line or its thick branch touching the brain line,  an island on the line of Mars, a defect in the line of  Influence, a bar cutting the line of Influence.
 
 (1) The fingers have more than three phalanges.
 
 (m) An upward branch of the Heart line (going towards  the thumb) cutting the Fate line.
 
 The Lines of Children
 
 (Fig. 44)
 
 If there are signs of sterility on the palm, no issue can be  predicted even if signs of children are present. Similarly, any  L e  The Line of Marriage 185
 
 LINES OF CHILDREN  Vértical lines on the line of marriage  Lines on the mount of Venus behind the  life line  Yuv signs on the second phalange of the  thymb, showing male issues  Horizontal lines between the lines of Head  and Heart  Vertical lines on the second phalange of  the fourth finger  Vertical lines on the second phalange of  the Saturn finger  Vertical lines on the second phalange of  the thumb  Horizontal lines on the mount of Moon  The Heart line forks at the start  The Line of Marrigage 185
 
 LINES OF CHILDREN  Veértical lines on the line of marriage  Lines on the mount of Venus behind the  life line  Yuv signs on the second phalange of the  thymb, showing male issues  Horizontal lines between the lines of Head  and Heart  Vertical lines on the second phalange of  the fourth finger  Vertical lines on the second phalange of  the Saturn finger  Vertical lines on the second phalange of  the thumb  Horizontal lines on the mount of Moon  The Heart line forks at the start
 
 186 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  other defect or any birth control method, or an operation of  tubectomy or vasectomy of husband or wife should be consi-
 
 dered before making a prediction.
 
 The lines of marriage and children are seen on the hands  of eunuchs, celebates, spinsters and nuns, but these lines do  not indicate marriage or children, but stand for affection and  students/disciples, respectively. The hands of the couple must  be seen before making predictions about the children, as both  husband and wife are responsible for the birth of a child.
 
 Western palmists say that small vertical lines on the mount  of Mercury above the line of Marriage indicate children. Such  lines run from outside the line of Marriage into the hand. When  the lines are thin, slanting and weak, daughters are indicated,  but, when the lines are broad, clear and upright, sons are  predicted. Healthy children are shown by clear and strong  lines. A break or an island on these lines denotes illness or  death of a child. Death or iliness of the issues is not generally  ascertainable from these lines. The eldest child is shown in  the centre of the mount of Mercury. Some authors say it is  shown by the farthest line around percussion, but the former  indication is found correct.
 
 :
 
 In Indian palmistry, there are also other lines which are  said to indicate the number of children.
 
 The lines crossing the mount of Venus vertically at the  bottom of the thumb show issues a person is likely to have in a  natural way i.e., if birth control methods are not applied. Long  and clear lines show sons and thin lines show daughters. If the  lines are not crossed and defective, children are likely to be  healthy and their span of life normal.
 
 A Yuv on the second joint of the thumb shows a male issue  and this sign is found to be mostly true in my personal  experience. More than one Yuv sign means more than one  male issue. Small vertical lines on the side of the second  phalange of the thumb will show children of the husband*
 
 and on the left thumb such lines show children of the wife.*
 
 *Such lines are not seen in many cases and such a position generally arises
 
 ‘in western countries where remarriages and divorces are very common.
 
 Readers may recall the famous humorous tit-bit “Your children, my  children and our children”.
 
 ;
 
 186 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  other defect or any birth control method, or an operation of  tubectomy or vasectomy of husband or wife should be consi-
 
 dered before making a prediction.
 
 The lines of marriage and children are seen on the hands  of eunuchs, celebates, spinsters and nuns, but these lines do  not indicate marriage or children, but stand for affection and  students/disciples, respectively. The hands of the couple must  be seen before making predictions about the children, as both  husband and wife are responsible for the birth of a child.
 
 Western palmists say that small vertical [ines on the mount  of Mercury above the line of Marriage indicate children. Such  lines run from outside the line of Marriage into the hand. When  the lines are thin, slanting and weak, daughters are indicated,  but, when the lines are broad, clear and upright, sons are  predicted. Healthy children are shown by clear and strong  lines. A break or an island on these lines denotes illness or  death of a child. Death or illness of the issues is not generally  ascertainable from these lines. The eldest child is shown in  the centre of the mount of Mercury. Some authors say it is  shown by the farthest line around percussion, but the former  indication is found correct.
 
 g  In Indian palmistry, there are also other lines which are  said to indicate the number of children.
 
 The lines crossing the mount of Venus vertically at the  bottom of the thumb show issues a person is likely to have in a  natural way i.e., if birth control methods are not applied. Long  and clear lines show sons and thin lines show daughters. If the  lines are not crossed and defective, children are likely to be  healthy and their span of life normal.
 
 A Yuv on the second joint of the thumb shows a male issue  and this sign is found to be mostly true in my personal  experience. More than one Yuv sign means more than one  male issue. Small vertical lines on the side of the second  phalange of the thumb will show children of the husband*
 
 and on the left thumb such lines show children of the wife.*
 
 *Such lines are not seen in many cases and such a position generally arises  in western countries where remarriages and divorces are very common.
 
 Readers may recall the famous humorous tit-bit ‘“Your children, my  children and our children”.
 
 The Line of Marriage 187
 
 Small upward lines between the lines of Head and Heart show  helpful children. The lines on the side of the palm towards  the mount of Moon show children at the time of death.
 
 The lines between the lines of Head and Heart also tell  about children.
 
 Children are also ascertained from the clear vertical lines  on the second phalange of the Mercury finger, and also from
 
 &
 
 the second phalange of the Saturn finger.
 
 – o X )
 
 The Line of Marriage 187
 
 Small upward lines between the lines of Head and Heart show  helpful children. The lines on the side of the palm towards  the mount of Moon show children at the time of death.
 
 The lines between the lines of Head and Heart also tell  about children.
 
 Children are also ascertained from the clear vertical lines  on the second phalange of the Mercury finger, and also from  the second phalange of the Saturn finger.
 
 CHAPTER 22
 
 Time From Hand
 
 (Fig. 45)
 
 T should be borne in mind that the exact date or probable  date or month of an event is not possible to be predicted  simply from the hand, unless the palmist takes the help of  some other system. Though the hand has been classified into  certain types, every hand is unique in shape, consistency,  texture and colour. As no thumb-impression is alike in  billions of hands, no two hands are alike, and so it becomes  difficult to fix the position for a definite age on the hand.
 
 Eminent palmists like Cheiro and Benham have given different  systems of calculating time from the lines of hand, but all are  of the opinion that the place where the Fate Line cuts the  Head line shows the age of about 35 and where it cuts the  Heart line the probable age is 56, on a normal, square hand.
 
 Some adjustment is required if the hand is very long, spatulate  of psychic. If there is no Fate Line, an imaginary Fate Line has  to be drawn.
 
 Some palmists have taken the maximum average age at 70,  some 90 and others 100. I consider the maximum average age  of 90 to be nearer the mark in the present time, when medical  science and aid have progressed and several diseases, like  smallpox and tuberculosis, are eliminated. The age on the  lines given in Fig. 45 has been calculated on this basis. The  age on the lines of Head and Life are to be read from the  commencement from the side of thumb downwards. The age  from the Heart line should be read from its commencement  from the left side of the palm on the mount of Mercury  towards the mount of Jupiter. The age on the lines of Fate,  CHAPTER 22
 
 Time From Hand
 
 (Fig. 45)
 
 T should be borne in mind that the exact date or probabic  date or month of an event is not possible to be predicted  simply from the hand, unless the palmist takes the help of  some other system. Though the hand has been classified into  certain types, every hand is unique in shape, consistency,  texture and colour. As no thumb-impression is alike in  billions of hands, no two hands are alike, and so it becomes  difficult to fix the position for a definite age on the hand.
 
 Eminent palmists like Cheiro and Benham have given different  systems of calculating time from the lines of hand, but all are  of the opinion that the place where the Fate Line cuts the  Head line shows the age of about 35 and where it cuts the  Heart line the probable age is 56, on a normal, square hand.
 
 Some adjustment is required if the hand is very long, spatulate  of psychic. If there is no Fate Line, an imaginary Fate Line has  to be drawn.
 
 Some palmists have taken the maximum average age at 70,  some 90 and others 100. I consider the maximum average age  of 90 to be nearer the mark in the present time, when medical  science and aid have progressed and several diseases, like  smallpox and tuberculosis, are eliminated. The age on the  lines given in Fig. 45 has been calculated on this basis. The  age on the lines of Head and Life are to be read from the  commencement from the side of thumb downwards. The age  from the Heart line should be read from its commencement  from the left side of the palm on the mount of Mercury  towards the mount of Jupiter. The age on the lines of Fate,  Time from Hand 189
 
 Sun and Health to be counted from the bottom of the palm
 
 (rascette) towards the fingers. I find that the age of marriage  is not always correctly ascertainable from the distance between  the line of Marriage and the line of Heart, i.e., if the  marriage line is nearer to the Heart line. If the distance is  more and the marriage line is nearer to the finger of Mercury,  the marriage will be late according to the distance from the  Heart line. The age can be better ascertained from an ¢xamina-
 
 tion of the Fate line and Influence line(s) joining it from the  mount of Moon or from the plain of Mars. In this connection,  readers are requested to read about the line of Marriage  described elsewhere in this book.
 
 It may be noted that insignificant events are not marked on  the hand and it is not possible to read age on minor lines.
 
 William G Benham in his book, Laws of Scientific Hand-
 
 Reading, has given a method to find out the present age of the  subject by pressing hard the Life line from upward to down-
 
 ward, when for a second a white spot appears and this is the  present age of the subject whose hand is under examination,  provided the temperature of the room is neither very hot nor  very cold and the subject is healthy.
 
 If a point is fixed in the middle of the mount of Venus and  two lines are drawn therefrom, one line touching the end of  the mount of Mercury on the side of the Mercury finger and  the other line touching the end of the mount of Moon on the  side of the percussion near the wrist, the first line will show  the age of 35 and second line the age of 65 where it crosses  the Life line. A line exactly in the middle of the two will  show 50 years. The age from other points on the line can be  ascertained from these three fixed points. Unless the palm  is very large or very small, the above points are generally  found correct.
 
 Age on the Fate line is shown at 20, where the third line  from the central point on the mount of Venus goes to the end  of the mount of Moon. Where it crosses the Head line, the  age of 35 is to be taken with minor adjustments due to the  position (i.e., slanting, straight, etc.) of the Head line. Where  the Fate line crosses the Heart Line, the age of 56 is  indicated.
 
 The age on the Head line is calculated from top (mount of  D LR  Time from Hand 189
 
 Sun and Health to be counted from the bottom of the palm
 
 (rascette) towards the fingers. [ find that the age of marriage
 
 15 not always correctly ascertainable from the distance between  the line of Marriage and the line of Heart, ie., if the  marriage line is nearer to the Heart line. If the distance is  more and the marriage line is nearer to the finger of Mercury,  the marriage will be late according to the distance from the  Heart line. The age can be better ascertained from an examina-
 
 tion of the Fate linc and Influence line(s) joining it from the  mount of Moon or from the plain of Mars. In this connection,  readers are requested to read about the line of Marriage  described elsewhere in this book.
 
 It may be noted that insignificant events are not marked on  the hand and it is not possible to read age on minor lines,  William G Benham in his book, Laws of Scientific Hand-
 
 Reading, has given a method to find out the present age of the  subject by pressing hard the Life line from upward to down-
 
 ward, when for a second a white spot appears and this is the  present age of the subject whose hand is under examination,  provided the temperature of the room is neither very hot nor  very cold and the subject is healthy.
 
 If a point is fixed in the middle of the mount of Venus and
 
 (wo lines are drawn therefrom, one line touching the end of  the mount of Mercury on the side of the Mercury finger and  the other line touching the end of the mount of Moon on the  side of the percussion near the wrist, the first line will show  the age of 35 and second line the age of 65 where it crosses  the Life line. A line exactly in the middle of the two will  show 50 years. The age from other points on the line can be  ascertained from these three fixed points. Unless the palm  is very large or very small, the above points are generally  found correct.
 
 Age on the Fate line is shown at 20, where the third line  from the central point on the mount of Venus goes to the end  of the mount of Moon. Where it crosses the Head line, the  age of 35 is to be taken with minor adjustments due to the  position (i.e., slanting, straight, etc.) of the Head line. Where  the Fate line crosses the Heart Line, the age of 56 is  indicated.
 
 The age on the Head line is calculated from top (mount of
 
 ¥3
 
 T I:M E
 
 (Years on fingers and age on lines)
 
 In the case of a man,.start from the
 
 –
 
 nail phalange of the fourth finger of  i  the right hand to count years. In the
 
 ”
 
 case of a woman, start from the left  and nail phalange of the fourth finger.
 
 Fig. 45
 
 190 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  TIME
 
 (Years on fingers and age on lines)
 
 In the case of a man,.start from the  nail phalange of the fourth finger of  the right hand to count years. In the  case of a woman, start from the left  and nail phalange of the fourth finger.
 
 Fig. 45
 
 Time from Hand 191
 
 Jupiter or lower Mars) to the percussion of the prlm on the  mount of upper Mars or Luna. The age on the Heart line is  to be estimated beginning from the mount of Mercury to the  mount of Jupiter.
 
 Measurements on the Fate line are modified by the length  of the hand but measurements on the Life Line are affected  by the breadth of the palm.
 
 One centimetre length on the Head line denotes about
 
 10 years, and one centimetre length on the Heart Line denotes
 
 12 years approximately—the length is to be measured by a  thread and then adjusted to scale. Suitable reduction in years  has to be made for any defect in any line.
 
 It is found that space in the lines of Life, Heaa, Heart or  Fate shows more years of life when any of these lines is  nearing its end than a its beginning.
 
 Corroboration of Dates of Events by  other Methods  Referring to the year of an event, the accuracy of time on  the line at a particular point can be checked.
 
 It is stated by Cheiro that every ninth year of one’s life  has some important event. If a person is born on 7th of any  month, his important years will be 7, 16, 25, 34, 43, 52, 61,  etc. It is better to convert the full date of birth into destiny  number to achieve more approximate years. Suppose a  person is born on 27/9-8-1913/5 his destiny number is 4
 
 (9+8-+5=22==4), (and all the figures of his birth, i.e., date,  month and year) each digit represents a planet as under:
 
 Sun 1, Moon 2, Jupiter 3, Uranus 4, Mercury 5, Venus 6,  Neptune 7, Saturn 8, Mars 9.
 
 So, for a person having destiny number 4, any year, the  total figures of which comes to 4, 2, 8 will be memorable and  important for him.
 
 There is yet another method, mentioned in Hast Sanjeevni.
 
 There are three phalanges in each finger and thumb (including  the mount of Venus–the base phalange of the thumb) and  each phalange denotes one year. Each phalange of the fingers  is beginning from the nail phalange oF the little finger of the  right hand in case of man and ending on the third phalange  of thumb, the mount of Venus, at 15.
 
 Time from Hand 191
 
 Jupiter or lower Mars) to the percussion of the prlm on the  mount of upper Mars or Luna. The age on the Heart line is  to be estimated beginning from the mount of Mercury to the  mount of Jupiter.
 
 Measurements on the Fate line are modified by the length  of the hand but measurements on the Life Line are affected  by the breadth of the palm.
 
 One centimetre length on the Head line denotes about
 
 10 years, and one centimetre length on the Heart Line denotes
 
 12 years approximately—the length is to be measured by a  thread and then adjusted to scale. Suitable reduction in years  has to be made for any defect in any line.
 
 It is found that space in the lines of Life, Heaa, Heart or  Fate shows more years of life when any of these lines is  nearing its end than a its beginning.
 
 Corroboration of Dates of Events by  other Methods  Referring to the year of an svent, the accuracy of time on  the line at a particular point can be checked.
 
 It is stated by Cheiro that every ninth year of one’s life  has some important event. If  a person is born on 7th of any  month, his important years will be 7, 16, 25, 34, 43, 52, 61,  etc. It is better to convert the full date of birth into destiny  number to achieve more approximate years. Suppose a  person is born on 27/9-8-1913/5 his destiny number is 4
 
 (94-8+5=22==4), (and all the figures of his birth, i.c., date,  month and year) each digit represents a planet as under:
 
 Sun 1, Moon 2, Jupiter 3, Uranus 4, Mercury 5, Venus 6,  Neptune 7, Saturn 8, Mars 9.
 
 So, for a person having destiny number 4, any year, the  total figures of which comes to 4, 2, 8 will be memorable and  important for him.
 
 There is yet another method, mentioned in Hast Sanjeevni,  There are three phalanges in each finger and thumb (including  the mount of Venus–the base phalange of the thumb) and  each phalange denotes one year. Each phalange of the fingers  is beginning from the nail phalange oF the little finger of the  right hand in case of man and ending on the third phalange  of thumb, the mount of Venus, at 15.
 
 192 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  Then take up the left hand and repeat counting, ending on  the third phalange of the thumb (the mount of Venus). This will  cover a period of 30 years. This is repeated for a further 30
 
 years and so on. In case of a woman, you have to start counting  from the nail phalange of the fourth finger of her left hand  and go to her right hand (Fig. 45). For the position of the year  you want to know, the phalange pertaining to that year has to  be examined carefully for any good signs (such as ascending  or vertical lines). If such good signs are present, the year will  be lucky but if the phalange is marked with a cross, cross-
 
 lines, a star, a dot or an unfavourable sign, the year will  cause worry, trouble and prove unlucky. Generally 29, 30, 34,
 
 35, 37, 39, 40, 44, 45, 49 and 50 years of one’s life are found  eventful.
 
 With the help of the above method, the year of an event  indicated on the lines can be confirmed to achieve accuracy.
 
 Duration of Life  The Life line does not give the age of a person as is  commonly believed. It shows strength and weakness of  physical organs, except the heart. This line is also called the  line of Vitality. Its top portion denotes organs from head to  trunk, middle portion lungs, stomach and small intestines,  lower portion kidneys and large intestines. The condition and  strength of the heart is judged from the Heart fine, which is  correctly called Ayu Rekha (line of Life) in Indian palmistry.
 
 It is not easy to calculate the age, from the lines of hand.
 
 Telling of age is forbidden in Hindu Astrology. Many times  astrologers make a mistake by telling the age or time of death.
 
 This has a psychological effect on the mind of the person and  one unnecessarily gets panicky and the period one has to live  becomes miserable by the fear of death. A rough estimate can  be foretold if the subject is old and has attained the age of 70
 
 o0 that he devotes himself to spiritual side.
 
 There are three main factors to be considered in determin-
 
 ing the length of life or longevity of a person. First is heredity  where the person is helpless, as he is unable to choose his  parentag: or line of ancestors. The next factor to be conside-
 
 ‘red is ecological and environmental—including individual
 
 192 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  Then take up the left hand and repeat counting, ending on  the third phalange of the thumb (the mount of Venus). This will  cover a period of 30 years. This is repeated for a further 30
 
 years and so on. In case of a woman, you have to start counting  from the nail phalange of the fourth finger of her left hand  and go to her right hand (Fig. 45). For the position of the year  you want to know, the phalange pertaining to that year has to  be examined carefully for any good signs (such as ascending  or vertical lines). If such good signs are present, the year will  be lucky but if the phalange is marked with a cross, cross-
 
 lines, a star, a dot or an unfavourable sign, the year will  cause worry, trouble and prove unlucky. Generally 29, 30, 34,
 
 35, 37, 39, 40, 44, 45, 49 and 50 years of one’s life are found  eventful.
 
 With the help of the above method,  the year of an event  indicated on the lines can be confirmed to achieve accuracy.
 
 Duration of Life  The Life line does mot give the age of a person as is  commonly believed. It shows strength and weakness of  physical organs, except the heart. This line is also called the  line of Vitality. Its top portion denotes organs from head to  trunk, middle portion lungs, stomach and small intestines,  lower portion kidneys and large intestines. The condition and  strength of the heart is judged from the Heart line, which is  correctly called Ayu Rekha (line of Life) in Indian palmistry.
 
 It is not easy to calculate the age from the lines of hand.
 
 Telling of age is forbidden in Hindu Astrology. Many times  astrologers make a mistake by telling the age or time of death.
 
 This has a psychological effect on the mind of the person and  one unnecessarily gets panicky and the period one has to live  becomes miserable by the fear of death. A rough estimate can  be foretold if the subject is old and has attained the age of 70
 
 0 that he devotes himself to spiritual side.
 
 There are three main factors to be considered in determin-
 
 ing the length of life or longevity of a person. First is heredity  where the person is helpless, as he iz unable to choose his  parentag: or line of ancestors. The next factor to be conside-
 
 ‘red is ecological and environmental—including individual  Time from Hand 193
 
 habits, way of living, activities, association, mental state and  his present action as regards the maintenance and preservation  of health. The third factor is the influence of the planets at the  time of birth and the position of the planets at a particular  period (Gochar).
 
 All these factors are to be considered simultaneously. From  the hand we can ascertain the hereditary and planetary  influences on any individual concerned. His present efforts
 
 (Karmas) are not ascertainable and, therefore, a palmist/
 
 astrologer cannot make any precise judgment as regards the  second important factor.
 
 One grain (barley) denotes seven years period and one  centimetre of the Life or Head line denotes 10 years —one  centimetre of the Heart line denotes 12 years. All the lines  are measured and divided by 3 to calculate the age roughly.
 
 The length of the line is to be measured by a thread and then  adjusted to scale. When a line is defective, the years of age are  reduced suitably. If the Head line is joined to the Life Line,  the measurement is made from the point where it separates  from the Life line.
 
 The length of each line will show at what age the line  terminates. Calculate age from the lines of Life, Head, Heart,  Health, Mars and Fate, separately. Add the number of years  given by each line and divide the result by 4. This will give the  approximate age of a person. Even when the lines of Health  and Mars are not present, the result is to be divided by 4.
 
 Years are to be reduced suitably if any defect is found in any  of the lines.
 
 There is yet another method. In this estimation, the value  of each line is given to make the total life-span of 100 years.
 
 While placing the value of each line, a suitable deduction is to  be made from the value for any defect found on any line. If a  line is absent, its value is not included in the estimate.
 
 Estimated Years  Line of Heart
 
 =
 
 20
 
 Line of Head
 
 =
 
 15
 
 Line of Life
 
 =
 
 20
 
 Line of Health
 
 =
 
 10
 
 Clo
 
 65
 
 Time from Hand 193
 
 habits, way of living, activities, association, mental state and  his present action as regards the maintenance and preservation  of health. The third factor is the influence of the planets at the  time of birth and the position of the planets at a particular  period (Gochar).
 
 All these factors are to be considered simultaneously. From  the hand we can ascertain the hereditary and planetary  influences on any individual concerned. His present efforts
 
 (Karmas) are not ascertainable and, therefore, a palmist/
 
 astrologer cannot make any precise judgment as regards the  second important factor.
 
 One grain (barley) denotes seven years period and one  centimetre of the Life or Head line denotes 10 years —one  centimetre of the Heart line denotes 12 years. All the lines  are measured and divided by 3 to calculate the age roughly.
 
 The length of the line is to be measured by a thread and then  adjusted to scale. When a line is defective, the years of age are  reduced suitably. 1f the Head line is joined to the Life Line,  the measurement is made from the point where it separates  from the Life line.
 
 The length of each line will show at what age the line  terminates. Calculate age from the lines of Life, Head, Heart,  Health, Mars and Fate, separately. Add the number of years  given by each line and divide the result by 4. This will give the  approximate age of a person. Even when the lines of Health  and Mars are not present, the result is to be divided by 4.
 
 Years are to be reduced suitably if any defect is found in any  of the lines.
 
 There is yet another method. In this estimation, the value  of each line is given to make the total life-span of 100 years.
 
 While placing the value of each line, a suitable deduction is to  be made from the value for any defect found on any line. If a  line is absent, its value is not included in the estimate.
 
 Estimated Years  Line of Heart
 
 =
 
 20
 
 Line of Head
 
 =
 
 15
 
 Line of Life
 
 =
 
 20
 
 Line of Health
 
 =
 
 10
 
 e
 
 ———
 
 Clo
 
 65
 
 194 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  Blo
 
 65
 
 Line of Saturn (Fate) =
 
 10
 
 Line of Sun
 
 =
 
 7
 
 Line of Mars
 
 =
 
 5
 
 Bracelets
 
 =
 
 5
 
 Girdle of Venus
 
 =
 
 3
 
 Lines of Travel  sz
 
 2
 
 Others
 
 =
 
 3
 
 100
 
 After middle age, the span of life can be estimated by  counting the creases on each of the joints of fingers and the  thumb of the right hand and then multiplying the total number  by 3.
 
 Age is also ascertained from the line in the inner side of  the first joint of the thumb. It is calculated from right to left.
 
 If the line is complete from one end to the other, the subject  enjoys the full age of 90 years (Fig. 12).
 
 The lines on the outer skin of the first joint of the thumb  also give some clue to the age and different stages of lif¢. The  first line denotes childhood up to 15 years of age, the second  is youth up to 30 years, the third is married life up to 50 years  and the last line (fourth) denotes old age up to 90 years. The  condition of each line will tell the condition of life during that  period. If all lines are present, the person may live up to
 
 90-100 years. If any one line is defective, that period of life is  troublesome. If all the three lines are not present, the age is  reduced accordingly. But these outer lines are not marked on  a knotty joint of the thumb in all cases.
 
 One bracelet on the rascette represents the age of 30 years.
 
 If two bracelets are present, the age may be 60 years, and, in  case of three, it may go up to 90 years.
 
 The probable age can also be ascertained by one’s own  finger length:
 
 90 own finger-lengths of height of a person give 30 years  duration of life; 91 finger-lengths give 35 years; 92 finger-
 
 lengths give 40 years, and so on. For each finger-length, a  period of 5 years is added; 104 finger-lengths of height will give  an age cf 100 years.
 
 When the Fate line bifurcates at the start between the
 
 194 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  Blo
 
 65
 
 Line of Saturn (Fate) =
 
 10
 
 Line of Sun  o=
 
 £
 
 Line of Mars
 
 =
 
 5
 
 Bracelets
 
 =
 
 5
 
 Girdle of Venus
 
 =
 
 3
 
 Lines of Travel
 
 =
 
 2
 
 Others
 
 ==
 
 3
 
 100
 
 After middle age, the span of life can be estimated by  counting the creases on each of the joints of fingers and the  thumb of the right hand and then multiplying the total number  by 3.
 
 Age is also ascertained from the line in the inner side of  the first joint of the thumb. It is calculated from right to left.
 
 If the line is complete from one end to the other, the subject  enjoys the full age of 90 years (Fig. 12).
 
 The lines on the outer skin of the first joint of the thumb  also give some clue to the age and different stages of lif¢. The  first line denotes childhood up to 15 years of age, the second  is youth up to 30 years, the third is married life up to 50 years  and the last line (fourth) denotes old age up to 90 years. The  condition of each line will tell the condition of life during that  period. If all lines are present, the person may live up to
 
 90-100 years. If any one line is defective, that period of life is  troublesome. If all the three lines are not present, the age is  reduced accordingly. But these outer lines are not marked on  a knotty joint of the thumb in all cases.
 
 One bracelet on the rascette represents the age of 30 years.
 
 If two bracelets are present, the age may be 60 years, and, in  case of three, it may go up to 90 years.
 
 The probable age can also be ascertained by one’s own  finger length:
 
 90 own finger-lengths of height of a person give 30 years  duration of life; 91 finger-lengths give 35 years; 92 finger-
 
 lengths give 40 years, and so on. For each finger-length, a  period of 5 years is added; 104 finger-lengths of height will give  an age cf 100 years.
 
 When the Fate line bifurcates at the start between the
 
 –
 
 e .y
 
 . T s
 
 & R S  Time from Hand 195
 
 mounts of Venus and Moon and one long branch goes to the  mount of Venus, the person will die among his relatives. If the  branch which goes towards the mount of Luna is longer, one  may die in a foreign land or away from one’s place of birth.
 
 Similar results can be predicted if the Life line ends in a fork  at the end. If one branch goes towards the thumb, death will  occur at his own place of birth and if the downward branch is  longer and reaches the mount of Moon, it will occur in a distaat  land or place from the place of birth or the country of birth.
 
 Some Signs of the Approaching End of Life  Indications
 
 (1) When there is an abrupt change, without  any reason, in the attitude of a person,  viz., a hot-tempered person becomes  very soft and polite
 
 (2) Polar star is not visible at night
 
 (3) Reflection is not visible in water, oil or  ghee
 
 (4) Reflection is not visible in mirror
 
 (5) While breathing, the abdomen does not  move or eyes become motionless
 
 (6) No colour or redness is visible when the  palm is put before a source of light
 
 (7) When the thumb falls upon the palm as  if there is no strength
 
 (8) A snake-bitten person, or unconscious  due to inhalation of poisonous gas or  drug
 
 (9) There is a sign of a crow’s paw or lots  of hair on the forehead  OR  The third and the fourth fingers of the  right foot are equal
 
 (10) Broken lines are seen on the forehead  and the lines go down towards the nose
 
 (11) The ears are long, the chin is big and  protruding, one crease on the neck, long  Expectancy of  life  One year
 
 40 days
 
 7 days
 
 1 day  A few hours  Dead  Imminent  Doubtful  Short life  Short life  Short life  Time from Hand 193
 
 mounts of Venus and Moon and one long branch goes to the  mount of Venus, the person will die among his relatives. If the  branch which goes towards the mount of Luna is longer, one  may die in a foreign land or away from one’s place of birth.
 
 Similar results can be predicted if the Life line ends in a fork  at the end. If one branch goes towards the thumb, death will  occur at his own place of birth and if the downward branch is  longer and reaches the mount of Moon, it will occur in a distant  land or place from the place of birth or the country of birth.
 
 Some Signs of the Approaching End of Life  Indications  Expectancy of  life
 
 (1) When there is an abrupt change, without  any reason, in the attitude of a person,  viz., a hot-tempered person becomes  very soft and polite  One year
 
 (2) Polar star is not visible at night
 
 40 days
 
 (3) Reflection is not visible in water, oil or  ghee
 
 7 days
 
 (4) Reflection is not visible in mirror
 
 ! day
 
 (5) While breathing, the abdomen does not  move or eyes become motionless  A few hours
 
 (6) No colour or redness is visible when the  palm is put before a source of light  Dead
 
 (7) When the thumb falls upon the palm as  if there is no strength  Imminent
 
 (8) A snake-bitten person, or unconscious  due to inhalation of poisonous gas or  drug  Doubtful
 
 (9) There is a sign of a crow’s paw or [ots  of hair on the forehead  Short life  OR  The third and the fourth fingers of the  right foot are equal  Short life
 
 (10) Broken lines are seen on the forehead  and the lines go down towards the nose  Short life
 
 (11) The ears are long, the chin is big and  protruding, one crease on the neck, long
 
 196 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  Indications  face and big eyes, wide mouth, strong  thighs and the Fate line has 4 branches  at the start
 
 (12) The lines of Life, Head and Heart are  joined together at the start in both the  hands
 
 (13) The Life line stops suddenly and there is
 
 .
 
 across on the Head Line at that age
 
 (14) The fading of the Life line
 
 (15) The Life line ends in a fork and both  the branches of the fork are wide apart,  or the fork having three prongs at the  end of the Life line
 
 (16) The middle prong of the fork in the Life  line in the above case going further
 
 (17) The Life line ending in a cross, bar, star  or cut by two short, standing parallel  lines
 
 (18) A fine line separated from the Life line  and ending on the mount of Mars
 
 (19) One short, downward line on the joints  of all the fingers
 
 (20) A star or cross on the mount of Moon,  particularly on the line of travel, wavy  cross-lines on the first phalange of all  the fingers
 
 (21) A line from rescette going towards the  mount of Moon and ending in a star
 
 (22) When the tip of the tongue or the centre  of the eyebrows or the nose is not visible  or when no sound is heard while both  the ears are closed.
 
 (23) After a bath, if the chest, hands and the  feet become dry before even the use of  a towel
 
 (24) 1f the senses of smell, taste, sight  hearing and touch stop working  Expectancy of  life  Long life  Sudden end  Sudden end  Waning of  vitality  Loss of vitality  Will survive  Nearing the end  Short life  Short life  Death by  drowning  Death by  drowning  Death at early  date  Death within
 
 10 days  Death within
 
 3 months
 
 196 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  Indications  face and big eyes, wide mouth, strong  thighs and the Fate line has 4 branches  at the start
 
 (12) The lines of Life, Head and Heart are  joined together at the start in both the  hands
 
 (13) The Life line stops suddenly and there is
 
 _
 
 across on the Head Line at that age
 
 (14) The fading of the Life line
 
 (15) The Life line ends in a fork and both  the branches of the fork are wide apart,  or the fork having three prongs at the  end of the Life line
 
 (16) The middle prong of the fork in the Life  line in the above case going further
 
 (17) The Life line ending in a cross, bar, star  or cut by two short, standing parallel  lines
 
 (18) A fine line separated from the Life line  and ending on the mount of Mars
 
 (19) One short, downward line on the joints  of all the fingers
 
 (20) A star or cross on the mount of Moon,  particularly on the line of travel, wavy  cross-lines. on the first phalange of all  the fingers
 
 (21) A line from rescette going towards the  mount of Moon and ending in a star
 
 (22) When the tip of the tongue or the centre  of the eyebrows or the nose is not visible  or when no sound is heard while both  the ears are closed.
 
 (23) After a bath, if the chest, hands and the  feet become dry before even the use of  a towel
 
 (24) If the senses of smell, taste, sight  hearing and touch stop working  Expectancy of  life  Long life  Sudden end  Sudden end  Waning of  vitality  Loss of vitality  Will survive  Nearing the end  Short life  Short life  Death by  drowning  Death by  drowning  Death at early  date  Death within
 
 10 days  Death within
 
 3 months
 
 – .‘—A_-q;-_—-_-:-.’
 
 o
 
 ._‘—-;”. – -J
 
 –
 
 Time from Hand 197
 
 Indications
 
 (25) If any of the main line of Life, Head or  Heart is absent from both the hands
 
 (26) A cross or star in the upper mount of  Mars. A large cross in the centre of the  big triangle. A star on the first and the  second phalanges of the second finger in  both the hands. A line from the qua-
 
 drangle under the mount of Saturn  cutting the Girdle of Venus
 
 (27) A line from the mount of Saturn cutting  the Life line
 
 (28) Grille on the upper mount of Mars, cross  in the middle of the Head line, one  short, downward line on the joints of all  fingers  Expectancy of  life  Fatality  Death by  assassination  Death from  accident or  operation  Sudden death  NOTE : A person does not die on the day and the tirfie of his birth.
 
 Time from Hand 197
 
 Indications
 
 (25) If any of the main line of Life, Head or  Heart is absent from both the hands
 
 (26) A cross or star in the upper mount of  Mars. A large cross in the centre of the  big triangle. A star on the first and the  second phalanges of the second finger in  both the hands. A line from the qua-
 
 drangle under the mount of Saturn  cutting the Girdle of Venus
 
 (27) A line from the mount of Saturn cutting  the Life line
 
 (28) Grille on the upper mount of Mars, cross  in the middle of the Head line, one  short, downward line on the joints of all  fingers  Expectancy of  life  Fatality  Death by  assassination  Death from  accident or  operation  Sudden death  NOTE : A person does not die on the day and the tifne of his birth.
 
 CHAPTER 23
 
 The Judgment of Personality  RIMINALS have some inborn defects in their hands or
 
 |
 
 lines, but circumstances, their upbringing, education and  company play an important role in correcting or converting  them into actual anti-socials or criminals. It is already explain-
 
 ed elsewhere in the book that one can improve and modify the  adverse markings on one’s palm, to the extent of the strength  of one’s will and the invocation of the Divine Grace.
 
 I give below some signs, indications and formations giving  clues to a person’s character as a general guide:
 
 (a)
 
 If the fingers are flexible but the thumb is stifl and  straight, the person can give without much attachment.
 
 If the thumb is flexible and the fingers are stiff, one will  give emotional and verbal sympathics but not any  material benefit.
 
 (b)
 
 If the finger of Jupiter is long, but the mount of Jupiter  depressed, the person has a false sense of superiority. If  the Jupiter finger is crooked or badly formed, it will show
 
 :
 
 an anti-social tendency.
 
 (¢c)
 
 The third finger (Sun finger), when slightly ionger than  the first, creates a balance between ambition and sclf-
 
 contentment. When crooked or ill-formed, it shows lack  of nobility.
 
 (d)
 
 When the little finger is crooked and leans towards the  third finger, the person is a liar. When the ring finger and  the middle finger bend towards each other, the person  becomes irresponsible. When the middle finger is crooked  CHAPTER 23
 
 The Judgment of Personality  RIMINALS have some inborn defects in their hands or  lines, but circumistances, their upbringing, education and  company play an important role in correcting or converting  them into actual anti-socials or criminals. It is already explain-
 
 ed elsewhere in the book that one can improve and modify the  adverse markings on one’s palm, to the extent of the strength  of one’s will and the invocation of the Divine Grace.
 
 I give below some signs, indications and formations giving  clues to a person’s character as a general guide:
 
 (a)
 
 If the fingers are flexible but the thumb is stifl and  straight, the person can give without much attachment.
 
 If the thumb is flexible and the fingers are stiff, one will  give cmotional and verbal sympathics but not any  material benefit.
 
 (b)
 
 If the finger of Jupiter is long, but the mount of Jupiter  depressed, the person has a false sense of superiority. If  the Jupiter finger is crooked or badly formed, it will show  an anti-social tendency.
 
 (c)
 
 The third finger (Sun finger), when shghtly longer than  the first, creates a balance between ambition and scll-
 
 contentment. When crooked or ill-formed, it shows lack  of nobility.
 
 (d)
 
 When the little finger is crooked and leans towards the  third finger, the person is a liar. When the ring finger and  the middle finger bend towards each other, the person  becomes irresponsible. When the middle finger is crooked  S  S M,  B  b  e  o
 
 & e
 
 =T, R e e  Lanls
 
 =
 
 (e)
 
 (f)
 
 (2)
 
 (h)
 
 (j)
 
 (k)
 
 (1)
 
 (m)
 
 The Judgment of Personality 199
 
 or ill-formed and its tip is not straight, a person becomes  unbalanced in behaviour.
 
 A short Heart Line shows a low-grale mentality.
 
 A long thumb improves the sublimation of sentiments.
 
 A person with thick hands and hard consistency will  react violently to any provocative situation.
 
 A supple thumb, rounded fingertips, the Head Line  composed of islands, the Heart line chained and straight  and a big island in the Health line are signs of loose  morals and a flirtatious woman. Sex criminals have thick  hands with soft consistency accompanied by other bad  signs. A passionate person has thick hand with hard  consistency.
 
 Anti-social/criminal tendencies are sfown by the presence  of a heavy thumb, coarse texture of skin, a raised Simian  line, rayed and red-coloured mounts of Moon and Venus,  soft palm, short nails, cross in the plain of Mars, the  Head line knotted, absence of Fate or other lines going  towards fingers from the base of the palm.
 
 Jupitarian, Apollian and Venusian are not criminal  types. The Saturnian is basically a criminal type. A  Mercurian is on the border line of shrewdness and  dishonesty. A Lunarian is susceptible to untruth and a  Martian to violence.
 
 A short, stiff, deformed or clubbed thumb, excess of  whorls on fingers, a crooked little finger, other fingers  crooked and or close to each other, stiff, coarse hands  and skin, narrow quadrangle, palm longer than fingers,  short space between the thumb and the first finger, the  Head line defective under the mount of Saturn, short  distance between the fingers and the Heart line—two or  more of the above signs show criminal tendencies.
 
 A cunning and unscrupulous person has the first finger  small, the Heart line short and/or borken, a supple thumb,  a girdle of Venus, and one or two thick lines from the  mount of Venus to the mount of Moon, cutting the Life  line, causing him emotional excitement.
 
 A corrupt person has an ill-formed girdle of Venus in  both the hands, and short or defective lines of Head  and Heart.
 
 (e)
 
 (f)
 
 (g)
 
 (h)
 
 (1)
 
 i g
 
 (k)
 
 (1)
 
 (m)
 
 The Judgment of Personality 199
 
 or ill-formed and its tip is not straight, a person becomes  unbalanced in behaviour.
 
 A short Heart Line shows a low-grale mentality.
 
 A long thumb improves the sublimation of sentiments.
 
 A person with thick hands and hard consistency will  react violently to any provocative situation.
 
 A supple thumb, rounded fingertips, the Head Line  composed of islands, the Heart line chained and straight  and a big island in the Health line are signs of loose  morals and a flirtatious woman. Sex criminals have thick  hands with soft consistency accompanied by other bad  signs. A passionate person has thick hand with hard  consistency.,  Anti-social/criminal tendencies are spown by the presence  of a heavy thumb, coarse texture of skin, a raised Simian  line, rayed and red-coloured mounts of Moon and Venus,  soft palm, short nails, cross in the plain of Mars, the  Head line knotted, absence of Fate or other lines going  towards fingers from the base of the palm.
 
 Jupitarian, Apollian and Venusian are not criminal  types. The Saturnian is basically a criminal type. A  Mercurian is on the border line of shrewdness and  dishonesty. A Lunarian is susceptible to untruth and a  Martian to violence.
 
 A short, stiff, deformed or clubbed thumb, excess of  whorls on fingers, a crooked little finger, other fingers  crooked and or close to each other, stiff, coarse hands  and skin, narrow quadrangle, palm longer than fingers,  short space between the thumb and the first finger, the  Head line defective under the mount of Saturn, short  distance between the fingers and the Heart line—two or  more of the above signs show criminal tendencies.
 
 A cunning and unscrupulous person has the first finger  small, the Heart line short and/or borken, a supple thumb,  a girdle of Venus, and one or two thick lines from the  mount of Venus to the mount of Moon, cutting the Life  line, causing him emotional excitement.
 
 A corrupt person has an ill-formed girdle of Venus in  both the hands, and short or defective lines of Head  and Heart.
 
 200 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry
 
 (n)
 
 (o)
 
 (p)
 
 (q)
 
 (r)
 
 (s)
 
 LA
 
 )
 
 (u)
 
 A miser has a thumb close to the fingers, which are bent  inward, and the quadrangle in the palm is narrow.
 
 A violent person has a clubbed thumb, thick hard hands,  raised mount of Mars, short lines of Head and Heart, and  a large cross in the big triangle in the centre of the palm.
 
 A tactful person has long fingers, with waist-like base  phalanges and the second knots prominent. The finger of  Saturn is long and straight. All the lines on the palm are  good and faultless, and there is a triangle on the Life  Line.
 
 A homosexual generally has a girdle of Venus and a  short, straight Heart line, supple thumb, long fingers but  a short fiinger of Jupiter and the lines of Head and Life  joined together in the beginning.
 
 A benevolent person has soft hands, long nails and  fingers, wide quadrangle in the palm and a good Heart  line.
 
 A thief has hard, thick, heavy hands, the first phalange  of the thumb clubbed, the mounts of Venus and Mars  raised, a cross in the big triangle in the centre of the  palm and a star or grille on the mount of Mercury and/
 
 or Mars.
 
 A conventional type of person has hair on two lower  phalanges of his fingers, stiff first phalange of the thumb,  the Life line connected with the Head line at the start,  the Heart line leaning towards the Head line and a  narrow quadrangle.
 
 A deceitful person has short and pale nails, logpg and  thin fingers, the little finger crooked, a stooping Head  line with a fork at the end and prominent mounts of  Moon and Mercury.
 
 e
 
 ? Y.
 
 200
 
 (n)
 
 (o)
 
 (p)
 
 (q)
 
 (r)
 
 (s)
 
 Sy
 
 (u)
 
 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  A miser has a thumb close to the fingers, which are bent  inward, and the quadrangle in the palm is narrow.
 
 A violent person has a clubbed thumb, thick hard hands,  raised mount of Mars, short lines of Head and Heart, and  a large cross in the big triangle in the centre of the palm.
 
 A tactful person has long fingers, with waist-like base  phalanges and the second knots prominent. The finger of  Saturn is long and straight. All the lines on the palm are  good and faultless, and there 1s a triangle on the Life  Line.
 
 A homosexual generally has a girdle of Venus and a  short, straight Heart line, supple thumb, long fingers but  a short fiinger of Jupiter and the lines of Head and Life  joined together in the beginning.
 
 A benevolent person has soft hands, long nails and  fingers, wide quadrangle in the palm and a good Heart  line.
 
 A thief has hard, thick, heavy hands, the first phalange  of the thumb clubbed, the mounts of Venus and Mars  raised, a cross in the big trianglc in the centre of the  palm and a star or grille on the mount of Mercury and/
 
 or Mars.
 
 A conventional type of person has hair on two lower  phalanges of his fingers, stiff first phalange of the thumb,  the Life line connected with the Head line at the start,  the Heart line leaning towards the Head line and a  narrow quadrangle.
 
 A deceitful person has short and pale nails, lopg and  thin fingers, the little finger crooked, a stooping Head  line with a fork at the end and prominent mounts of  Moon and Mercury.
 
 CHAPTER 24
 
 Professions  N India and, perhaps, in some other countries also, people  often adopt a profession by the force of circumstances and  not generally by choice, inclination or taste, as jobs are fewer  in number than the number of candidates and there is keen  competition on every front. A person has to earn a living and  anything which comes to his hand has to be accepted. Only a  lucky few can follow their natural inclination, taste or bent of  mind. There are others who take to their hereditary profes-
 
 sions.
 
 In the fast developing and expanding world of today,  professions have multiplied as science, technology and industry  have opened up several new fields of work to people and there  are many occupations coming under one class. An executive  can bein business, government or bank service. The profession  can be in law, medicine, or banking. So it is difficult to fix the  profession exactly from a hand, but broad indications and  inclinations of a person can be ascertained. No psychological  tests can tell the predisposition of a child and one’s profession  will not be seen in the hand as clearly as the actual inclination  and inborn desire.
 
 A person with a strong will can turn an uninteresting  occupation into success by his continuous efforts and perse-
 
 verance. But if the same amount of energy is spent on  an occupation of his choice, he can achieve better results by  lesser efforts.
 
 The aid of palmistry can be utilized for determining a profes-
 
 sion by the judgment of the type of hands, mounts, texture  CHAPTER 24
 
 Professions  N India and, perhaps, in some other countries also, peoplc  often adopt a profession by the force of circumstances and  not generally by choice, inclination or taste, as jobs are fewer  in number than the number of candidates and there is keen  competition on every front. A person has to earn a living and  anything which comes to his hand has to be accepted. Only a  lucky few can follow their natural inclination, taste or bent of  mind. There are others who take to their hereditary profes-
 
 sions.
 
 In the fast developing and expanding world of today,  professions have multiplied as science, technology and industry  have opened up several new fields of work to people and there  are many occupations coming under one class. An executive  can bein business, government or bank service. The profession  can be in law, medicine, or banking. So it is difficult to fix the  profession exactly from a hand, but broad indications and  inclinations of a person can be ascertained. No psychological  tests can tell the predisposition of a child and one’s profession  will not be seen in the hand as clearly as the actual inclination  and inborn desire.
 
 A person with a strong will can turn an uninteresting  occupation into success by his continuous efforts and perse-
 
 verance. But if the same amount of energy is spent on  an occupation of his choice, he can achieve better results by  lesser efforts.
 
 The aid of palmistry can be utilized for determining a profes-
 
 sion by the judgment of the type of hands, mounts, texture  R
 
 =
 
 S  TRy TR  g T
 
 202 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  and colour of skin, consistency of skin, consistency of hand,  type of fingers (short, long, knotty, smooth, square, spatulate,  conic, pointed, etc.). Whether a thumb is stiff, supple, low-set  or high-set, long or short, length and shape of its phalanges,  and similarly the length and shape of other fingers—all these  factors are to be considered with the examination °f the lines  of Life, Head, Heart, Fate and Sun to arrive at a conclusion.
 
 Readers are referred to the chapters on the mounts and the  types of hands on the basis of the dominating planet in one’s  life. In actual life, we hardly find a pure Jupiterian or Satur-
 
 nian, or Apollonian, etc. A person is composed of two or  three or more types, i.e., he has the influence of more than one  planet in his life. The other planet adds its qualities and  modifies the qualities of the other planet represented by the  mount on his hand. When two mounts are equally developed,  the qualities of both are combined.
 
 Technical education generally begins after 18, up to which  age a child gets liberal education common to all. By that age,  the child is able to understand and express his inclination and  taste, which can be compared with his hand to select his most  suitable vocation.
 
 In ail cases, the lines and mounts on the hand should be  normally developed and good. Some signs are common to all
 
 _,  successful people in any trade or profession—for example, a
 
 |
 
 low-set, large and well-shaped thumb, which opens fuilly,  faultless lines of Life, Head, Heart, Fate and Sun on the palm
 
 3
 
 with other good signs. It is not necessary that all the signs for  a particular occupation, mentioned in the following pages, are  always found on the hand. Some signs, however, are  prominent,  Persons with broad and firm hands with square or spatulate  fingers and a well-formed Head line are suited for outdoor  life, e.g., engineers, sailors, sportsmen or military personnel.
 
 Persons with longer fingers than the palm or equal to the palm  are fit for mental work. They have soft hands and sometimes  pointed fingers. Occasionally, a person follows two occupations  at a time, having such built-up and versatility. In case of a  versatile genius, he can follow many interests, as his mounts  are all well-proportioned and good and the lines are fine and  faultless.
 
 [
 
 202
 
 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  and colour of skin, consistency of skin, consistency of hand,  type of fingers (short, long, knotty, smooth, square, spatulate.
 
 conic, pointed, etc.). Whether a thumb is stiff, supple, low-set  or high-set, long or short, length and shape of its phalanges.
 
 and similarly the length and shape of other fingers—all these  factors are to be considered with the examination °f the lines  of Life, Head, Heart, Fate and Sun to arrive at a conclusion.
 
 Readers are referred to the chapters on the mounts and the  types of hands on the basis of the dominating planet in one’s  life. In actual life, we hardly find a pure Jupiterian or Satur-
 
 nian, or Apollonian, etc. A person is composed of two or  three or more types, i.e., he has the influence of more than one  planet in his life. The other planet adds its qualities and  modifies the qualities of the other planet represented by the  mount on his hand. When two mounts are equally developed,  the qualities of both are combined.
 
 Technical education generally begins after 18, up to which  age a child gets liberal education common to all. By that age,  the child is able to understand and express his inclination and  taste, which can be compared with his hand to select his most  suitable vocation.
 
 In all cases, the lines and mounts on the hand should be  normally developed and good. Some signs are common to all  successful people in any trade or profession—for example, a  low-set, large and well-shaped thumb, which opens fully,  faultless lines of Life, Head, Heart, Fate and Sun on the palm  with other good signs. It is not necessary that all the signs for  a particular occupation, mentioned in the following pages, are  always found on the hand. Some signs, however, are  prominent.
 
 Persons with broad and firm hands with square or spatulate  fingers and a well-formed Head line are suited for outdoor  life, e.g., engineers, sailors, sportsmen or military personnel.
 
 Persons with longer fingers than the palm or equal to the palm  are fit for mental work. They have soft hands and sometimes  pointed fingers. Occasionally, a person follows two occupations  at a time, having such built-up and versatility. In case of a  versatile genius, he can follow many interests, as his mounts  are all well-proportioned and good and the lines are fine and  faultless.
 
 T i e e  s  e T  Professions 203
 
 Actor or Dramatist  The mounts of Venus, Sun, Mercury, Moon and Jupiter  are well-formed. The mount of Saturn is leaning towards the  mount of Sun. The lines are clear and bright. A line of Sun is  present. There is a flag sign on the mount of Jupiter.
 
 -.
 
 The finger and the mount of Sun are prominent and the
 
 |
 
 Sun finger has a spatulate tip. The fingers are smooth, long
 
 {
 
 and flexible, and the palm is shorter than the fingers. The  shape of the finger-tips will decide the role the person is  likely to choose as an actor. The Head line is sloping towards  the mount of Moon. There isa clear fine girdle of Venus going  from the mount of Jupiter to the mount of Mercury.
 
 A line of Sun goes to the mount of Sun from the base of  the palm. There is a triangle on the mount of Venus. The  Head line has branches and one branch may go to the mount  of Mercury. A line from the mount of upper Mars ends on the  mount of Sun.
 
 –
 
 Agriculturist  The hand is square, thick and hard. The fingers are thick  I  with square tips. The lines on the hand are broad and few. The  Fate line, if present, is thick. The mount of Mars is raised or the  line of Mars is present. The second finger and its second  phalange are both long. The fourth finger does not lean towards  the third.
 
 A person with his middle finger prominent, i.c., long,  straight and well-formed, can deal in landed property, coal and  heavy material.
 
 ;
 
 If the Fate line ends near the Life line, his land is on a  height and the ownership is disputed.
 
 Army Personnel  M’
 
 The hand is large with the mount of positive Mars raised.
 
 ;
 
 The fingers are thick and of normal length with square or  i‘
 
 spatulate tips and long third phalange. The thumb stands
 
 |
 
 straight with the first phalange developed. There is a little space
 
 ;
 
 between the lines of Head and Life at the beginning, i.e., both  Professions 203
 
 Actor or Dramatist  The mounts of Venus, Sun, Mercury, Moon and Jupiter  are well-formed. The mount of Saturn is leaning towards the  mount of Sun. The lines are clear and bright. A line of Sun is  present. There is a flag sign on the mount of Jupiter.
 
 The finger and the mount of Sun are prominent and the  Sun finger has a spatulate tip. The fingers are smooth, long  and flexible, and the palm is shorter than the fingers. The  shape of the finger-tips will decide the role the person is  likely to choose as an actor. The Head line is sloping towards  the mount of Moon. There is a clear fine girdle of Venus going  from the mount of Jupiter to the mount of Mercury.
 
 A line of Sun goes to the mount of Sun from the base of  the palm. There is a triangle on the mount of Venus. The  Head line has branches and one branch may go to the mount  of Mercury. A line from the mount of upper Mars ends on the  mount of Sun.
 
 Agriculturist  The hand s square, thick and hard. The fingers are thick  with square tips. The lines on the hand are broad and few. The  Fate line, if present, is thick. The mount of Mars is raised or the  line of Mars is present. The second finger and its second  phalange are both long. The fourth finger does not lean towards  the third.
 
 A person with his middle finger prominent, i.c., long,  straight and well-formed, can deal in landed property, coal and  heavy material.
 
 If the Fate line ends near the Life line, his land ison a  height and the ownership is disputed.
 
 Army Personnel  The hand is large with the mount of positive Mars raised.
 
 The fingers are thick and of normal length with square or  spatulate tips and long third phalange. The thumb stands  straight with the first phalange developed. There is a little space  between the lines of Head and Life at the beginning, i.e., both
 
 204 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  the lines are separated. The line of Mars inside the Life line  is present. If there is a triengle between the lines of Life and  Fate on the plain of Mars, the person will rise high in  military service. A straight, deep line on the third phalange of  the second finger and a star or a triangle on the mounts of  Mars are good signs.
 
 If the mounts of negative and positive Mars and Mercury  are strong, the knots of fingers are developed, palm is broad  and the third finger nearing the second, the person can excel  as an air-pilot. If the mounts of Venus, Mars and Moon are  good and there is a star on the mount of Moon, he can be in  the Navy.
 
 Architect  The mounts of Venus, Mercury and Sun are well-formed.
 
 The second phalange of the thumb is long. The nails are  square. The first phalanges of the fingers are long. The Head  line is straight and faultless.
 
 |
 
 Artist (Painter)
 
 The mounts of Moon, Jupiter and Sun are developed. The  palm is Jong and broad. The fingers are smooth and pointed  and the thumb is large. The Sun finger is longer than the first
 
 .
 
 finger and its first phalange is longer than the other two  i’_
 
 phalanges. The Sun line is present and starts from the Life
 
 |
 
 lihe generally. The hand is otherwise good. The lines of Life
 
 4
 
 and Head are joined or are close to each other at start. A line  i  from the Head line goes to the mount of Sun.
 
 An artist will paint pictures according to the prominent  mount in his hand, i.e., if the mount of Jupiter is developed, he  will paint human figures, if the mount of Saturn is prominent, he  will paint natural scenery. If the mounts of Venus and Sun are  very good, he will paint flowers.
 
 Astrologer or Palmist  The Head line is long and clear. The fingers are long and
 
 204 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  the lines are separated. The line of Mars inside the Life line  is present. If there is a trirngle between the lines of Life and  Fate on the plain of Mars, the person will rise high in  military service. A straight, deep line on the third phalange of  the second finger and a star or a triangle on the mounts of  Mars are good signs.
 
 If the mounts of negative and positive Mars and Mercury  are strong, the knots of fingers are developed. palm is broad  and the third finger nearing the second, the person can excel  as an air-pilot. If the mounts of Venus, Mars and Moon are  good and there is a star on the mount of Moon, he can be in  the Navy.
 
 Architect  The mounts of Venus, Mercury and Sun are well-formed.
 
 The second phalange of the thumb is long. The nails are  square. The first phalanges of the fingers are long. The Head  line is straight and faultless.
 
 Artist (Painter)
 
 The mounts of Moon, Jupiter and Sun are developed. The  palm is Jong and broad. The fingers are smooth and pointed  and the thumb is large. The Sun finger is longer than the first  finger and its first phalange is longer than the other two  phalanges. The Sun line is present and starts from the Life  lihe generally. The hand is otherwise good. The lines of Life  and Head are joined or are close to each other at start. A line  from the Head line goes to the mount of Sun.
 
 An artist will paint pictures according to the prominent  mount in his hand, i.e., if the mount of Jupiter is developed, he  will paint human figures, if the mount of Saturn is prominent, he  will paint natural scenery. If the mounts of Venus and Sun are  very good, he will paint flowers.
 
 Astrologer or Palmist  The Head line is long and clear. The fingers are long and  Professions 205
 
 generally have square tips. The second phalanges of the thumb  and the fingers are longer than the other two. The palms are  bony. A Mystic cross is present between the guadrangle. A  triangle on the Head line and a big triangle in the palm are  also visible.
 
 Author or Poet  The kind of subject and the subject on which a person will  write depends on his attitude and inclination shown by his  hand, lines on the palm and the tips of his fingers.
 
 A good mount of Jupiter gives the person insight into truth.
 
 A good mount of Sun helps in a good expression of*feelings.
 
 A good mount of Venus makes him express sentiments.
 
 A good, clear, uncut girdle of Venus makes a person  a poet  of natural beauty.
 
 If the Head line goes towards the mount of Moon and the  Sun line is present, the subject has poetic inclination. If a line  from the Head line moves to the mount of Sun, along with the  Sun line, and reaches the first phalange of the Sun finger, the  person is a born poet.
 
 A good poet has the mounts of Moon and Venus well-
 
 formed, there is a sister line to the Head line and his fingers are  smooth, long, thin and pointed. The nails on the fingers of  Jupiter and Mercury are small and square.
 
 If a line from the Life line goes to the mount of Mercury  and one more line goes to the mount of Jupiter from the same  line, the person will be a famous journalist. A literary critic  will have top joints of his fingers knotted and short nails.
 
 Businessman  The hand is broad and well-shaped. He has well-formed  lines of Head, Fate and Sun. In successful cases, the Fate line  runs to the mount of Jupiter and at least two fingers are evenly  set on the palm, i.e., are in a straight line. The palm is elastic,  broad and the little finger is long and spatulated and lts second  phalange  is longer than the other two.
 
 The mounts of Jupiter and Mercury are prominent with an  apex in the centre. The fingers are generally longer than the
 
 ‘g4
 
 Professions 205
 
 generally have square tips. The second phalanges of the thumb  and the fingers are Jonger than the other two. The palms are  bony. A Mystic cross is present between the quadrangle. A  triangle on the Head line and a big triangle in the palm are  also visible.
 
 Author or Poet  The kind of subject and the subject on which a person will  write depends on his attitude and inclination shown by his  hand, lines on the palm and the tips of his fingers.
 
 A good mount of Jupiter gives the person insight into truth.
 
 A good mount of Sun helps in a good expression of*feelings.
 
 A good mount of Venus makes him express sentiments.
 
 A good, clear, uncut girdle of Venus makes a person a poet  of natural beauty.
 
 If the Head line goes towards the mount of Moon and the  Sun line is present, the subject has poetic inclination. If a line  from the Head line moves to the mount of Sun, along with the  Sun line, and reaches the first phalange of the Sun finger, the  person is a born poet.
 
 A good poet has the mounts of Moon and Venus well-
 
 formed, there is a sister line to the Head line and his fingers are  smooth, long, thin and pointed. The nails on the fingers of  Jupiter and Mercury are small and square.
 
 If a line from the Life line goes to the mount of Mercury  and one more line goes to the mount of Jupiter from the same  line, the person will be a famous journalist. A literary critic  will have top joints of his fingers knotted and short nails.
 
 Businessman  The hand is broad and well-shaped. He has well-formed  lines of Head, Fate and Sun. In successful cases, the Fate line  runs to the mount of Jupiter and at least two fingers are evenly  set on the palm, i.e, are in a straight line. The palm is elastic,  broad and the little finger is long and spatulated and its second  phalange is longer than the other two.
 
 The mounts of Jupiter and Mercury are prominent with an  apex in the centre. The fingers are generally longer than the  o s  i
 
 — s
 
 .4
 
 (=N
 
 206 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  palm and the second knots of the fingers are prominent. The  tips of the fingers are square, and there are circles on the first  phalange of the third and the fourth fingers. The third finger  is generally long. A branch from the Fate line goes to the  mount of Mercury.
 
 If the mount of Mars is developed, the line of Mars is com-
 
 plete, the middle finger is long, and the Fate line is thick, the  person benefits from trade in fruits and flowers.
 
 Dancer  Besides other good signs on the hand, the fingers are  straight and conic. There is a sign of Yuy and more than one  straight line at the root of the thumb. A line from the mount  of Venus goes to the mount of Jupiter.
 
 Devotee  The mounts of Jupiter, Moon, Saturn, Sun and Venus are  well-formed. There is the sign of a Swastika on the palm,  or the sign of a trident on the mount of Saturn on the Fate line  reaching there from the palm. Three main lines of Life, Head  and Heart are long and deep.
 
 Doctor  The mount of Luna is strong and has vertical lines thereon.
 
 The fingers are long and their lower joints are knotty. The  quadrangle is large, and there is a star on the mount of Sun.
 
 Two vertical lines appear on the third phalange of the fourth  finger. If the Mercury and Sun fingers have small and square  nails, a good physician can be predicted.
 
 If the finger-tips have fleshy pads inside, the hand is firm,  the fingers are small and the little finger is slightly curved, or  if there are three or four small vertical lines on the mount of  Mercury, with a long finger of Mercury and its longer second  phalange, strong thumb and other fingers long, the person  becomes an eminent surgeon.
 
 With some of the indications mentioned above and a  T  TR  T T RE—S—=
 
 –
 
 =
 
 206 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  palm and the second knots of the fingers are prominent. The  tips of the fingers are square, and there are circles on the first  phalange of the third and the fourth fingers. The third finger  is generally long. A branch from the Fate line goes to the  mount of Mercury.
 
 If the mount of Mars is developed, the line of Mars is com-
 
 plete, the middle finger is long, and the Fate line is thick, the  person benefits from trade in fruits and flowers.
 
 Dancer  Besides other good signs on the hand, the fingers are  straight and conic. There is a sign of Yuv and more than one  straight line at the root of the thumb. A line from the mount  of Venus goes to the mount of Jupiter.
 
 Devotee  The mounts of Jupiter, Moon, Saturn, Sun and Venus are  well-formed. There is the sign of a Swastika on the palm,  or the sign of a trident on the mount of Saturn on the Fate line  reaching there from the palm. Three main lines of Life, Head  and Heart are long and deep.
 
 Doctor  The mount of Luna is strong and has vertical lines thereon.
 
 The fingers are long and their lower joints are knotty. The  quadrangle is large, and there is a star on the mount of Sun.
 
 Two vertical lines appear on the third phalange of the fourth  finger. If the Mercury and Sun fingers have small and square  nails, a good physician can be predicted.
 
 If the finger-tips have fleshy pads inside, the hand is firm,  the fingers are small and the little finger is slightly curved, or  if there are three or four small vertical lines on the mount of  Mercury, with a long finger of Mercury and its longer second  phalange, strong thumb and other fingers long, the person  becomes an eminent surgeon.
 
 With some of the indications mentioned above and a  Professions 207
 
 prominent mount of Mars, the person can be a good dentist  or a veterinary surgeon.
 
 Engineer  The palm is large and square. The fingers are long and  knotty. The tip of the Mercury finger is spatulate or circular.
 
 The mounts of Mercury and Jupiter are well-formed with good  signs. The Head Line is straight, fine and without defect. The  thumb is long and reaches the second phalange of the first  finger. The third finger leans towards the fourth.
 
 An e¢lectrical engineer has good mounts of Saturn, Mars  and Venus, a good Fate line and a circle on the mount of Sun  or plus signs on the mounts of Mars and Venus.
 
 Inventor  The palm is elastic, nails are short, first joints of the fingers  are knotted, the thumb and the fourth finger are long and well-
 
 formed. The mounts of Sun and Mercury are very good with  fingers straight and long. The Head line is somewhat sloping  with a triple fork at the termination. The palm is equal to the  fingers in length. The tips of the fingers are spatulate and a  Line of Intuition is present.
 
 Journalist  The mounts of Moon and Venus are well-developed and  fine. A line from the Fate Line goes to the Mount of Mercury  and the Head Line slopes towards the Mount of Moon and has  branches. A line from the Life Line goes to the mount of  Mercury and another line to the mount of Jupiter. The thumb  is long, fingers are soft and nails small. The Sun Line is pre-
 
 sent and has tassels on termination. There is a star on the  mount of Mercury.
 
 Judge  The Head Line is fine and faultless. The fingers are long  Professions 207
 
 prominent mount of Mars, the person can be a good dentist  or a veterinary surgeon.
 
 Engineer  The palm is large and square. The fingers are long and  knotty. The tip of the Mercury finger is spatulate or circular.
 
 The mounts of Mercury and Jupiter are well-formed with good  signs. The Head Line is straight, fine and without defect. The  thumb is long and reaches the second phalange of the first  finger. The third finger leans towards the fourth.
 
 An c¢lectrical engineer has good mounts of Saturn, Mars  and Venus, a good Fate line and a circle on the mount of Sun  or plus signs on the mounts of Mars and Venus.
 
 Inventor  The palm is elastic, nails are short, first joints of the fingers  are knotted, the thumb and the fourth finger are long and well-
 
 formed. The mounts of Sun and Mercury are very good with  fingers straight and long. The Head line is somewhat sloping  with a triple fork at the termination, The palm is equal to the  fingers in length. The tips of the fingers are spatulate and a  Line of Intuition is present.
 
 Journalist  The mounts of Moon and Venus are well-developed and  fine. A line from the Fate Line goes to the Mount of Mercury  and the Head Line slopes towards the Mount of Moon and has  branches. A line from the Life Line goes to the mount of  Mercury and another line to the mount of Jupiter. The thumb  is long, fingers are soft and nails small. The Sun Line is pre-
 
 sent and has tassels on termination. There is a star on the  mount of Mercury.
 
 Judge  The Head Line is fine and faultless. The fingers are long
 
 =8
 
 208 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  and conic, quadrangle wide and the finger of Jupiter is longer  than the finger of Sun. The mount of Sun is especially good.
 
 Lawyer  The Head Line is separate from the Life Line at the begin-
 
 ning and forks at the end. The Head Line is good, defectless  and goes to the upper mount of Mars. The Life Line starts  from the mount of Jupiter. The nails are short, the palm is  flat and the fourth finger is little curved and has a square nail,  its tip turning to the third finger. The thumb is straight and, if  its middle phalange is long, he practises criminal law. If the  Head Line goes to the mount of Luna, he takes up civil cases  generally. Both the mounts of Mars are developed and good,  finger-tips are square and the fingers close to one another. If  the Fate line goes to the mount of Jupiter, success and fame  are assured.
 
 Short nails make a person a critic. If the fourth finger is  long, he is a good orator, and can express himself fluently in  the court. He has knotted fingers, and is, therefore, methodi-
 
 cal. If the mount of Mercury and the fourth finger are well-
 
 formed, the person can become a judge, a professor or a  banker.
 
 Mathematician  The palms are wide, dry, thin and hard. The fingers are  long and knotted. The Head line is straight and long. The  mount of Mercury and Saturn are prominent. The second  phalanges of all the fingers are long, the thumb is supple,  finger-tips are spatulate and the line of Sun is fine.
 
 Musician  The texture of the hand is fine. The lines of Sun and Head  are well-formed and the mounts of Moon and Venus are deve-
 
 loped. The fingers are smooth, straight and their tips are square,
 
 _conic or spatulate which may affect the selection of the type  of music. A composer of music also has the above signs, but
 
 208 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  and conic, quadrangle wide and the finger of Jupiter is longer  than the finger of Sun. The mount of Sun is especially good.
 
 Lawyer  The Head Line is separate from the Life Line at the begin-
 
 ning and forks at the end. The Head Line is good, defectless  and goes to the upper mount of Mars. The Life Line starts  from the mount of Jupiter. The nails are short, the palm is  flat and the fourth finger is little curved and has a square nail,  its tip turning to the third finger. The thumb is straight and, if  its middle phalange is long, he practises criminal law. If the  Head Line goes to the mount of Luna, he takes up civil cases  generally. Both the mounts of Mars are developed and good,  finger-tips are square and the fingers close to one another. if  the Fate line goes to the mount of Jupiter, success and fame  are assured.
 
 Short nails make a person a critic. If the fourth finger is  long, he is a good orator, and can express himself fluently in  the court. He has knotted fingers, and is, therefore, methodi-
 
 cal. If the mount of Mercury and the fourth finger are well-
 
 formed, the person can become a judge, a professor or a  banker.
 
 Mathematician  The palms are wide, dry, thin and hard. The fingers are  long and knotted. The Head line is straight and long. The  mount of Mercury and Saturn are prominent. The second  phalanges of all the fingers are long, the thumb is supple,  finger-tips are spatulate and the line of Sun is fine.
 
 Musician  The texture of the hand is fine. The lines of Sun and Head  are well-formed and the mounts of Moon and Venus are deve-
 
 loped. The fingers are smooth, straight and their tips are square,
 
 _conic or spatulate which may affect the selection of the type  of music. A composer of music also has the above signs, but  Professions 209
 
 he also has his first and fourth fingers pointed and second and  third spatulated.
 
 If the Saturn finger is long and its mount developed, he  plays on string instruments.
 
 A vocalist has all the mounts, especially the mount of  Venus, developed, with hands and fingers short and smooth,  The fourth finger is soft and tender. There are many lines on  the mount of Venus.
 
 Nurse  The mounts of Jupiter, Mercury and Venus are good, the  palm is elastic, the fingers are long and knotty and there are  two clear-cut vertical lines on the fourth finger.
 
 Orator  The lines of Life and Head are separated at the beginning  by a little distance. The mounts of Jupiter, Sun and Mercury  are well-developed. The finger of Mercury is straight, long and  its tip is conical. The Head line is fine and slopes a little  towards the mount of Moon, to add sentiments and feelings in  the speech. The mount of Venus is also fine and evenly deve-
 
 loped. There is a star on the third phalange of the finger  of Mercury and a fine line from its second phalange goes to  the third joint of the finger. The line of Saturn is long,  commencing from the mount of Moon and reaching the mount  of Saturn,  Philosopher  The hands are angular. The fingers are long and bony with  knotty joints and conic tips. The palm is thin, with fine lines  of Head and Heart.
 
 Physicist  The Head line is straight, long and defectless. The mount  of Saturn is developed. The second phalange of the Sapurn  Professions 209
 
 he also has his first and fourth fingers pointed and second and  third spatulated.
 
 If the Saturn finger is Jong and its mount developed, he  plays on string instruments.
 
 A vocalist has all the mounts, especially the mount of  Venus, developed, with hands and fingers short and smooth,  The fourth finger is soft and tender. There are many lines on  the mount of Venus.
 
 Nurse  The mounts of Jupiter, Mercury and Venus are good, the  palm is elastic, the fingers are long and knotty and there are  two clear-cut vertical lines on the fourth finger.
 
 Orator  The lines of Life and Head are separated at the beginning  by a little distance. The mounts of Jupiter, Sun and Mercury  are well-developed. The finger of Mercury is straight, long and  its tip is conical. The Head line is fine and slopes a little  towards the mount of Moon, to add sentiments and feelings in  the speech. The mount of Venus is also fine and evenly deve-
 
 loped. There is a star on the third phalange of the finger  of Mercury and a fine line from its second phalange goes to  the third joint of the finger. The line of Saturn is long,  commencing from the mount of Moon and reaching the mount  of Saturn,  Philosopher  The hands are angular. The fingers are long and bony with  knotty joints and conic tips. The palm is thin, with fine lines  of Head and Heart.
 
 Physicist  The Head line is straight, long and defectless. The mount  of Saturn is developed. The second phalange of the Saurn
 
 210 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  finger is long. All the fingers are long and knotty, the thumb  is long and well-formed. The mount of Mercury has two or
 
 »
 
 three vertical lines on it.
 
 Politician  The hand is well-shaped with the main lines well marked.
 
 The mount of Jupiter is specially good and the mounts of Sun,  Mercury, Mars and Venus are also well-developed—there are  vertical lines on any of these mounts. There is a star on the first  phalange of the first finger. The Sun line goes from the mount  of Venus to the mount of Sun. The Fate line is good and goes  to the mount of Jupiter, starting from the mount of Moon in  some cases. The thumb is prominent and has a waist-like  appearance from the middle. A sign of flag or trident on the  mount of Jupiter or Venus gives fame. A triangle on the mount  of Mercury or Jupiter shows success in the political field. The  tips of the fingers are square and nails healthy and bright.
 
 |
 
 \
 
 Professor
 
 |
 
 The mounts of Sun, Mercury and Jupiter are well formed  and without a bad sign on them. The mount of Mercury and  the finger of Mercury are prominent. A line from the Head  line goes to the base of the Saturn finger. The lines of Life,  Head and Heart are good. The lines of Life and Head are  not joined together at the beginning. In some cases, a sister  line to the Head line goes towards the percussion. A line from  the Life line goes to the mount of Jupiter or Sun or Saturn,  endowing the person with the specific quality of the mount  and denoting the subject hc teaches. The fingers and the  thumb are long and the fourth finger is evenly set on the  palm, which makes it long and gives power of speech.
 
 The fingers have square tips and developed joints.
 
 T  e ———— | — e  Tt BT
 
 ” —
 
 e  Religious Teacher  The hands and fingers are soft, beautiful and pink-coloured  from inside.
 
 The mounts of Luna, Jupiter and Venus are developed.
 
 |
 
 i.’
 
 i
 
 |
 
 n
 
 .
 
 B  S
 
 ——
 
 PREREI –
 
 210 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  finger is long. All the fingers are long and knotty, the thumb  is long and well-formed. The mount of Mercury has two or  three vertical lines on it.
 
 Politician  The hand is well-shaped with the main lines well marked.
 
 The mount of Jupiter is specially good and the mounts of Sun,  Mercury, Mars and Venus are also well-developed—there are  vertical lines on any of these mounts. There is a star on the first  phalange of the first finger. The Sun line goes from the mount  of Venus to the mount of Sun. The Fate line is good and goes  to the mount of Jupiter, starting from the mount of Moon in  some cases. The thumb is prominent and has a waist-like  appearance from the middle. A sign of flag or trident on the  mount of Jupiter or Venus gives fame. A triangle on the mount  of Mercury or Jupiter shows success in the political field. The  tips of the fingers are square and nails healthy and bright.
 
 Professor  The mounts of Sun, Mercury and Jupiter are well formed  and without a bad sign on them. The mount of Mercury and  the finger of Mercury are prominent. A line from the Head  line goes to the base of the Saturn finger. The lines of Life,  Head and Heart are good. The lines of Life and Head are  not joined together at the beginning. In some cases, a sister  line to the Head line goes towards the percussion. A line from  the Life line goes to the mount of Jupiter or Sun or Saturn,  endowing the person with the specific quality of the mount  and denoting the subject he teaches. The fingers and the  thumb are long and the fourth finger is evenly set on the  palm, which makes it long and gives power of speech.
 
 The fingers have square tips and developed joints.
 
 Religious Teacher  The hands and fingers are soft, beautiful and pink-coloured  from inside.
 
 The mounts of Luna, Jupiter and Venus are developed.
 
 Professions 211
 
 The finger of Mercury is long, straight and has a pointed tip.
 
 A line from the Life line goes to the mount of Jupiter. A  triangle exists on the mount of Moon,  The fingers are long. A sign of shell or conch is present on  the palm, and a sign of crescent on the mount of Jupiter or a  trident on the mount of Saturn. The nails of Mercury and  Saturn fingers are square and small. The Heart line ends  between the mounts of Saturn and Jupiter (not between  fingers).
 
 A cross on the first phalange of the first finger or, if the line  of union turns up, he may be a celebate. A cross on the first  phalange of the third finger is a sign of nunhood.
 
 Saint or Seer  The hands are transparent, with almond-shaped nails. All  the fingers are generally pointed, especially the finger of  Jupiter with its first phalange longer than the other two. A line  of Intuition, a big or small triangle inside the centre of the  palm, a Ring of Solomon, or/and a mystic cross are present  along with some signs mentioned under ‘Religious Teacher.’
 
 The palm is in proportion to the fingers.
 
 The mounts of Sun and Jupiter are both good and without  defect. The three principal lines of Life, Head and Heart are  normal and the Fate line rises from the mount of Moon,  bifurcates into two branches—one branch goes to the mount  of Sun and the other to the mount of Jupiter.
 
 Scientist  The mounts of Saturn, Sun and Mercury are well formed  and without any bad sign on them, The fingers are long and  thin with pointed tips. A circle or a crescent on the upper  part of the mount of Mercury, many vertical lines on the  mount of Sun and Saturn, and a sign of temple on the palm  are present. The nail phalanges of the fingers are long and the  base phalanges are thinly built. The lines of Sun, Heart and  Head are long and forked in the end. The Sun line forks in  the end and one branch goes to the mount of Mercury. Both  he knots of the fingers are developed. The first finger is long  Professions 211
 
 The finger of Mercury is long, straight and has a pointed tip.
 
 A line from the Life line goes to the mount of Jupiter. A  triangle exists on the mount of Moon,  The fingers are long. A sign of shell or conch is present on  the palm, and a sign of crescent on the mount of Jupiter or a  trident on ‘the mount of Saturn. The nails of Mercury and  Saturn fingers are square and small. The Heart line ends  between the mounts of Saturn and Jupiter (not between  fingers).
 
 A cross on the first phalange of the first finger or, if the line  of union turns up, he may be a celebate. A cross on the first  phalange of the third finger is a sign of nunhood.
 
 Saint or Seer  The hands are transparent, with almond-shaped nails. All  the fingers are generally pointed, especially the finger of  Jupiter with its first phalange longer than the other two. A line  of Intuition, a big or small triangle inside the centre of the  palm, a Ring of Solomon, or/and a mystic cross are present  along with some signs mentioned under ‘Religious Teacher.’
 
 The palm is in proportion to the fingers.
 
 The mounts of Sun and Jupiter are both good and without  defect. The three principal lines of Life, Head and Heart are  normal and the Fate line rises from the mount of Moon,  bifurcates into two branches—one branch goes to the mount  of Sun and the other to the mount of Jupiter.
 
 Scientist  The mounts of Saturn, Sun and Mercury are well formed  and without any bad sign on them. The fingers are long and  thin with pointed tips. A circle or a crescent on the upper  part of the mount of Mercury, many vertical lines on the  mount of Sun and Saturn, and a sign of temple on the palm  are present. The nail phalanges of the fingers are long and the  base phalanges are thinly built. The lines of Sun, Heart and  Head are long and forked in the end. The Sun line forks in  the end and one branch goes to the mount of Mercury. Both  he knots of the fingers are developed. The first finger is long
 
 212 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  and the first and the third fingers are leaning towards the  second.
 
 State Official  The hands are normal and well-shaped. The lines are not  broad. The thumb is stiff and fingers are Jong and straight. A  faultless Fate line commences from the Life line and goes to  the mount of Jupiter.
 
 The mount and the finger of Jupiter are prominent, showing  good administrative ability. A good Fate line is present. A  square on the mount of Jupiter and a triangle in the centre of  the palm below the middle finger also show administrative  ability.
 
 Sportsman  The hand is large and hard. The palm is elastic and not  covered with many lines. The fingers are spatulate. The lines  of Head and Life are separate at the beginning with a small  space between them. The line of Mars is present behind the  Life line on the mount of Venus. The mounts are normally  developed, particularly the mounts of Mercury and Mars.
 
 1
 
 212 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  and the first and the third fingers are leaning towards the  second.
 
 State Official  The hands are normal and well-shaped. The lines are not  broad. The thumb is stiff and fingers are long and straight. A  faultless Fate line commences from the Life line and goes to  the mount of Jupiter.
 
 The mount and the finger of Jupiter are prominent, showing  good administrative ability. A good Fate line is present. A  square on the mount of Jupiter and a triangle in the centre of  the palm below the middle finger also show administrative  ability.
 
 Sportsman  The hand is large and hard. The palm is elastic and not  covered with many lines. The fingers are spatulate. The lines  of Head and Life are separate at the beginning with a small  spuce between them. The line of Mars is present behind the  Life line on the mount of Venus. The mounts are normally  developed, particularly the mounts of Mercury and Mars.
 
 LEF
 
 , e  CHAPTER 25
 
 L]
 
 Medical Palmistry  HAND is a sort of indicator, which tells a lot about a  person’s state of health and disease. In the Journal of  American Medical Association, it is stated that the hand is a  unique organ from which good clinical information can be  derived.* For example, a chronic patient of arthritis gets  swelling of muscles and joints at the base of the fingers.
 
 Similarly, an overactive thyroid makes the hand warm, moist  and shaking. Many books have been written in the West on the  subject of diagnosis of diseases from the hand and its lines.
 
 Research is still in progress and new revelations and results are  expected in future.
 
 Three staff members of the Medical School of the  University of Oregon noticed that many cancer patients had a  small horny growth, called Keratoses, on their hands. E. Rane  says that “a judicious study of palmistry would afford assis-
 
 tance to medical profession in diagnosing cases.”
 
 Many tests are carried out by modern physicians and  surgeons to diagnose a d.sease. The help of a palmist can also  be availed along with other methods of examination. A hand  can give prior information in many cases, whenever the  symptoms of disease are not visible. Sometimes, signs of  trouble develop in an advanced stage of the disease but in  ordinary and temporary ailments no sign appears on the hand.
 
 There are a few cases where signs of disease do not appear—
 
 *“Hand and the Cardio-Vascular Disease”, editorial of the Journal of  American Medical Association, quoted from Better Health through  Palinistry.
 
 y  CHAPTER 25
 
 Medical Palmistry  HAND is a sort of indicator, which tells a lot about a  person’s state of health and disease. In the Jowrnal of  American Medical Association, it is stated that the hand is a  unique organ from which good clinical information can be  derived.* For example, a chronic patient of arthritis gets  swelling of muscles and joints at the base of the fingers.
 
 Similarly, an overactive thyroid makes the hand warm, moist  and shaking. Many books have been written in the West on the  subject of diagnosis of diseases from the hand and its lines.
 
 Research is still in progress and new revelations and results arc  expected in future.
 
 Three staff members of the Medical School of the  University of Oregon noticed that many cancer patients had a  small horny growth, called Keratoses, on their hands. E. Rane  says that “‘a judicious study of palmistry would afford assis-
 
 tance to medical profession in diagnosing cases.”
 
 Many tests are carried out by modern physicians and  surgeons to diagnose a d.sease. The help of a palmist can also  be availed along with other methods of examination. A hand  can give prior information in many cases, whenever the  symptoms of disease are not visible. Sometimes, signs of  trouble develop in an advanced stage of the disease but in  ordinary and temporary ailments no sign appears on the hand.
 
 There are a few cases where signs of disease do not appear—
 
 **‘Hand and the Cardio-Vascular Disease’”, editorial of the Jowrnal of  American Medical Association, quoted from Better Health through  Palinistry.
 
 =N
 
 214 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  these are exceptional. There are complicated cases 2iso, i.e.,  the combination of two or more diseases at a time, or the  malady is due to some old accident and the apparent symptoms  are misleading. To quote an instance: a person was hit on the  head by an electric pole and its paint was imbeded into his  scalp. The wound responded to the treatment and healed.
 
 Some years later, he fell ill and was treated for coronary ail-
 
 ment while, in fact, his blood circulation was blocked by some  foreign matter in his skull. When the actual disease was  diagnosed, his skull was opened and the old dry paint (foreign  matter) was removed, but the patient did not survive due to  wrong transfusion of blood at the time of operation.
 
 Some years ago, I visited the G.B. Pant Hospital, New  Delhi, where I enquired about some patients kept in the  Cardiac Care Unit. The doctor incharge told me that the  patients were under observation and their ailments were yet  to be diagnosed. An examination of their hands revealed that  they were not suffering from heart disease. An eminent cardio-
 
 logist of Delhi once came to me and showed me his hands. 1
 
 asked him to beware of his own heart. On that occasion, he  did not believe me but after two years he had a heart attack.
 
 There are many such cases but 1 have briefly quoted the  two to show that the hand can be helpful in diagnosing a  disease.
 
 ,  Apoplexy  Loss of sensation and movement, sudden rupture of the  cerebral blood vessel.
 
 A red dot on the mount of Jupiter is connected by a thin  line emanating from an island on the Life line. The Head line  is thin, and the colour of the hand and lines is red and there is  a grille or a cross on the upper mount of Mars and a dot on  the mount of Jupiter. The Life line ends abruptly.
 
 The palm is hollow towards the Head line. The mount of  Jupiter is raised and rayed. A grille or a star appears on the  mount of Moon. The Health line is not straight, and there  are two straight lines from the Heart line to the mount of  Moon.
 
 214 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  these are exceptional. There are complicated cases 2iso, i.e.,  the combination of two or more diseases at a time, or the  malady is due to some old accident and the apparent symptoms  are misleading. To quote an instance: a person was hit on the  head by an electric pole and its paint was imbeded into his  scalp. The wound responded to the treatment and healed.
 
 Some years later, he fell ill and was treated for coronary ail-
 
 ment while, in fact, his blood circulation was blocked by some  foreign muatter in his skull. When the actual disease was  diagnosed, his skull was opened and the old dry paint (foreign  matter) was removed, but the patient did not survive due to  wrong transfusion of blood at the time of operation.
 
 Some years ago, I visited the G.B. Pant Hospital, New  Delhi, where I enquired about some patients kept in the  Cardiac Care Unit. The doctor incharge told me that the  patients were under observation and their ailments were yet  to be diagnosed. An examination of their hands revealed that  they were not suffering from heart disease. An eminent cardio-
 
 logist of Delhi once came to me and showed me his hands. I  asked him to beware of his own heart. On that occasion, he  did not believe me but after two years he had a heart attack.
 
 There are many such cases but 1 have briefly quoted the  two to show that the band can be helpful in diagnosing a  disease.
 
 Apoplexy  Loss of sensation and movement, sudden rupture of the  cerebral blood vessel.
 
 A red dot on the mount of Jupiter is connected by a thin  line emanating from an island on the Life line. The Head line  is thrin. and the colour of the hand and lines is red and there is  a grille or a cross on the upper mount of Mars and a dot on  the mount of Jupiter. The Life line ends abruptly.
 
 The palm is hollow towards the Head line. The mount of  Jupiter is raised and rayed. A grille or a star appears on the  mount of Moon. The Health line is not straight, and there  are two straight lines from the Heart line to the mount of  Moon.
 
 Medical Paimistry 215
 
 Asthma  A narrow quadrangle is found as the Heart line leans  towards the Head line. The Health line is not well-formed,  and a line from the mount of Venus runs towards the narrow  space in the quadrangle. Sometimes, the Heart line has an  island or a cross under the mount of Saturn and there is a  black spot inside the quadrangle.
 
 Arthritis (Advanced stage)
 
 The Heart line is crossed and there is a star on the mount  of Saturn. The hands are soft and the nails generally broad.
 
 There are minute dots on the edges of the lines of Life and  Head, giving the appearance of fluffiness. Longitudinal ridges  on the nails splitfing at the ends, deformity of phalanges and a  grilled mount of Saturn. A line from the Life line having an  island goes to the mount of Saturn.
 
 Anaemia  The hands are cold and dry. The Head line slopes towards  the mount of Moon. The colour of the skin and nails is pale or  white.
 
 Biliousness  The palm is pale, the skin cold and the Health line wavy.
 
 Brain Disorder  The mount of Moon is raised and lined. The Head hine is  short, forked, fretted, islanded or chained. There is a sign of  Moon on the mount of Moon or Saturn and a star on the  second phalange of the middle finger. The Head line is wavy,  bending towards the Heart line under the mount of Sun or  Mercury, or it merges into the Health line. A star at the end  of the branch of the Head line, which slopes towards the  Mount of Moon. The thumb is not well-formed. The fingers are  long and flexible and the palms have shrunken muscles.
 
 Medical Paimistry 215
 
 Asthma  A narrow quadrangle i1s found as the Heart line leans  towards the Head line. The Health line is not well-formed,  and a line from the mount of Venus runs towards the narrow  space in the quadrangle. Sometimes, the Heart line has an  island or a ¢ross under the mount of Saturn and there is a  black spot inside the quadrangle.
 
 Arthritis (Advanced stage)
 
 The Heart line is crossed and there is a star on the mount  of Saturn. The hands are soft and the nails generally broad.
 
 There are minute dots on the edges of the lines of Life and  Head, giving the appearance of fluffiness. Longitudinal ridges  on the nails splitting at the ends, deformity of phalanges and a  grilled mount of Saturn. A line from the Life line having an  island goes to the mount of Saturn.
 
 Anaemia  The hands are cold and dry. The Head line slopes towards  the mount of Moon. The colour of the skin and nails is pale or  white.
 
 Biliousness  The palm is pale, the skin cold and the Health line wavy.
 
 Brain Disorder  The mount of Moon is raised and lined. The Head line is  short, forked, fretted, islanded or chained. There is a sign of  Moon on the mount of Moon or Saturn and a star on the  second phalange of the middle finger. The Head line is wavy,  bending towards the Heart line under the mount of Sun or  Mercury, or it merges into the Health line. A star at the end  of the branch of the Head line, which slopes towards the  Mount of Moon. The thumb is not well-formed. The fingers are  long and flexible and the palms have shrunken muscles.
 
 216 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  An island at the beginning of the Head Line shows a here-
 
 ditary brain trouble.
 
 A cross ora break on the Head line; an Influence linc  from the mount of Venus ending on the Head line in a star,  the Head line ending into a much-rayed and defective mount  of Moon; the Head line, faulty under the mount of Saturn,  suddenly turns down to the defective mount of Moon—all  these show brain illness.
 
 When the Head line goes to the lower mount of Moon and  the finger of Saturn has a star, the Head line is wavy or broken  or merges into the Liver line, and a sign of Moon appears on  the mount of Moon or Saturn— insanity is foreseen.
 
 A break in the Head line going towards the mount of Moon,  a cross touching the Life line towards the mount of Venus, the  Heart line faulty and the girdle of Venus is present, the Head  line is broken in small pieces with a large cross and sloping  towards the mount of Moon, which is raised and rayed—
 
 indication of epilepsy in an advanced stage.
 
 A poor Heart line, a star on the lower part of the mount of  Moon and a grille on the upper mount of Mars point to brain  haemorrhage.
 
 A Health linc absent in the quadrangle, the Head line going  close to the Life line, dots on the Head line and an island on  the Life ling show brain fever.
 
 If the Life line is thin, chained, broad and shallow, after  it is cut by a crossbar or a line which runs into a dot; and a  cross or break appears in the Head line—brain trouble can be  caused.
 
 The Fate line falling from the Head line results in nervy,  apprehensive mentality and the biting of nails of fingers and  wringing of hands —show inferiority complex.
 
 A line of Intuition starting from an island on the mount of  Moon and ending on the mount of Mercury is a mark of  somnambulism.
 
 If the Health line starts from the Life line, and the Heart  line is chained and stoops towards the Head line, fainting fits  can Occur.
 
 if a Girdle of Venus is formed by several small and thin  lines, there is a star on the mount of Moon and the second  finger is crooked—hysteria, or mental depression is indicated.
 
 216 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  An island at the beginning of the Head Line shows a here-
 
 ditary brain trouble.
 
 A cross or a break on the Head line; an Influence linc  from the mount of Venus ending on the Head line in a star,  the Head line ending into a much-rayed and defective mount  of Moon; the Head line, faulty under the mount of Saturn,  suddenly turns down to the defective mount of Moon—all  these show brain illness.
 
 When the Head line goes to the lower mount of Moon and  the finger of Saturn has a star, the Head line is wavy or broken  or merges into the Liver line, and a sign of Moon appears on  the mount of Moon or Saturn— insanity is foreseen.
 
 A break in the Head line going towards the mount of Moon,  a cross touching the Life line towards the mount of Venus, the  Heart line faulty and the girdle of Venus is present, the Head  line is broken in small pieces with a large cross and sloping  towards the mount of Moon, which is raised and rayed—
 
 indication of epilepsy in an advanced stage.
 
 A poor Heart line, a star on the lower part of the mount of  Moon and a grille on the upper mount of Mars point to brain  haemorrhage.
 
 A Health lins absent in the quadrangle, the FHead line going  close to the Life line, dots on the Head line and an island on  the Life ling show brain fever.
 
 If the Life line is thin, chained, broad and shallow, after  it is cut by a crossbar or a line which runs into a dot; and a  cross or break appears in the Head line —brain trouble can be  caused.
 
 The Fate line falling from the Head line results in nervy,  apprehensive mentality and the biting of nails of fingers and  wringing of hands —show inferiority complex.
 
 A line of Intuijtion starting from an island on the mount of  Moon and ending on the mount of Mercury is a mark of  somnambulism.
 
 If the Health line starts from the Life line, and the Heart  line is chained and stoops towards the Head line, fainting fits  can occur.
 
 If a Girdle of Venus is formed by several small and thin  lines, there is a star on the mount of Moon and the second  finger is crooked—hysteria, or mental depression is indicated.
 
 Medical Palmistry
 
 217
 
 Small breaks or bars on the Head line, a short or chained  Head line, an ill-formed Health line show tendency to  headaches.
 
 Blood Pressure  Burning sensation, profuse perspiration, red palm, warm  hands and a big island at the end of the Heart line indicate  high blood pressure.
 
 A series of small island at the end of the Heart line show  low blood pressure.
 
 Cancer  The palm is usually covered with lines. Malformation of  the skin ridges on the palm increases with the growth of the  cancer. The Fate line is thick and the nails are generally long.
 
 A slightly raised whorl in the flesh of the hand, a woolly  appearance on the lines of the palm and generally malformation  of the skin ridges, near the end of the Head line and on the  mount of Luna (Fig. 17.7)
 
 The Life line shows gradual thinning at the end in a frayed  tassel formation or increasing thickness caused by increase in  woolliness. Palmer changes (Keratoses) are often observed on  the patient’s hands.
 
 The mounts of Venus and Luna are pearly yellow and trans-
 
 lucent. An island on the Health line or on the Head line  which turns upward.
 
 Diabetes  An Influence line from the mount of Luna cuts the Life  line. Sometimes ridges (corrugated lines) appear on the thumb-
 
 nails. The Head line is defective under the mount of Saturn.
 
 Many small, stray, confused lines, cross, star or grille appear  at the bottom of the mount of Moon towards the Life line.
 
 A sign similar to a horseshoe appears near the Head line  lower in the hand or on the lower mount of Moon. Shrinking  of muscles at the back of the hand at the base of the thumb  and index finger is sometimes seen in the beginning of the  disease.
 
 Skin ridges on the inner side of the hand show some sort  of granulation, which extends to the outer palmer side of the  Medical Palmistry
 
 217
 
 Small breaks or bars on the Head line, a short or chained  Head line, an ill-formed Health line show tendency to  headaches.
 
 Blood Pressure  Burning sensation, profuse pcrspiration, red palm, warm  hands and a big island at the end of the Heart line indicate  high blood pressure.
 
 A series of small island at the end of the Heart line show  low blood pressure.
 
 Cancer  The palm is usually covered with lines. Malformation of  the skin ridges on the palm increases with the growth of the  cancer. The Fate line is thick and the nails are generally long.
 
 A slightly raised whorl in the flesh of the hand, a woolly  appearance on the lines of the palm and generally malformation  of the skin ridges, near the end of the Head line and on the  mount of Luna (Fig. 17.7)
 
 The Life line shows gradual thinning at the end in 2 frayed  tassel formation or increasing thickness caused by increase in  woolliness. Palmer changes (Keratoses) are often observed on  the patient’s hands.
 
 The mounts of Venus and Luna are pearly yellow and trans-
 
 lucent. An island on the Health line or on the Head line  which turns upward.
 
 Diabetes  An Influence hne from the mount of Luna cuts the Life  line. Sometimes ridges (corrugated lines) appear on the thumb-
 
 nails. The Head line is defective under the mount of Saturn.
 
 Many smal, stray, confused lines, cross, star or grille appear  at the bottom of the mount of Moon towards the Life line.
 
 A sign similar to a horseshoe appears near the Head line  lower in the hand or on the lower mount of Moon. Shrinking  of muscles at the back of the hand at the base of the thumb  and index finger is sometimes seen in the beginning of the  disease.
 
 Skin ridges on the wnner side of the band show some sort  of granulation, which extends to the outer palmer side of the  i
 
 218 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  hand, and confused lines appear at the lower mount of Moon.
 
 Eye Trouble or Loss of Sight  A whorl to the [eft on the mount of Sun or three crosses or  an island or loop on the Heart line under the mount of Sun. A  circle on the Life line or inside the quadrangle. A cross on the  upper part of the Health line with a break in the line of Head  or Heart. A star in the triangle close to the Health line. A  black spot on the Life line.
 
 A broken Head line under the mount of Sun or Saturn.
 
 An islanded Heart line; a circle on the Heart line under the  mount of Sun. The Head line separated from the Life line  under the mount of Saturn, with a star on the base phalange  of the Sun finger. The mount of Sun rayed and dots on the  Life or Heart line. A cross at the end of the Health line, of a  circle on the Head line, or a star near the Health line inside  the big triangle formed by the lines of Life, Head and Fate.
 
 Ear Trouble  Dots or an island under the mount of Saturn on the Head  line and raised mounts of Venus and Saturn. A cross on the  plain of Mars. Three small crosses at the beginning of the  Head line. The lines of Life and Head joined up to a long  distance at the beginning and formation ugly and chained—
 
 these denote that the opposite ear is affected.
 
 Gout  Satin skin, a raised and lined mount of Jupiter, middle  portion of the mount of Luna bulging and has a cross, the Life  line forked at the end and has red colour. The nails are hard;
 
 brittle and have longitudinal grooves.
 
 Heart diseases  The Life line is very thin, broken, chained, uneven or ill-
 
 formed and the Heart line has minute circular dots in small  patches. These show nervy heart action.
 
 Fine perpendicular lines coming down from the Heart line
 
 .
 
 –
 
 AL  LE  e  e  LN
 
 218 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  hand, and confused lines appear at the lower mount of Moon.
 
 Eve Trouble or Loss of Sight  A whorl to the left on the mount of Sun or three crosses or  an island or loop on the Heart line under the mount of Sun. A  circle on the Life line or inside the quadrangle. A cross on the  upper part of the Health line with a break in the line of Head  or Heart. A star in the triangle close to the Health line. A  black spot on the Life line.
 
 A broken Head line under the mount of Sun or Saturn.
 
 An islanded Heart line; a circle on the Heart line under the  mount of Sun. The Head line separated from the Life line  under the mount of Saturn, with a star on the base phalange  of the Sun finger. The mount of Sun rayed and dots on the  Life or Heart line. A cross at the end of the Health line, of a  circle on the Head line, or a star near the Health line inside  the big triangle formed by the lines of Life, Head and Fate.
 
 Ear Trouble  Dots or an island under the mount of Saturn on the Head  line and raised mounts of Venus and Saturn. A cross on the  plain of Mars. Three small crosses at the beginning of the  Head line. The lines of Life and Head joined up to a long  distance at the beginning and formation ugly and chained—
 
 these denote that the opposite ear is affected.
 
 Gout  Satin skin, a raised and lined mount of Jupiter, middle  portion of the mount of Luna bulging and has a cross, the Life  line forked at the end and has red colour. The nails are hard;
 
 brittle and have longitudinal grooves.
 
 Heart diseases  The Life line is very thin, broken, chained, uneven or ill-
 
 formed and the Heart line has minute circular dots in smali  patches. These show nervy heart action.
 
 Fine perpendicular lines coming down from the Heart line  Medical Palmistry 219
 
 indicate a nervous heart; highly susceptible to emotional  stimulation.
 
 The Heart line made up of several small lines means weak  heart muscles.
 
 A break or bar on the Heart line under the mount of Sun,  dots on this line, the plain of Mars depressed towards the Heart  line, the mount of Sun has several fine lines and the line of  Sun short and thin, becomes thick and ends on the line of  Heart—all these indicate heart weakness.
 
 The finger tips become thick and the nails are hippocratic,  the palm surface below the fingers of Mercury and Sun near  the Heart line changes. A nodule, or a lump of scar-like  tissue appears in the palm— coronary trouble is indicated.
 
 The nails are short, square, whitish, bluish or raised in the  centre. They have no moons or have large moons. These show  imperfect blood circulation.
 
 Warm, moist hands, with a fine tremor and occasionally  clubbing of fingers—denote inefficiency of heart due to an over-
 
 active thyroid.
 
 Cold hands with a coarse puffy skin—a high blood level of  cholesterol, fluid in heart sac.
 
 The Heart line has a cross bar or a break under the mount  of Saturn or Sun, which is raised and rayed, nails have bluish  colour—denote hardening of arteries due to old age.
 
 If the plain of Mars is hollow towards the Heart line the  mount of Sun raised and rayed and a line of Influence from the  mount of Venus cuts the Heart line, which is defective and  broken under the mount of Mercury, heart trouble is indicated.
 
 If moons are absent from all the nails, the nails are short,  broad and round at the base and the third finger is crooked or  abnormal —signs of cardio-vascular trouble.
 
 Jaundice  A line from inside the mount of Venus goes and touches  the wavy line of Mercury in the plain of Mars. The colour of  the nails and skin is yellowish, the Moon at the beginning of  the nails becomes bluish in colour; a line from the Life line  crosses the wavy Health line; a spot or star cn the mount of  Moon, the mount of Mercury raised and rayed—these are  Medical Palmistry 219
 
 indicate a nervous heart; highly susceptible to emotional  stimulation.
 
 The Heart line made up of several small lines means weak  heart muscles.
 
 A break or bar on the Heart line under the mount of Sun,  dots on this line, the plain of Mars depressed towards the Heart  line, the mount of Sun has several fine lines and the line of  Sun short and thin, becomes thick and ends on the line of  Heart—all these indicate heart weakness.
 
 The finger tips become thick and the nails are hippocratic,  the palm surface below the fingers of Mercury and Sun near  the Heart line changes. A nodule, or a lump of scar-like  tissue appears in the palm— coronary trouble is indicated.
 
 The nails are short, square, whitish, bluish or raised in the  centre. They have no moons or have large moons. These show  imperfect blood circulation.
 
 Warm, moist hands, with a fine tremor and occasionally  clubbing of fingers—denote inefficiency of heart due to an over-
 
 active thyroid.
 
 Cold hands with a coarse puffy skin—a high blood level of  cholesterol, fluid in heart sac.
 
 The Heart line has a cross bar or a break under the mount  of Saturn or Sun, which is raised and rayed, nails have bluish  colour—denote hardening of arteries due to old age.
 
 If the plain of Mars is hollow towards the Heart line the  mount of Sun raised and rayed and a line of Influence from the  mount of Venus cuts the Heart line, which is defective and  broken under the mount of Mercury, heart trouble is indicated.
 
 If moons are absent from all the nails, the nails are short,  broad and round at the base and the third finger is crooked or  abnormal —signs of cardio-vascular trouble.
 
 Jaundice  A line from inside the mount of Venus goes and touches  the wavy line of Mercury in the plain of Mars. The colour of  the nails and skin is yellowish, the Moon at the beginning of  the nails becomes bluish in colour; a line from the Life line  crosses the wavy Health line; a spot or star ¢n the mount of  Moon, the mount of Mercury raised and rayed —these are  jaundice indications.
 
 .
 
 dot under the mount of Saturn. The thumb weak and bent,
 
 220 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  Kidney or Bladder  Soft and moist palm, yellowish lines, Health line broken,  nails have medium moon, the lower part of the mount of  Moon much raised and [ined with a cross therecon. A line  coming from a dot on the Life line or from inside the mount  of Venus and ending on a star; grille or cross on the [ower  mount of Luna
 
 — denote kidney trouble.
 
 The Head line has a break under the mount of Saturn, and  drops towards the mount of Luna ending on a star. The mount  of Moon is raised and rayed and a fine line goes towards its  lower part—these are bladder trouble indications.
 
 Liver  The lines of Life and Health are closely connected. The  Heart line is broken under the mount of Mercury. The skin is  cold and damp and the mount of Mercury raised and much  rayed, the Health line is ladder-like. Dark spots are on the  mount of Moon and the nail of the index finger stops growing—
 
 all show liver disorder.
 
 Nervous disorder
 
 (Associated with worry, fear, anxiety or alcoholic drinks.)
 
 The presence of Simian line, many fine lines on the hand  like spider-net, long and narrow palm, smooth, flexible and  tapering fingers, skin fine and smooth, the mount of Moon  raised towards the percussion and lined.
 
 Paralysis  Nails short and triangular, the mount of Saturn rayed and  raised; lines on palm dim after attack.
 
 A grille or dot on the mount of Saturn, an island on the  Life line or a dot on the Head line, a small line connects the  island in the Life line to the grille on the mount of Saturn. A  star on the base phalange of the Saturn finger and two per-
 
 pendicular lines on the mount of Saturn.
 
 The Head line defective by presence of a cross, star or a
 
 220 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  Kidney or Bladder  Soft and moist palm, yellowish lines, Health line broken,  pails have medium moon, the lower part of the mount of  Moon much raised and [ined with a cross thereon. A line  coming from a dot on the Life line or from inside the mount  of Venus and ending on a star; grille or cross on the [ower  mount of Luna —denote kidney trouble.
 
 The Head line has a break under the mount of Saturn, and  drops towards the mount of Luna ending on a star. The mount  of Moon is raised and rayed and a fine line goes towards its  lower part—these are bladder trouble indications.
 
 Liver  The lines of Life and Health are closely connected. The  Heart line is broken under the mount of Mercury. The skin is  cold and damp and the mount of Mercury raised and much  rayed, the Health line is ladder-like. Dark spots are on the  mount of Moon and the nail of the index finger stops growing—
 
 all show liver disorder.
 
 Nervous disorder
 
 (Associated with worry, fear, anxiety or alcoholic drinks.)
 
 The presence of Simian line, many fine lines on the hand  like spider-net, long and narrow palm, smooth, flexible and  tapering fingers, skin fine and smooth, the mount of Moon  raised towards the percussion and lined.
 
 Paralysis  Nails short and triangular, the mount of Saturn rayed and  raised; lines on palm dim after attack.
 
 A grille or dot on the mount of Saturn, an island on the  Life line or a dot on the Head line, a small line connects the  island in the Life line to the grille on the mount of Saturn. A  star on the base phalange of the Saturn finger and two per-
 
 pendicular lines on the mount of Saturn.
 
 The Head line defective by presence of a cross, star or a  dot under the mount of Saturn. The thumb weak and bent,  Medical Palmistry 221
 
 palm not opening fully and the fingers not straight.
 
 Prostate Gland  A star on the line of Mercury or near about where the line  of Head crosses it in a male hand.
 
 Respiratory disorder  The palm is thin, lines are faint, the nails are brittle, curved  or fluted. The Head line is defective, a line from the Head  line goes to the mount of Jupiter and ends in an island—
 
 respiratory disorder.
 
 A line from inside the mount of Venus crossing the lines  of Life and Head and ends on a grille on the upper mount of  Mars— bronchitis.
 
 A transverse island, cross lines or dots on the mount of  Jupiter —pleurisy, pneumonia.
 
 Rheumatism  The Life line forked in the end, or has an island thereon  from which a thin islanded line comes out and goes to the  mount of Saturn after cutting the lines of Head and Heart.
 
 A thin line comes out from the Life line in the middle and ends  in a cross on the middie portion of the mount of Moon. The  Life line suddenly turns down to the middle of the mount of  Moon ending  in a cross or star.
 
 A black, blue or red dot on the Heart line, soft and  velvet skin, raised or rayed mount of Saturn, middle portion  of the mount of Moon raised, several thin lines crossing the  mount of Saturn and the Heart line.
 
 Minute islanded and perpendicular lines extending from  the outer edge of the hand into the palmer surface, the mount  of Saturn depressed and marked with perpendicular lines.
 
 (Fig. 17.4)
 
 Spinal trouble  The nails are short, narrow and curved. There is a star on  o4
 
 Medical Palmistry 221
 
 palm not opening fully and the fingers not straight.
 
 Prostate Gland  A star on the line of Mercury or near about where the line  of Head crosses it in a male hand.
 
 Respiratory disorder  The palm is thin, lines are faint, the nails are brittle, curved  or fluted. The Head line is defective, a line from the Head  line goes to the mount of Jupiter and ends in an island—
 
 respiratory disorder.
 
 A line from inside the mount of Venus crossing the lines  of Life and Head and ends on a grille on the upper mount of  Mars—bronchitis.
 
 A transverse island, cross lines or dots on the mount of  Jupiter —pleurisy, pneumonia.
 
 Rheumatism  The Life line forked in the end, or has an island thereon  from which a thin islanded line comes out and goes to the  mount of Saturn after cutting the lines of Head and Heart.
 
 A thin line comes out from the Life line in the middle and ends  in a cross on the middle portion of the mount of Moon. The  Life line suddenly turns down to the middle of the mount of  Moon ending  in a cross or star.
 
 A black, blue or red dot on the Heart line, soft and  velvet skin, raised or rayed mmount of Saturn, middle portion  of the mount of Moon raised, several thin lines crossing the  mount of Saturn and the Heart line.
 
 Minute islanded and perpendicular lines extending from  the outer edge of the hand into the palmer surface, the mount  of Saturn depressed and marked with perpendicular lines.
 
 (Fig. 17.4)
 
 Spinal trouble  The nails are short, narrow and curved. There is a star on  e ——
 
 R  EE————=, T  e  e e i  b
 
 =
 
 –
 
 –
 
 –
 
 —
 
 .
 
 \
 
 e  T  o —
 
 –
 
 et
 
 —
 
 — =
 
 e
 
 ——
 
 –
 
 –
 
 2is,  v  En
 
 =
 
 222 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  the mount of Saturn. The mount of Moon is prominent and  lined, and the Life line has a break under the mount of Saturn,  The Head line is broken, islanded or looped under the junction  of Jupiter and Saturn mounts.
 
 Stomach and intestines  Vertical ridges on the nails— colitis.
 
 Sloping lines from the line of Health—sensitivity of stomach  and intestines.
 
 When a cross-bar from the Life line goes to the upper  mount of Luna and ends in a cross or grille—intestinal infla-
 
 mation and bow! trouble.
 
 Many fine lines running slant-wise down the hand—acidity  in digestive tract.
 
 An island on the mount of upper Mars at the end of the  Head line—intestinal trouble.
 
 A wavy Health line and an island on the Life line—chronic  indigestion.
 
 If the Health line does not touch the Heart line—weak  digestion.
 
 Small white spots on the nails, the Life line having an island  at the start—indigestion.
 
 A thick lower phalange of the Saturn finger, tip of the  Saturn finger bent towards the adjoining finger of Apollo, a  deep vertical line between the first and second fingers, an  island beneath the little finger or an island at the end of the  Heart line. The upper mounts of Mars and Moon are  crossed by fine lines —intestinal disorders.
 
 Sex diseases  A star on the joint of lines of Head and Health and  small hairy lines on the lower portion of the mount of Moon,  the Girdle of Venus broken in three parts and a star or island  on it under the mount of Saturn, nails brittle, convex and  long; the malformation of the ridges on the palm and a big  island on the lower portion of the mount of Moon—venereal  discase.
 
 A line from the mount of Venus goes to the mount of  it
 
 222 Everybody’s Guide te Palmistry  the mount of Saturn. The mount of Moon is prominent and  lined, and the Life line has a break under the mount of Saturn,  The Head line is broken, islanded or looped under the junction  of Jupiter and Saturn mounts.
 
 Stomach and intestines  Vertical ridges on the nails—colitis.
 
 Sloping lines from the line of Health—sensitivity of stomach  and intestines.
 
 When a cross-bar from the Life line goes to the upper  mount of Luna and ends in a cross or grille—intestinal infla-
 
 mation and bow] trouble.
 
 Many fine lines running slant-wise down the hand—acidity  in digestive tract.
 
 An island on the mount of upper Mars at the end of the  Head line—intestinal trouble.
 
 A wavy Health line and an island on the Life line—chronic  indigestion.
 
 If the Health line does not touch the Heart line—weak  digestion.
 
 Small white spots on the nails, the Life line having an island  at the start—indigestion.
 
 A thick lower phalange of the Saturn finger, tip of the  Saturn finger bent towards the adjoining finger of Apollo, a  deep vertical line between the first and second fingers, an  island beneath the little finger or an island at the end of the  Heart line. The upper mounts of Mars and Moon are  crossed by fine lines —intestinal disorders.
 
 Sex diseases  A star on the joint of lines of Head and Health and  small hairy lines on the lower portion of the mount of Moon,  the Girdle of Venus broken in three parts and a star or island  on it under the mount of Saturn, nails brittle, convex and  long; the malformation of the ridges on the palm and a big  island on the lower portion of the mount of Moon—venereal  disease.
 
 A line from the mount of Venus goes to the mount of  rfl—?#_*—.?é._fl_.;g_
 
 oy s  Iag i  Medical Palmistry 223
 
 Saturn, cutting the root of the middle finger—womb trouble.
 
 The first bracelet of the rascette curving inside the palm, a  star on the joining point of the lines of Head and Health, a  bad mount of Venus and small dots at the end of the Heart  line—impotence.
 
 Little finger is short, deformed or crooked—weakness of  gonads.
 
 Puffiness of hand, underdeveloped nails, little finger small  and curved inward and keeps aloof from the third finger—sex  chromosomal aberrations or sex abnormality in women.
 
 A star on the point of cutting of the lines of Head and  Health—disorder of generative organs; lack of spermatozoa.
 
 The Life line curtailing the mount of Venus—semen  defect.
 
 The mount of Moon raised and rayed, the mount of Venus  depressed but full of lines, vertical lines on the mount of  Saturn, the Life line turning towards the mount of Moon—
 
 defect in female generative organs.
 
 The Head line having small branches at the end, the Heart  line branchless  at the start from or near the mount of Mercury  and a cross on the third phalange of the second finger on a  woman’s hand —sterility.
 
 The Fate line very thick, the line of Head with some defect  under the mount of Saturn, the mount of Venus prominent—
 
 lack of virility.
 
 A thick Fate line stops at the Head line, the Life line  is defective —sexual weakness in man and weak health of wife.
 
 The lines of Head and Life are joined together up to a long  distance at the beginning, forming a chained and defective  shape, the mount of Moon is  excessively raised—early  ejaculation.
 
 Thyroid Gland  The hands cold, broad, spongy; the fingers sausage-shaped,  with conic tips, skin puffy, nails thin, brittle, ridged, short  or fan-shaped without moon at the base and the tapering finger  of Mercury —under-active, thyroid and sex glands.
 
 Hands long and narrow, warm and moist with tremors.
 
 Nails shiny with large moons. Many small  circle-type  Medical Palmistry 223
 
 Saturn, cutting the root of the middle finger—womb trouble.
 
 The first bracelet of the rascette curving inside the palm, a  star on the joining point of the lines of Head and Health, a  bad mount of Venus and small dots at the end of the Heart  line—impotence.
 
 Little finger is short, deformed or crooked—weakness of  gonads.
 
 Puffiness of hand, underdeveloped nails, little finger small  and curved inward and keeps aloof from the third finger—sex  chromosomal aberrations or sex abnormality in women.
 
 A star on the point of cutting of the lines of Head and  Health—disorder of generative organs; lack of spermatozoa.
 
 The Life line curtailing the mount of Venus—semen  defect.
 
 The mount of Moon raised and rayed, the mount of Venus  depressed but full of lines, vertical lines on the mount of  Saturn, the Life line turning towards the mount of Moon—
 
 defect in female generative organs.
 
 The Head line having small branches at the end, the Heart  line branchless  at the start from or near the mount of Mercury  and a cross on the third phalange of the second finger on a  woman’s hand —sterility.
 
 The Fate line very thick, the line of Head with some defect  under the mount of Saturn, the mount of Venus prominent—
 
 lack of virility.
 
 A thick Fate line stops at the Head line, the Life line  is defective —sexual weakness in man and weak health of wife.
 
 The lines of Head and Life are joined together up to a long  distance at the beginning, forming a chained and defective  shape, the mount of Moon is  excessively raised—early  ejaculation.
 
 Thyroid Gland  The hands cold, broad, spongy; the fingers sausage-shaped,  with conic tips, skin puffy, nails thin, brittle, ridged, short  or fan-shaped without moon at the base and the tapering finger  of Mercury —under-active, thyroid and sex glands.
 
 |
 
 Hands long and narrow, warm and moist with tremors.
 
 .
 
 Nails shiny with large moons. Many small  circle-type
 
 224 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  formations inside the Head line, under the mount of Saturn—
 
 overactive thyroid.
 
 Throat and Catarrh  An island on the Health line, nails V-shaped, three crosses  on the Head l’ine below the mount of Jupiter, two long and  narrow islands on the Health line, a line from the Life line  ends on a grille or cross on the upper mount of Mars; cross  lines on the lower mount of Mars—throat trouble and catarrh.
 
 A fine line from the Head line going to the mount of Jupiter  and the Head line leaning towards the mount of Mercury. Two  crosses at the beginning of the Head line —throat infection.
 
 Tuberculosis  A thin palm, long knotty fingers, long, thin, brittle, convex  or fluted (called watch-glass) nails, the Life line defective,  the Health line islanded, an island on the line of Mercury is  crossed by an Influence line from the Life line—tuberculosis.
 
 A line of Influence ending in an island on the mount of  Jupiter, several islands on the Head line—Jung trouble.
 
 224 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  formations inside the Head line, under the mount of Saturn—
 
 overactive thyroid.
 
 Throat and Catarrh  An island on the Health line, nails V-shaped, three crosses  on the Head l!ine below the mount of Jupiter, two long and  narrow islands on the Health line, a line from the Life line  ends on a grille or cross on the upper mount of Mars; cross  lines on the lower mount of Mars—throat trouble and catarrh.
 
 A fine line from the Head line going to the mount of Jupiter  and the Head line leaning towards the mount of Mercury. Two  crosses at the beginning of the Head line —throat infection.
 
 Tuberculosis  A thin palm, long knotty fingers, long, thin, brittle, convex  or fluted (cailed watch-glass) nails, the Life line defective,  the Health line islanded, an island on the line of Mercury is  crossed by an Influence line from the Life line— tuberculosis.
 
 A line of Influence ending in an island on the mount of  Jupiter, several islands on the Head line—Jung trouble.
 
 —h A  APPENDIX 1
 
 Ready to Read Your Hand!
 
 The precise way of reading the hand is to take its imprint,  There are several minute signs and ridges in the hand which are  not clear to the naked eye. The accurate method is to take an  imprint with finger-print ink, a special ink used by the police  and revenue departments. This ink should first be spread on a  square and rectangular glass plate or on a wooden plate  covered with tin. A small S5-inch rubber-roller (generally  used by photographers) is rubbed on the ink plate and then  applied to palm, fingers and thumb. After that the hand is  slowly placed on a sheet of glazed paper and pressed from the  middle from the back of the hand, pressure is exercised on  each finger and thumb one by one. A full impression of the  thumb should be taken, as it is the most important digit of  the hand and yields a lot of information. Thereafter, the hand  should be lifted slowly from the side of the thnmb to take an  impression of its other side (percussion) on paper. This portion  has the lines of Marriage, Travel, etc. A glazed art paper  should be used for taking the impression. The hand should be  placed firmly and should not be moved or shaken while the  impression is being taken.
 
 The examination of the hand-print should proceed step by  step, examining each point and each line minutely, preferably  with the help of a magnifying glass, and the result of each  detail should be noted on a sheet of paper to arrive at a collec-
 
 tive judgment by consideration of all the points togéther (plus  and minus, i.e., good and bad). A single sign is not sufficient to  APPENDIX 1
 
 Ready to Read Your Hand!
 
 The precise way of reading the hand is to take its imprint.
 
 There are several minute signs and ridges in the hand which are  not clear to the naked eye. The accurate method is to take an  imprint with finger-print ink, a special ink used by the police  and revenue departments. This ink should first be spread on a  square and rectangular glass plate or on a wooden plate  covered with tin. A small 5-inch rubber-roller (generally  used by photographers) is rubbed on the ink plate and then  applied to palm, fingers and thumb. After that the hand is  slowly placed on a sheet of glazed paper and pressed from the  middle from the back of the hand, pressure is exercised on  each finger and thumb one by one. A full impression of the  thumb should be taken, as it is the most important digit of  the hand and yields a lot of information. Thereafter, the hand  should be lifted slowly from the side of the thhmb to take an  impression of its other side (percussion) on paper. This portion  has the lines of Marriage, Travel, etc. A glazed art paper  should be used for taking the impression. The hand should be  placed firmly and should not be moved or shaken while the  impression is being taken.
 
 The examination of the hand-print should proceed step by  step, examining each point and each line minutely, preferably  with the help of a magnifying glass, and the result of each  detail should be noted on a sheet of paper to arrive at a collec-
 
 tive judgment by coasideration of all the points together (plus  and minus, i.e., good and bad). A single sign is not sufficient to
 
 226 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  arrive at a correct assessment. The data are to be coliected from  both the hands separately, and then closely examined in detail.
 
 A chart is given below for ready reference and convenience so  that no point is missed in the examination of the hand:-
 
 Examination Chart  Nand Classification—types of hand.
 
 Palm Length and breadth of the palm and fingers—together  and separately. Measurement of the palm from all  sides. Its colour, consistency, texture; whether shallow  or raised. The plain of Mars. Hair on skin.
 
 Thumb Position—hard or flexible? Whether straight? Distance  between the thumb and the forefinger. The shape of  the thumb, phalanges and the signs on them.
 
 Fingers Long or short; rough or smooth. Whether pointed,  knotted or crooked? The space between the fingers.
 
 Whether the fingers are evenly set or not and how  many are evenly set on the palm? Whether the finger-
 
 tips are square, spatulate, conic, etc? The phalanges  of the fingers, their shape, size and the signs on them.
 
 Nails  Size—long or short, flat, brittle or thin. Whether  V-shaped? The position of the moon at the base of  the fingers. Their colour. Defects or spots on the  nails, if any.
 
 Mount Judge all mounts on the palm—bad, good, developed,
 
 |
 
 overdeveloped, marks on the mounts, if any.
 
 |
 
 Ridges Whether loop, tented arch, whorl or composite?
 
 Any malformation of the ridges on the palm?
 
 Lines The line of Life
 
 |
 
 The line of Head  The line of Heart  The line of Fate (Saturn)
 
 The line of Sun  The line of Health  The line of Marriage  The line of Children  The line of Intuition
 
 226 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry  arrive at a correct assessment. The data are to be collected from  both the hands separately, and then closely examined in detail.
 
 A chart is given below for ready reference and convenience so  that no point is missed in the examination of the hand:-
 
 Examination Chart  HNand  Classification—types of hand.
 
 Palm Length and breadth of the palm and fingers—together  and separately. Measurement of the palm from all  sides. Its colour, consistency, texture; whether shallow  or raised. The plain of Mars. Hair on skin.
 
 Thumb Position— hard or flexible? Whether straight? Distance  between the thumb and the forefinger. The shape of  the thumb, phalanges and the signs on them.
 
 Fingers Long or short; rough or smooth. Whether pointed,  knotted or crooked? The space between the fingers.
 
 Whether the fingers are evenly set or not and how  many are evenly set on the palm? Whether the finger-
 
 tips are square, spatulate, conic, etc? The phalanges  of the fingers, their shape, size and the signs on them.
 
 Nails  Size—long or short, flat, brittle or thin. Whether  V-shaped? The position of the moon at the base of  the fingers. Their colour. Defects or spots on the  nails, if any.
 
 Mount Judge all mounts on the palm—bad, good, developed,  overdeveloped, marks on the mounts, if any.
 
 Ridges Whether loop, tented arch, whorl or composite?
 
 Any malformation of the ridges on the palm?
 
 Lines The line of Life  The line of Head
 
 ,  The line of Heart
 
 ,  The line of Fate (Saturn)
 
 ;
 
 The line of Sun
 
 |
 
 The line of Health  The line of Marriage  The line of Children  The line of Intuition  Appendix 227
 
 The marks of accident or legacy. The ring of Solomon.
 
 The ring of Saturn. Line (s) on the mount of Jupiter.
 
 The mystic cross. The triangles—big and small. The  quadrangle, The girdle of Venus. The bracelets
 
 (rascette). Signs on lines and palm. Defects on lines.
 
 Abnormality, if any.
 
 Any special featares.
 
 Signs  Appendix 227
 
 The marks of accident or legacy. The ring of Solomon.
 
 The ring of Saturn. Line (s) on the mount of Jupiter.
 
 The mystic cross. The triangles—big and small. The  quadrangle. The girdle of Venus. The bracelets
 
 (rascette). Signs on lines and palm. Defects on lines.
 
 Abnormality, if any.
 
 Any special features.
 
 228 Everybody’s Guide to Palmis try  Plate |
 
 Plate 2
 
 e  Ml el i i  o 8 B  el  e  i b i s  aae  T
 
 ’s Guide to Palmistry
 
 228 Everybody
 
 ¢ 3lkld
 
 | 2IEld  APPENDIX II  The hand of a great saint and seer
 
 (Plate 1)
 
 The hand of a great saint and seer is soft and pink-coloured.
 
 The mounts of Jupiter, Luna and Venus are developed. The  first phalange of the fingers are long and the tips are fleshy,  reflecting a spiritual bent and sensitivity, respectively.
 
 A line from the Life line goes to the mount of Jupiter.
 
 Big and small triangles in the palm are present. Triangles on  the mounts of Saturn, Jupiter and Moon show spiritual attain-
 
 ment and on the lines of Head and Fate show spiritual powers  and mystic experiences. He has cxperienced a state of Samadhi.
 
 A good Sun line going to the mount of Sun from the mount  of Moon shows that he follows the ancient tradition and is a  great Sanskrit scholar.
 
 There is a fish sign at the beginning of the Life line and  a chain of triangles at the root of the thumb, showing Tantric  siddhi and control of sex.
 
 The line of Marriage is absent. The line of Renunciation  is present at the base of the finger of Jupiter. He renounced  his home at an early age, and devoted his whole life to spiritual  pursuits and giving guidance to the seekers of Truth.
 
 He has great love and admiration for his country and its  ancient culture. That he does not divulge his inner spiritual  secrets easily is indicated by the mount of Jupiter, his heavy  thumb and the straight fourth finger.
 
 The hand of a lady who is a great religious  teacher, social worker and authoress of  international fame
 
 (Plate 2)
 
 The hands and fingers of & lady who is a great religious  teacher, social worker and authoress are soft and pink-
 
 coloured. Her hands are square showing stress on the practical  e e  a—-iT  APPENDIX 11
 
 The hand of a great saint and seer
 
 (Plate 1)
 
 The hand of a great saint and seer is soft and pink-coloured.
 
 The mounts of Jupiter, Luna and Venus are developed. The  first phalange of the fingers are long and the tips are fieshy,  reflecting a spiritual bent and sensitivity, respectively.
 
 A line from the Life line goes to the mount of Jupiter.
 
 Big and small triangles in the palm are present. Triangles on  the mounts of Saturn, Jupiter and Moon show spiritual attain-
 
 ment and on the lines of Head and Fate show spiritual powers  and mystic experiences. He has cxperienced a state of Samadhi.
 
 A good Sun line going to the mount of Sun from the mount  of Moon shows that he follows the ancient tradition and is a  great Sanskrit scholar.
 
 There is a fish sign at the beginning of the Life line and  a chain of triangles at the root of the thumb, showing Tuniric  siddhi and control of sex.
 
 The line of Marriage is absent. The line of Renunciation  is present at the base of the finger of Jupiter. He renounced  his home at an early age, and devoted his whole life to spiritual  pursuits and giving guidance to the seekers of Truth.
 
 He has great love and admiration for his country and its  ancient culture. That he does not divulge his inner spiritual  secrets easily is indicated by the mount of Jupiter, his heavy  thumb and the straight fourth finger.
 
 The hand of a lady who is a great religious  teacher, social worker and authoress of  international fame
 
 (Plate 2)
 
 The hands and fingers of & lady who is a great religious  teacher, social worker and authoress are soft and pink-
 
 coloured. Her hands are square showing stress on the practical
 
 230 Everybody ’s Guide to Palm istry
 
 – –
 
 = 2 sS==a  v 21Bld
 
 £ 91Eld  istry
 
 ‘s Guide to Palm
 
 ‘ybody
 
 230 Ever  Y Ayl —
 
 T  T e RN  T,  L.
 
 YT e  Appendix 231
 
 way of life in her teachings. The Heart line is long and  forked, a branch of which leads up to the mount of Jupiter,  showing an ideal sort of love. The line of Renunciation
 
 (Diksha rekha) is present at the base of the finger, and the  line of Marriage is faint and very crossed, indicating that she  did not marry and devoted herself to spiritual pursuits and  service of mankind. There is a mystic cross and small and  big triangles in the middle of the palm and also the  triangles on the mounts of Saturn and Moon and on the Head  line. The first phalanges of all the fingers are longer than the  others phalanges— all these signs stand for spiritual attainment.
 
 The thumb is well-shaped and opens fully and is away from  the first finger. Its nail phalange (first phalange) is large, show-
 
 ing a strong will power,  The hand of a state minister (Central)
 
 (Plate 3)
 
 The hand is well-shaped and lines are well-marked. The  mount of Jupiter is developed and the finger of Jupiter is long  and straight. Other mounts are also good and have vertical  lines on them. The finger-tips are square. The thumb is stiff,  prominent and waist-like in the centre, indicating will power  and diplomacy. The lines of Sun and Fate are good in the  later part of life, when he becomes a minister. The second  phalanges of the fingers are longer than the first and the third  showing intellectual development and diplomacy. There is tri-
 
 angle in the centre of the palm, showing ability to govern.
 
 A branch of the Heart line from the mount of Sun goes  towards the lines of Head and Life and joins them at the start,  showing ability to take risks for attaining fame and position.
 
 The hand of a Member of Parliament
 
 (Politician)
 
 (Plate 4)
 
 The hand of an M.P. is well-shaped with the main lines  well-marked. The mount of Jupiter is well-developed and the  mounts of Suns, Mercury and Mars are also good. The Head  line starts from the mount of Jupiter. The Fate line goes  S
 
 ————
 
 TOTTTIINTE  VI DR T ST  e e WS  N  N  Appendix 231
 
 way of life in her teachings. The Heart line is long and  forked, a branch of which leads up to the mount of Jupiter,  showing an ideal sort of love. The line of Renunciation
 
 (Diksha rekha) is present at the base of the finger, and the  line of Marriage is faint and very crossed, indicating that she  did not marry and devoted herself to spiritual pursuits and  service of mankind. There is a mystic cross and small and  big triangles in the middle of the palm and also the  triangles on the mounts of Saturn and Moon and on the Head  line. The first phalanges of all the fingers are longer than the  others phalanges— all these signs stand for spiritual attainment.
 
 The thumb is well-shaped and opens fully and is away from  the first finger. Its nail phalange (first phalange) is large, show-
 
 ing a strong will power.
 
 The hand of a state minister (Central)
 
 (Plate 3)
 
 The hand is well-shaped and lines are well-marked. The  mount of Jupiter is developed and the finger of Jupiter is long  and straight. Other mounts are also good and have vertical  lines on them. The finger-tips are square, The thumb is stiff,  prominent and waist-like in the centre, indicating will power  and diplomacy. The lines of Sun and Fate are good in the  later part of life, when he becomes a minister. The second  phalanges of the fingers are longer than the first and the third  showing intellectual development and diplomacy. There is tri-
 
 angle in the centre of the palm, showing ability to govern.
 
 A branch of the Heart line from the mount of Sun goes  towards the lines of Head and Life and joins them at the start,  showing ability to take risks for attaining fame and position.
 
 The hand of a Member of Parliament
 
 (Politician)
 
 (Plate 4)
 
 The hand of an M.P. is well-shaped with the main lines  well-marked. The mount of Jupiter is well-developed and the  mounts of Suns, Mercury and Mars arc also good. The Head  line starts from the mount of Jupiter. The Fate line goes  Plate 5
 
 Plate 6
 
 232 Everybody ‘s Guide  to Pal mistry  Plate 6
 
 232 Everybody ‘s Guide  to Pal  almistry
 
 [
 
 Appendix 233
 
 between the mounts of Jupiter and Saturn. The thumb is stiff,  well-shaped and is waist-like in appearance in the middle,  having its both phalanges large and equal, reflecting will power,  logic and tact. Fingers are long and straight and their tips  square. There is a triangle in the centre of the palm below the  middle finger. There is ample space between the lines of Life  and Head, showing overconfidence and this overconfidence  was the cause of his defeat at one time. The finger of Mercury  is crooked and there are vertical lines on the mount of  Mercury, showing his ability to make money.
 
 A senior 1.A.S. Officer holding high position
 
 (Plate 5)
 
 The hand of a senior IAS officer is square. All the mounts  are well-developed. The lines are thin and fine. The mount  and the finger of Jupiter are good. A triangle in the centre of  the palm below the middle finger shows good administrative  ability. The other fingers are evenly set. The Mercury finger is  straight and touches the first joint of the Apollo finger. No  space between the fingers. The thumb is long and stiff and  there is good space between the thumb and first finger, making  an angle of more than 90°, The third phalanges of the fingers  are thick, showing a taste for good food and drinks. The  formation of the hand and lines show his great ability, honesty  and devotion to duty.
 
 At 55, a sudden change and some loss of reputation is  feared due to an intrigue but he wii! regain his position.
 
 The Hand of an Astrologer
 
 (Plate 6)
 
 The Head line is long and clear. Fingers are long and  knotted. The palm is long. Mystic cross is present in the  quadarangle. A triangle on the Head line, a big triangle on the  palm and a broken ring of Solomon on the mount of Jupiter  are seen. The Life line ending on the mount of Moon shows  success in the later period of life, after a long struggle. A  break and an island in the Life line at about the age of 62 are  Appendix 233
 
 between the mounts of Jupiter and Saturn. The thumb is stiff,  well-shaped and is waist-like in appearance in the middle,  having its both phalanges large and equal, reflecting will power,  logic and tact. Fingers are long and straight and their tips  square. There is a triangle in the centre of the palm below the  middle finger. There is ample space between the lines of Life  and Head, showing overconfidence and this overconfidence  was the cause of his defeat at one time. The finger of Mercury  is crooked and there are vertical lines on the mount of  Mercury, showing his ability to make money.
 
 A senior 1.A.S. Officer holding high position
 
 (Plate 5)
 
 The hand of a senior 1AS officer is square. All the mounts  are well-developed. The lines are thin and fine. The mount  and the finger of Jupiter are good. A triangle in the centre of  the palm below the middle finger shows good administrative  ability. The other fingers are evenly set. The Mercury finger is  straight and touches the first joint of the Apollo finger. No  space between the fingers. The thumb is long and stiff and  there is good space between the thumb and first finger, making  an angle of more than 90°, The third phalanges of the fingers  are thick, showing a taste for good food and drinks. The  formation of the hand and lines show his great ability, honesty  and devotion to duty.
 
 At 55, a sudden change and some loss of reputation is  feared due to an intrigue but he wil! regain his position.
 
 The Hand of an Astrologer
 
 (Plate 6)
 
 The Head line is long and clear. Fingers are long and  knotted. The palm is long. Mystic cross is present in the  quadarangle. A triangle on the Head line, a big triangle on the  palm and a broken ring of Solomon on the mount of Jupiter  are seen. The Life line ending on the mount of Moon shows  success in the later period of life, after a long struggle. A  break and an island in the Life line at about the age of 62 are  L A  e
 
 ‘ 4
 
 e  e
 
 234 Everybody’s Guide to Palmis try
 
 234 Everybody’s Guide to Palmis ry
 
 —af: rmo—
 
 r.llllll..l.».;li
 
 ¥
 
 Appendix 235
 
 seen, showing serious illness and risk to life.* Malformation  of ridges on the lower mount of Moon shows infection in the  urinary tract. An operation is indicated. The Head line starts  from positive Mars, revealing an aggressive, talkative and  quarrelsome nature. The hand also shows a craving for vanity,  money and fame.
 
 A reputed lady musician of India and  winner of several National awards  A(Plate 7)
 
 All the mounts in the hand of this renowned musician are  well-developed and several upward lines going towards the  mounts of Saturn and Sun are seen. The mount of Venus is  fine and has a square in the centre. The fingers are smooth  and straight. The Saturn finger is long and its mount is well-
 
 developed, showing her proficiency in instrumental music. A  line from the line of Life goes to the mount of Jupiter,  indicating achievement of National awards. A Fate line from  the mount of Moon is going towards the mount of Jupiter. The  Sun line starts from the Fate line. The double lines of Head  reveal her talents and distinction.
 
 Hand showing jaundice and untimely death
 
 (Plate 8)
 
 The hand-print is of a young astrologer, who did his M.A.
 
 in astrology and was the son of a famous astrologer. He had  an attack of jaundice at the early age of 29 and died suddenly  and prematurely.
 
 The symptoms of the malady were visible on his nails and  the moon in the npails turned yellowish at the time of the  disease. A line from the mount of Venus touches the Health  line and the mount of Mercury is raised, showing tendency  to jaundice. The lines are faint and not well-marked. The  Head line is short.
 
 A thick branch from the Heart line joins the lines of Life
 
 *He died after a prolonged illness.
 
 Appendix 235
 
 seen, showing serious illness and risk to life.* Malformation  of ridges on the lower mount of Moon shows infection in the  urinary tract. An operation is indicated. The Head line starts  from positive Mars, revealing an aggressive, talkative and  quarrelsome nature. The hand also shows a craving for vanity,  money and fame.
 
 A reputed lady musician of India and  winner of several National awards
 
 (Plate 7)
 
 All the mounts in the band of this renowned musician are  well-developed and several upward lines going towards the  mounts of Saturn and Sun are seen. The mount of Venus is  fine and has a square in the centre. The fingers are smooth  and straight. The Saturn finger is long and its mount is well-
 
 developed, showing her proficiency in instrumental music. A  line from the line of Life goes to the mount of Jupiter,  indicating achievement of National awards. A Fate line from  the mount of Moon is going towards the mount of Jupiter. The  Sun line starts from the Fate line. The double lines of Head  reveal her talents and distinction.
 
 Hand showing jaundice and untimely death
 
 (Plate 8)
 
 The hand-print is of a young astrologer, who did his M. A.
 
 in astrology and was the son of a famous astrologer. He had  an attack of jaundice at the early age of 29 and died suddenly  and prematurely.
 
 The symptoms of the malady were visible on his nails and  the moon in the nails turned yellowish at the time of the  disease. A line from the mount of Venus touches the Health  line and the mount of Mercury is raised, showing tendency  to jaundice. The lines are faint and not well-marked. The  Head line is short.
 
 A thick branch from the Heart line joins the lines of Life
 
 *He died after a prolonged illness.
 
 01 21%d
 
 6 N®ld
 
 236 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry
 
 236 Everybody’s Guide to Palmisti y  Appendix 237
 
 and Head at the start, indicating a sudden end. The Heart line  is defective. The Health line is neither clear nor good. There  is a clear island in the Life line followed by a break. There  is a break in the Heart line under the mount of Saturn and  an island below the mount of Sun. There is an island in the  Head line under the mount of Saturn. aggravating bad  tendencies.
 
 The hand of a young man who inherited huge  property and farmland
 
 (Plate 9)
 
 All mounts in the hand of a youngman who inherited huge  property are well-developed and fine. A sign of bow is formed  with the lines of Life and Fate. A Sun line starting from the  Heart line indicates inheritance from father. Yuv sign is present  in the first joint of the thumb. Triangles in the centre of the  palm and on the Heart line show ownership of property and  houses. The Head line sloping towards the Heart line under the  mount of Sun shows money-mindedness. He, inherited large  mechanised farms (Fate line is thick) and a palatial house  with a beautiful garden. Money has preference in his life over  everything else. The Mercury finger is crooked, showing  cleverness and shrewdness in all worldly affairs.
 
 The hand of a Canadian girl
 
 (Plate 10)
 
 A rich Canadian girl, born on 21st November 1948, came  to India with an eldesly married Indian doctor and remained  with him as his mistress. She is left-handed and well-educated,  intelligent and beautiful. She later on married him. Before  coming to India, she is reported to have had a love affair  with a native boy.
 
 .
 
 She has a fine line besides the second line of Marriage,  showing the co-wife of her husband. There are three Marriage  lines, and all are leaning towards the Heart line Two lines  from the mount of Moon join the Fate line in her palm. The  mounts of Moon and Venus are raised and rayed. The Heart  line is islanded and ends between the fingers of Jupiter and  Appendix 237
 
 !
 
 and Head at the start. indicating a sudden end. The Heart line  is defective. The Health line is neither clear nor good. There  is a clear island in the Life line followed by a break. There  is a break in the Heart line under the mount of Saturn and  an island below the mount of Sun. There is an island in the  Head line uonder the mount of Saturn. aggravating bad  tendencies.
 
 The hand of a young man who inherited huge  property and farmland
 
 (Plate 9)
 
 All mounts in the hand of a youngman who inherited huge  property are well-developed and fine. A sign of bow is formed  with the lines of Life and Fate. A Sun line starting from the  Heart line indicates inheritance from father. Y  sign is present  in the first joint of the thumb. Triangles in the centre of the  palm and on the Heart line show ownership of property and  houses. The Head line sloping towards the Heart line under the  mount of Sun shows money-mindedness. He inherited large
 
 |
 
 mechanised farms (Fate line is thick) and a palatial house  with a beautiful garden. Money has preference in his life over
 
 ,  everything else. The Mercury finger is crooked, showing
 
 ‘.
 
 cleverness and shrewdness in all worldly affairs.
 
 The hand of a Canadian girl
 
 (Plate 101}
 
 A rich Canadian girl, born on 21st November 1948, came  to India with an eldedly married Indian doctor and remained  with him as his mistress. She is left-handed and well-educated,  intelligent and beautiful. She later on married him. Before  coming to Ind’a, she is reported to have had a love affair  with a native boy.
 
 She has a fine line besides the second line of Marriage.
 
 showing the co-wife of her husband. There are three Marriage  lines, and all are leaning towards the Heart line Two lines  from the mount of Moon join the Fate line in her palm. The  mounts of Moon and Venus are raised and rayed. The Heart  i  line is islanded and ends between the fingers of Jupiter and
 
 4—_—
 
 T
 
 1 Meyd
 
 11 21eld
 
 ‘s Guide to Palmistry  rybody
 
 –
 
 E
 
 238
 
 238 Everybod)y’s Guide to Palmistry  Plate )1
 
 Plate 12
 
 —_—
 
 o  o TN  b  p—a ] Sl
 
 .
 
 Appendix 239
 
 Saturn showing physical sexual tendency.
 
 There is a sister line to the Head line and a branch of the  Heart line sloping towards the Head line. She is good at
 
 –
 
 liaison work. She will achieve fame and fortune in her later  part of life.
 
 The hand of a woman of loose morals
 
 (Plate 11)
 
 A married woman having illicit relations with several  persons. Three clear islands on the Heart line which goes be-
 
 tween the fingers of Jupiter and Saturn, showing plysical  sexuality. The Heart line bifurcates on the mount of Saturn,  indicating her passive and active role in love-making. Several  Influence lines from the mounts of Venus and Mars cut the  lines of Life, Head and Fate. The mount of Venus is raised and  much rayed and has a sign of grille. The thumb is supple and
 
 – opens less. The fourth finger: is crooked.
 
 The line of Marriage is faint. An upward branch from the  Heart line cuts the Fate line, showing separation from her  husband after middle age. The Fate line is broken. It starts  from the Life line, showing her independent nature.
 
 The Hand of an unmarried girl with loose morals
 
 (Plate 12)
 
 The hands of this unmarried girl of loose morals are warm  to the touch. The mount of Venus is raised and rayed. The  girdle of Venus is formed by three lines and is broken and ill  formed. The Life line is inclined towards the mount of Venus.
 
 Many offshoots from the Heart line go towards the Head line.
 
 The finger of Mercury is very short. The thumb is supple and  thin and its first phalange is very short, showing lack of will  power. The Head line is short and leans towards the mount of  Moon. The lines of Head and Life are joined together to a  great distance at the beginning and both the lines have islands  at the start.
 
 Hands of the blind
 
 (Plate 13, 14)
 
 The first hand-print (plate 13) belongs to a person who  Appendix 239
 
 Saturn showing physical sexual tendency.
 
 There is a sister line to the Head line and a branch of the  Heart line sloping towards the Head line. She is good at
 
 –
 
 liaison work. She will achieve fame and fortune in her later  part of life.
 
 The hand of a woman of loose morals
 
 (Plate 11)
 
 A married woman having illicit relations with several  persons. Three clear islands on the Heart line which goes be-
 
 tween the fingers of Jupiter and Saturn, showing plysical  sexuality. The Heart line bifurcates on the mount of Saturn,  indicating her passive and active role in love-making. Several  Influence lines from the mounts of Venus and Mars cut the  lines of Life, Head and Fate. The mount of Venus is raised and  much rayed and has a sign of grille. The thumb is supple and  opens less. The fourth finger is crooked.
 
 _
 
 The line of Marriage is faint. An npward branch from the  Heart line cuts the Fate line, showing separation from her  husband after middle age. The Fate line is broken. It starts  from the Life line. showing her independent nature.
 
 The Hand of an unmarried girl with loose morals
 
 (Plate 12)
 
 The hands of this unmarried girl of loose morals are warm  to the touch. The mount of Venus is raised and rayed. The  girdle of Venus is formed by three lines and is broken and ill  formed. The Life line is inclined towards the mount of Venus.
 
 Many offshoots from the Heart linc go towards the Head line.
 
 The finger of Mercury is very short. The thumb is supple and  thin and its first phalange is very short, showing lack of will  power. The Head line is short and leans towards the mount of  Moon. The lines of Head and Life are joined together to a  great distance at the beginning and both the lines have islands  at the start.
 
 Hands of the blind
 
 (Plate 13, 14)
 
 The first hand-print (plate 13) belongs to a person who
 
 240 Everybody’ s Guide to Palmi  istry  Plate 14
 
 Fl 2i%ld  istry
 
 § Guide to Palmi
 
 3
 
 240 Everybody  Plate 14
 
 Plate 13
 
 Appendix 241
 
 became blind at the age of 16. There is a big island (ld;op) on  the Heart line under the mount of Sun. The mounts of Jupiter,  Saturn, Sun and Mercury are absent from both the hands. The  girdle of Venus is crossed and islanded.
 
 The second print (plate 14) belongs to a person who became  blind at the age of one, after a serious illness. There is a clear  island at the start of the Life line. A whorl to the left on the  mount of Sun in his right hand points to his blindness.
 
 The hand of a woman who suffered from  breast cancer
 
 (Plate 15)
 
 The hand of the woman has malformation of palm ridges  on the mount of Moon and a woolly appearance of lines due to  cancer virus. She got breast cancer at about the age of 45.
 
 She was successfully operated. The ‘print was taken some  time after the operation. The malformation of ridges is still  visible.
 
 Several lines from the mount of lower Mars cut the lines  of Life and Head at the beginning, showing interferences and  hurdles in early life.
 
 The Fate line becomes clear in the centre of the palm.
 
 Three Sun lines appear on the mount of Sun. The Heart line  has three forks at the end. The lady had an ordinary life up to
 
 31. Her husband became famous as a yaid (physician) at about
 
 36. His income of Rs. 60 per mensem in the early period rose  to’Rs. 15,000 per mensem at the age of 40.
 
 Rare double lines of the palm
 
 (Plate 16)
 
 The hand-print of a dental surgeon showing double lines  on the palm—a peculiar feature not commonly seen. Such  lines are not healthy. They show weak health, a weak financial  status and an unhappy married life. All three main lines (Life,  Head and Heart) are joined together at the start showing a  sudden end. The line of Marriage is very long and is cut by  the girdle of Venus.
 
 Plate 14
 
 Plate 13
 
 Appendix 241
 
 became blind at the age of 16. There is a big island (loop) on  the Heart line under the mount of Sun. The mounts of Jupiter,  Saturn, Sun and Mercury are absent from both the hands. The  girdle of Venus is crossed and islanded.
 
 The second print (plate 14) belongs to a person who became  blind at the age of one, after a serious illness. There is a clear  island at the start of the Life line. A whorl to the left on the  mount of Sun in his right hand points to his blindness.
 
 The hand of a woman who suffered from  breast cancer
 
 (Plate 15)
 
 The hand of the woman has malformation of palm ridges  on the mount of Moon and a woolly appearance of lines due to  cancer virus. She got breast cancer at about the age of 45.
 
 She was successfully operated. The print was taken some  time after the operation. The malformation of ridges is still  visible.
 
 Several lines from the mount of lower Mars cut the lines  of Life and Head at the beginning, showing interferences and  hurdles in early life.
 
 The Fate line becomes clear in the centre of the palm.
 
 Three Sun lines appear on the mount of Sun. The Heart line  has three forks at the end. The lady had an ordinary life up to
 
 31. Her husband became famous as a vaid (physician) at about
 
 36. His income of Rs. 60 per mensem in the early period rose  to’Rs. 15,000 per mensem at the age of 40.
 
 Rare double lines of the palm
 
 (Plate 16)
 
 The hand-print of a dental surgeon showing double lines  on the palm—a peculiar feature not commonly seen. Such  lines are not healthy. They show weak health, a weak financial  status and an unhappy married life. All three main lines (Life,  Head and Heart) are joined together at the start showing a  sudden end. The line of Marriage is very long and is cut by  the girdle of Venus.
 
 try
 
 42 Everybody’s Guide to Palmis
 
 2
 
 P A S gty e . Y-
 
 .
 
 iry
 
 15
 
 2 Everybody’s Guide to Palmi
 
 24
 
 e
 
 ) a—
 
 e ke o e e e  R  T  T  e  e
 
 –
 
 e
 
 .
 
 =
 
 —_
 
 —
 
 b
 
 =
 
 T  e S  Appendix 243
 
 The hand with many lines on the palm
 
 (Plate 17)
 
 ‘
 
 ‘
 
 This is also a rare formation of lines on the palm. The
 
 1
 
 hand is of a famous publisher of religious books. The palm is  covered with fine lines all over showing that the brain is used  in many directions. There is a confusion of thoughts and  tendency to hypersensitivity.
 
 A fish sign is seen in the centre of ‘the palm. Health is  delicate, trouble in stomach and weakness of heart are
 
 1
 
 indicated. He adopted the ancestral profession and rose to a  high status financially and earned reputation as a publisher.
 
 The hand-print of a notorious Chambal  valley dacoit
 
 (Plate 18)
 
 The hand of the dacoit is thick and of very hard consis-
 
 tency; the fingers are unevenly set on the palm. The thumb is  high set, small and heavy and opens less. The Sun finger is  crooked. The third phalanges of all the fingers are longer than  the rest. From the formation of hand it appears that he took  to crime to avenge himself and became cruel and ruthless. He  used his brain and strength in manipulating and planning  dacoities and murders.
 
 Appendix 243
 
 The hand with many lines on the palm
 
 (Plate 17)
 
 This is also a rare formation of lines on the palm. The  hand is of  a famous publisher of religious books. The palm 1s  covered with fine lines all over showing that the brain is used  in many directions. There is a confusion of thoughts and  tendency to hypersensitivity.
 
 A fish sign is seen in the centre of ‘the palm. Health is  delicate, trouble in stomach and weakness of heart are  indicated. He adopted thie ancestral profession and rose to a  high status financially and earned reputation as a publisher.
 
 The hand-print of a notorious Chambal  valley dacoit
 
 (Plate 18)
 
 The hand of the dacoit 1s thick and of very hard consis-
 
 tency; the fingers are unevenly sct on the palm. The thumb is  high set, small and heavy and opens less. The Sun finger is  crooked. The third phalanges of all the fingers are longer than  the rest. From the formation of hand it appears that he took  to crime to avenge himself and became cruel and ruthless. Hc  used his brain and strength in manipulating and planning  dacoities and murders.
 
 EL
 
 244 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry
 
 81 21Bld
 
 244 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry
 
 1 Abayakoon,’ C.D.F.
 
 2 Ayar, V.AK.
 
 3 Ayar, V.AK.
 
 4 Banerji, S.
 
 5 Banerji, S.
 
 6 Bashir, Mir
 
 7 Benham, W.G.
 
 8 Benham, W.G.
 
 9 Bright, Jagat S.
 
 10 Broekman, Marcel
 
 11 -Chauhan, Pratap  Singh
 
 12 Cheiro
 
 13 De Saint-Germain,  Comte C.
 
 14 Devadi, Bhojraj
 
 15 Gaffar, M.M.
 
 16 Greetings, Fred
 
 17 Greetings, Fred  Bibliography
 
 : Astro-Palmisty—Signs and Seals of Hand.
 
 ASI Publishers Inc., New York, 1975
 
 : Palmistry for Pleasure and Profit;
 
 Lakshmi Book Store, New Delhi, 1964
 
 : Sariraka Sasira;
 
 DB Taraporevala and Sons, Bembay, 1975
 
 : Palmistry and Crimes,  Sagar Publications. 1962
 
 : Palmistry—Sex and Marriage;
 
 Sagar Publications, 1962
 
 : The Art of Hand Analysis;
 
 Frederick Muller Ltd., London, 1981
 
 : How to choose vocation from hand,  Sagar Publications, 1974
 
 : Laws of Scientific Hand Reading;
 
 D.B. Taraporevala Sons & Co., Bombay, 1968
 
 The Dictionary of Palmistry,  Jaico Publishing House, Bombay, 1959
 
 : The Complete Encyclopaedia of Practical  Palmistry;
 
 May Flower Books Ltd., 1974
 
 : Secret Palm,  Kartal Prakashan, Delhi, 1981
 
 : Cheiro’s Language of the Hand,;
 
 D.B. Taraporevala Sons & Co., Bombay, 1974 –
 
 : Study of Palmistry;
 
 D.B. Taraporevala Sons & Co., Bombay, 1962
 
 : Future From Thumb (Hindi);
 
 All-India Palmist Research Centre,  Sardapura, 1983
 
 : Ilm-ul-Kaff (Science of hand-reading),  D.B. Taraporevala Sons & Co. Ltd., 1964
 
 : The Book of Palmistry;
 
 Hamlyn Publishing Group Ltd., London, 1973
 
 : Hand and the Horoscope,  Hamlyn Publishing Group Ltd., London, 1973.
 
 Bibliography
 
 1 Abayakoon, C.D.F.
 
 . Astro-Palmisty—Signs and Seals of Hand.
 
 ASI Publishers Inc., New York, 1975
 
 2 Ayar, V.AXK.
 
 : Palmistry for Pleasure and Profit;
 
 Lakshmi Book Store, New Delhi, 1964
 
 3 Ayar, V.AK.
 
 : Sariraka Sastra;
 
 DB Taraporevala and Sons, Boembay, 1975
 
 4 Banerji, S.
 
 : Palmistry and Crimes;
 
 Sagar Publications. 1962
 
 5 Banerji, S.
 
 : Palmistry—Sex and Marriage;
 
 Sagar Publications, 1962
 
 6 Bashir, Mir
 
 . The Art of Hand Analysis;
 
 Fredarick Muller Lid., London, 1981
 
 7 Benham, W.G.
 
 : How to choose vocation from hand,  Sagar Publications, 1974
 
 8 Benham, W.G.
 
 : Laws of Scientific Hand Reading;
 
 D.B. Taraporevala Sons & Co., Bombay, 1968
 
 % Bright, Jagat S.
 
 The Dictionary of Palmistry;
 
 Jaico Publishing House, Bombay, 1959
 
 10 Broekman, Marcel
 
 . The Complete Encyclopaedia of Practical  Palmistry;
 
 –
 
 May Flower Books Ltd., 1974
 
 11 -Chauhan, Pratap
 
 : Secret Palm,
 
 ‘
 
 Siogh  Kartal Prakashan, Delhi, 1981
 
 12 Cheiro
 
 : Cheiro’s Language of the Hand,  D.B. Taraporevala Sons & Co., Bombay, 1974
 
 13 De Saint-Germain,
 
 : Study of Palmistry;
 
 Comte C.
 
 D.B. Taraporevala Sons & Co., Bombay, 1962
 
 14 Devadi, Bhojraj
 
 : Future From Thumb (Hindi);
 
 All-India Palmist Research Centre,  Sardapura, 1983
 
 .
 
 15 Gaffar, M.M.
 
 : Hm-ul-Kaff (Science of hand-reading),  D.B. Taraporevala Sons & Co. Ltd., 1964
 
 16 Greetings, Fred
 
 : The Book of Palmistry;
 
 Hamlyn Publishing Group Ltd., London, 1973
 
 17 Greetings, Fred
 
 : Hand and the Horoscope,  Hamlyn Publishing Group Ltd., London, 1973.
 
 e
 
 246 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry
 
 18 Harishchandra  Sastri (Dr.)
 
 Raj Jotshi
 
 19 Jaquin, Noel
 
 20 Jaquin, Noel
 
 .21 Jaquin, Noel
 
 22 Jones, David  Brandon
 
 23 Joshi, Roop Chand
 
 24 Lawrance, Myrah
 
 25 Mihiracharyya
 
 26 Psychos
 
 27 Rao, R.G.
 
 28 Scheimann, Eugene
 
 29 Sen, K.C.
 
 30 Spier, Julius
 
 31 Vartak, S.R.
 
 32 Wolff, Charlotte
 
 (Dr.)
 
 . Jewel of Palmistry;
 
 . Kalidas Chatterjee, 73/C, SP Mukerjee Road,  Calcutta, 1962
 
 : Secrets of Hand Reading;
 
 D.B, Taraporevala Sons & Co. Ltd,,  Bombay (3rd Edition)
 
 . Hand of Man;
 
 Sagar Publications, 1967,
 
 : The Hand Speaks,  Sagar Publications, 1973
 
 :
 
 Practical Palmistry;
 
 Tarang Paperbacks, 1982
 
 : Lal Kitab (Urdu)
 
 Sharma, Girdharilal (Publishers), 1952
 
 . Hand Analysis;
 
 Vikas Publications, 1976
 
 .
 
 Astro-Palmistry;
 
 G.L. Dutt, Calcutta, 1952
 
 : Complete Guide to Palmistry;
 
 D
 
 .B. Taraporevala Sons & Co., Bombay, 1974
 
 : Your Destiny in Thumb  Ranjan Publications, New Delhi, 1983
 
 : Better Health Through Polmistry;
 
 Vikas Publications, 1972
 
 : Hast Samudrika Shastra,  D.B. Taraporevala Sons & Co. Lid.,  Bombay (6th Edition)
 
 . Hands of Children;
 
 Sagar Publications, 1973
 
 – Palmistry and Vocational Guidance,  Lakshmi Book Store, New Delhi, 1964
 
 : Human Hand,  Sagar Publications
 
 246 Everybody’s Guide to Palmistry
 
 18 Harishchandra
 
 : Jewel of Palmistry;
 
 Sastri (Dr.)
 
 : Kalidas Chatterjee, 73/C, SP Mukerjee Road,  Raj Jotshi  Calcutta, 1962
 
 19 Jaquin, Noel
 
 : Secrets of Hand Reading;
 
 D.B, Taraporevala Sons & Co. Ltd.,  Bombay (3rd Edition)
 
 20 Jaquin, Noel
 
 : Hand of Man;
 
 Sagar Publications, 1967.
 
 21 Jaquin, Noel
 
 : The Hand Speaks,  Sagar Publications, 1973
 
 .
 
 22 Jones, David
 
 : Practical Palmistry,
 
 )
 
 Brandon  Tarang Paperbacks, 1982
 
 .
 
 23 Joshi, Roop Chand
 
 : Lal Kitab (Urdu)
 
 ‘
 
 |
 
 Sharma, Girdharilal (Publishers), 1952
 
 24 Lawrance, Myrah
 
 . Hand Analysis,
 
 53
 
 ,  Vikas Publications, 1976
 
 25 Mihiracharyya
 
 :
 
 Astro-Palmistry;
 
 G.L. Dutt, Calcutta, 1952
 
 26 Psychos
 
 : Complete Guide to Palmistry;
 
 .
 
 D.B. Taraporevala Sons & Co., Bombay, 1974
 
 27 Rao, R.G.
 
 . Your Destiny in Thumb
 
 )
 
 Ranjan Publications, New Delhi, 1983
 
 28 Scheimann, Eugene
 
 : Better Health Through Polmistry;
 
 Vikas Publications, 1972
 
 29 Sen, K.C.
 
 : Hast Samudrika Shastra,  D.B. Taraporevala Sons & Co. Lid.,  Bombay (6th Edition)
 
 30 Spier, Julius
 
 . Hands of Children;
 
 Sagar Publications, 1973
 
 31 Vartak, S.R.
 
 + Palmistry and Vocational Guidance,
 
 ~
 
 Lakshmi Book Store, New Dethi, 1964
 
 32 Wolff, Charlotie
 
 . Human Hand;
 
 (Dr.)
 
 Sagar Publications  STERLING TITLES  ON  OCCULT SCIENCES  HEALING THROUGH GEMS: A Single Treatise on  Gem Therapy —
 
 N.N. Saha  This book is a practical guide on the use of gems which are known  to possess wonderful curative powers, often curing chronic  diseases. The emphasis is on prevention and cure of physical  problems.
 
 N.N. Saha is an astrologer, gem therapist and occultist.
 
 ISBN 81 207 0055 4, pp. 144, Rs. 60 HB  ISBN 81 207 0054 6, pp. 144, Rs. 30 PB  SECRETS OF NUMEROLOGY: How to Read  Character and Destiny —
 
 R. Kumar
 
 ~ Based on extensive study, experimentation and observation, this  book lays bare the secret influence of numbers on human life and  destiny. The author explains how by linking dates of birth with  names, one’s fortune can be predicted, how lucky numbers,  stones and colours can aid one in gaining health and wealth,  choosing the life partner, house or place to live in, etc.
 
 R. Kumar is Professor of Mathematics at Addis Ababa University,  Ethiopia  ISBN 81 207 1290 0, pp. 240, Rs. 150 HB  ISBN 81 207 1363 x, pp. 240, Rs. 40 PB  SECRETS OF ASTROLOGY: Based on Hindu  Astrology —
 
 L.R. Chawdhri  This book, designed to help the lay reader in judging personality  traits and predicting events that may shape his life, deals with the  most important aspects of life: love and marriage, children,  profession, property, etc.
 
 ISBN 81 207 0986 1, pp. 200, Rs. 125 HB  ISBN 81 207 1065 7, pp. 200, Rs. 30 PB
 
 |
 
 ,4;
 
 JI
 
 .!
 
 |
 
 A  A  STERLING TITLES  ON  OCCULT SCIENCES  HEALING THROUGH GEMS: A Single Treatise on  Gem Therapy —
 
 N.N. Saha  This book is a practical guide on the use of gems which are known  to possess wonderful curative powers, often curing chronic  diseases. The emphasis is on prevention and cure of physical  problems.
 
 N.N. Saha is an astrologer, gem therapist and occultist.
 
 ISBN 81 207 0055 4, pp. 144, Rs. 60 HB  ISBN 81 207 0054 6, pp. 144, Rs. 30 PB  SECRETS OF NUMEROLOGY: How to Read  Character and Destiny —
 
 R. Kumar  Based on extensive study, experimentation and observation, this  book lays bare the secret influence of numbers on human life and  destiny. The author explains how by linking dates of birth with  names, one’s fortune can be predicted, how lucky numbers,  stones and colours can aid one in gaining health and wealth,  choosing the life partner, house or place to live in, etc.
 
 R. Kumar is Professor of Mathematics at Addis Ababa University,  Ethiopia  ISBN 81 207 1290 0, pp. 240, Rs. 150 HB  ISBN 81 207 1363 x, pp. 240, Rs. 40 PB  SECRETS OF ASTROLOGY: Based on Hindu  Astrology —
 
 L.R. Chawdhri  This book, designed to help the lay reader in judging personality  traits and predicting events that may shape his life, deals with the  most important aspects of life: love and marriage, children,  profession, property, etc.
 
 ISBN 81 207 0986 1, pp. 200, Rs. 125 HB  ISBN 81 207 1065 7, pp. 200, Rs. 30 PB  SECRETS OF OCCULT SCIENCES: How to read  Omens, Moles, Dreams and Handwriting  L.R. Chawdhri  The occult sciences not only foretell events, good and bad, but  also suggest means —
 
 lucky charms, symbols, the crystal ball, the  mystic eye and Tantric articles — to overcome any ills that may  overcome us. This book unveils the hidden meanings of the  existence of moles, the dreams one dreams, nervous twitches of  the body parts and objects and happenings that predict the  approaching fortune or misfortune.
 
 ISBN 81 207 1066 5, pp. 152, Rs. 125 HB  ISBN 81 207 1067 3, pp. 152, Rs. 35 PB  SECRETS OF YANTRA, MANTRA AND TANTRA  L.R. Chawdhri  Unveiled in this book are the secrets of three occult sciences to  help the reader achieve worldly success and /or spiritual enligh-
 
 tenment. Detailed instructions are given for the preparation and  application of yantras for specific purposes: to win favours,  defeat enemies and cure diseases, among others. The method of  selecting and using mantras to attain miraculous powers and  fulfilment of cne’s desires are explained fully.
 
 In the Tantra section of the book are given methods of treatment  of diseases by herbs. Information is provided about Tantric  articles and where to obtain them.
 
 Dr. LR. Chawdhri has an experience of 39 years in the fields of  Astrology, Palmistry and Numerology. He is the author of 17 widely  acclaimed books on occult subjects.
 
 ISBN 81 207 1351 6, pp. 200, Rs. 150 HB  ISBN 81 207 1365 6, pp. 200, Rs. 50 PB  STERLING PUBLISHERS PRIVATE LIMITED  L-10 Green Park Extension, New Delhi ~ 110016
 
 ‘
 
 ”
 
 =yl  SECRETS OF OCCULT SCIENCES: How to read  Omens, Moles, Dreams and Handwriting  L.R. Chawdhri  The occult sciences not only foretell events, good and bad, but  also suggest means —
 
 lucky charms, symbols, the crystal ball, the  mystic eye and Tantric articles — to overcome any ills that may  overcome us. This book unveils the hidden meanings of the  existence of moles, the dreams one dreams, nervous twitches of  the body parts and objects and happenings that predict the  approaching fortune or misfortune.
 
 ISBN 81 207 1066 5, pp. 152, Rs. 125 HB  ISBN 81 207 1067 3, pp. 152, Rs. 35 PB  SECRETS OF YANTRA, MANTRA AND TANTRA  L.R. Chawdhri  Unveiled in this book are the secrets of three occult sciences to  help the reader achieve worldly success and /or spiritual enligh-
 
 tenment. Detailed instructions are given for the preparation and  application of yantras for specific purposes: to win favours,  defeat enemies and cure diseases, among others. The method of  selecting and using mantras to attain miraculous powers and  fulfilment of cne’s desires are explained fully.
 
 In the Tantra section of the book are given methods of treatment  of diseases by herbs. Information is provided about Tantric  articles and where to obtain them.
 
 Dr. LR. Chawdhri has an experience of 39 years in the fields of  Astrology, Palmistry and Numerology. He is the author of 17 widely  acclaimed books on occult subjects.
 
 ISBN 81 207 1351 6, pp. 200, Rs. 150 HB  ISBN 81 207 1365 6, pp. 200, Rs. 50 PB  STERLING PUBLISHERS PRIVATE LIMITED  L~10 Green Park Extension, New Delhi – 110016
 
 ‘
 
 –
 
 PRESS REVIEWS  This is a beautifully grinted, profusely illustrated and lavishly  produced book. There is an impressive bibliography too.
 
 — Astrological Magazine, Bangalore  It is a complete guide. It gives scientific analysis of hand,  judgement of character, personality, choice of profession,  sclection of marriage partner, diagnosis of discases, span of life,  etc. Shri S.K. Das is a palmist of international repute and has  examined thousands of hands of persons from all walks of life in  India, U.S.A., UK., Eurpope. This comprehensive treatise will  enable the reader to make the best use of palmistry in practical life  and will prove useful both to the palmists and the students.
 
 —Babaji, New Delhi  It is a complete and comprehensive treatise on the science of  palmistry, including vocational guidance, indications of discases,  choice of marriage partner, judgement of character, span of life.
 
 —Qccult India, New Delhi  This book is a comprehensive treatise on the Science of Palmistry.
 
 —Indian Authors, New Delhi  Non-Fiction bestseller.
 
 ‘
 
 —The Atlanta Journal and Atlanta Constitution  This book will be widely welcomed because besides giving a  scientific analysis of the palm, the hallmarks of the book are:
 
 judgement of character and personality, its shortcomings and  capabilities, choice of profession, selection ot spouse, and  advance warning of adverse situations in life, specially regarding,  physical, mental and spiritual aspects.
 
 —The Forum Gazette, New Delhi  A detailed treatment of lines is an added feast.
 
 —The Times of Astrology, New Delhi  STERLING PUBLISHERS PRIVATE LIMITED  ISBN 81 207 0564 6
 
 Rs. 60
 
 =
 
 ————————|